Tender No. 21/FK /2009 Sealed tender is invited from reputed experience Contractors for work of Providing and applying colour works at various buildings at Fluorspar Project Kadipani , Tal: Kawant , Dist: Vadodara .

01 Tender No 21/FK/ 2009 02

Name Of Work / Job Providing and applying colour works at various buildings

03 Location At Fluorspar Project Kadipani , Tal:

Kawant , Dist: Vadodara .

04 Tender Fee

[Non refundable] Rs.900 /- by Cash/D.D. DD should be of nationalized Bank or of AXIS, IDBI, HDFC and ICICI Bank only in favour of ’GMDC Ltd’ , payable at Ahmedabad

05 Availability of tender You can download the tender documents from web site www.gmdcltd.com

06 Estimated Cost Rs. 5,08,855/-

07 Earnest Money deposit Rs. 5,100/-- in form of Demand Draft of

Nationalised Bank or of AXIS, IDBI, HDFC and ICICI Bank , in favour of ‘Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation Limited.’ Payable at Ahmedabad and to be enclosed along with technical bid only , failing which tender will not be considered as a valid tender

08 Security Deposit 5 % of the contract value (including EMD)

09 Work Completion Time. Two Months

10 Last date of issue of tender On or before 15-12-2009 up to 16.00 hrs 11 Last date and time for

submission of tender (Technical Bid and Price bid)

DT: 22-12-2009 up to 12.00 hrs.

12 Date and time of opening of Technical bid in presence of

DT: 22-12-2009 at 15.00 hrs. at GMDC, Ahmedabad office

tenderer 13 Validity of tender 90 days

14 Eligibility Of Tenderer. Minimum three work completion certificates of similar nature of work , each having value Rs. 5.0 lacs and above with documentary proof should be enclosed . -Latest copy of Bank solvency certificate [issued on or after 1.10.2008 ] for an amount not less than Rs. 60,000/- .- Contractor should registered minimum class ‘E1’ in category Buildings in the state of Gujarat or equivalent class in other state or CPWD. - Copy of PF Number

15 Minimum Value Of work for interim Certificate

Rs. 2.5 Lacs

Tender received without E.M.D. will be outright rejected. Corporation reserves right to reject any or all tender or part thereof or split the work between more than one tenderer, without assigning any reason there of. Note:

1) If tenderer is interested to get tender document by post, Rs.200/- must be sent extra towards postal charges.

The tenderer is required to enclose the D.D. of E.M.D. amount in the sealed cover with out fail. If demand draft is not enclosed in the sealed tender bid cover then the tender will not be considered for scrutiny and will be summarily rejected

2) Tenderer is requested to quote rates as per the terms and conditions mentioned in the Tender Document . Tender submitted for part items will not be considered and will be rejected.

3) Any conditional tender will not be entertained and will be rejected.

4) Tenderer approved either by the Central/ State Govt. or Central / State Govt. undertaking is not exempted by this corporation for paying EMD , SD etc.

5) Tenderer has to do this work strictly according to the drawings ,

estimates and specifications provided by GMDC and which together with general conditions , technical specifications , bills of quantities and contract agreement , will be called “ Documents of Contract “ .

6) The selected Tenderer shall enter in to an agreement with the

corporation , on a stamp paper of Rs. 100/- which will be provided to selected Tenderer , in the form approved by the corporation covering all terms and conditions

Sr. Manager (Civil)

GUJARAT MINERAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LTD.

(A Govt. of Gujarat Enterprise)

KHANIJ BHAVAN, 132’ RING ROAD, UNIVERSITY GROUND

VASTRAPUR, AHMEDABAD 380 052 ���� EPABX : 27913200 EXTN. 1712, 1714 , 1726 & 1725 TELE-FAX: (079) 2791 154O

Page 1 of 19

TENDER NO. 21/ FK/ 2009

Providing and applying colour work at various buildings

At

Fluorspar project

Kadipani ,

Tal: Kawant

Dist: Vadodara

TECHNICAL BID PART- I

GUJARAT MINERAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LIMITED (A Govt. of Gujarat Enterprise)

Khanij Bhavan, Near University Ground, 132 feet Ring Road, Vastrapur, Ahmedabad-380 052

Phone : (079) 27913200, 27913501 Fax No : (079) 27911454 Website www.gmdcltd.com

Page 2 of 19

Tender No. 21/FK /2009 Sealed tender is invited from reputed experience Contractors for work of Providing and applying colour works at various buildings at Fluorspar Project Kadipani , Tal: Kawant , Dist: Vadodara .

01 Tender No 21/FK/ 2009 02

Name Of Work / Job Providing and applying colour works at various buildings , At Fluorspar Project Kadipani

03 Location At Fluorspar Project Kadipani , Tal: Kawant , Dist: Vadodara .

04 Tender Fee [Non refundable]

Rs.900 /- by Cash/D.D. DD should be of nationalized Bank or of AXIS, IDBI, HDFC and ICICI Bank only in favour of ’GMDC Ltd’ , payable at Ahmedabad

05 Availability of tender You can download the tender documents from web site www.gmdcltd.com

06 Estimated Cost Rs. 5,08,855/-

07 Earnest Money deposit Rs. 5,100/-- in form of Demand Draft of

Nationalised Bank or of AXIS, IDBI, HDFC and ICICI Bank , in favour of ‘Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation Limited.’ Payable at Ahmedabad and to be enclosed along with technical bid only , failing which tender will not be considered as a valid tender

08 Security Deposit 5 % of the contract value (including EMD)

09 Work Completion Time. Two Months

10 Last date of issue of tender On or before 15-12-2009 up to 16.00 hrs 11 Last date and time for

submission of tender (Technical Bid and Price bid)

DT: 22-12-2009 up to 12.00 hrs.

Page 3 of 19

12 Date and time of opening of Technical bid in presence of tenderer

DT: 22-12-2009 at 15.00 hrs. at GMDC, Ahmedabad office

13 Validity of tender 90 days

14 Eligibility Of Tenderer. Minimum three work completion certificates of similar nature of work , each having value Rs. 5.0 lacs and above with documentary proof should be enclosed . -Latest copy of Bank solvency certificate [issued on or after 1.10.2008 ] for an amount not less than Rs. 60,000/- .- Contractor should registered minimum class ‘E1’ in category Buildings in the state of Gujarat or equivalent class in other state or CPWD. - Copy of PF Number

15 Minimum Value Of work for interim Certificate

Rs. 2.5 Lacs

Tender received without E.M.D. will be outright rejected. Corporation reserves right to reject any or all tender or part thereof or split the work between more than one tenderer, without assigning any reason there of. Note:

1) If tenderer is interested to get tender document by post, Rs.200/- must be sent extra towards postal charges.

The tenderer is required to enclose the D.D. of E.M.D. amount in the sealed cover with out fail. If demand draft is not enclosed in the sealed tender bid cover then the tender will not be considered for scrutiny and will be summarily rejected

2) Tenderer is requested to quote rates as per the terms and conditions mentioned in the Tender Document . Tender submitted for part items will not be considered and will be rejected.

3) Any conditional tender will not be entertained and will be rejected.

4) Tenderer approved either by the Central/ State Govt. or Central / State Govt. undertaking is not exempted by this corporation for paying EMD , SD etc.

Page 4 of 19

5) Tenderer has to do this work strictly according to the drawings , estimates and

specifications provided by GMDC and which together with general conditions , technical specifications , bills of quantities and contract agreement , will be called “ Documents of Contract “ .

6) The selected Tenderer shall enter in to an agreement with the corporation , on a

stamp paper of Rs. 100/- which will be provided to selected Tenderer , in the form approved by the corporation covering all terms and conditions

Issued to M/s. _____________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ Pin No _____________________________

Page 5 of 19

On Tenderer’s Letter Head

From: Ref: Date: To Managing Director Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation Limited [A Government Of Gujarat Enterprise] ‘Khanij Bhavan, Nr. University Ground 123 Ft. Ring Road Vastrapur Ahmedabad 380 052 Sub: Earnest Money Deposit Against TENDER No. 21/FK/2009 Dear Sir, With reference to above and as per terms and conditions of tender we are sending Herewith D.D. / Pay Order NO ___________________ Dated ______________ Of ____________________________________________ [Name Of Bank and Branch] Payable at Ahmedabad For Rs. 5,100/-being the amount of E.M.D. Kindly acknowledge the stamp receipt. Thanking You Yours Faithfully [Name and Signature]

Page 6 of 19

On Tenderer’s Letter Head

D E C L A R A T I O N.

From: Ref: Date: To Managing Director , Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation Limited [A Government Of Gujarat Enterprise]

‘Khanij Bhavan, Nr. University Ground 132 Ft. Ring Road, Vastrapur, Ahmedabad 380 052 Sub: Declaration. Ref: Tender No. 21/FK/2009

Providing and applying colour work at various buildings at Fluorspar Project Kadipani , Tal: Kawant , Dist: Vadodara

Dear Sir, I / We have carefully gone through and clearly understood the tender notice tender terms and conditions and tendered to execute and satisfactorily complete the whole work strictly in accordance with the said Tender. I/We hereby solemnly declare that none of Our Partners Jointly or Severally or Our Firm / Company / Associates company have not been Black Listed by the Central Government or any State Government or It’s Undertaking. I/We hereby further declare that, If The above Declaration is found untrue, G.M.D.C. Ltd., shall be entitled to take any action against us severally and or individually or our firm / Company, In this regard in any manner that may deemed fit by G.M.D.C. Thanking You Yours Faithfully [Name and Signature & Stamp]

Page 7 of 19

DECLARATION

FROM: DATE: To, Managing Director, Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation Limited Khanij Bhavan University Ground, Vastrapur, Ahmedabad-380 052 SUB: Tender No. 21/FK /2009 Providing and applying colour work at various buildings at Fluorspar Project Kadipani , Tal: Kawant , Dist: Vadodara Dear Sir,

I/we having carefully gone through and clearly understood the preface, Tender notice, details to be furnished along with technical bid , plans, specifications and conditions of contract for the above mentioned work, do hereby Tender to execute and complete the whole work strictly in accordance with the said plans and specifications and conditions of contract at the rates set out in the priced schedule and quantities attached hereto. I/we agree to finish the whole work as per instructions within two months from expiry of fifteen days from the date of issue of Letter Of Intent or actual commencement of the work which ever is earlier. I/We have deposited as EMD Rs. 5,100/--- by D.D. along with the technical bid in our office which amount is not to bear any interest and my/our do hereby agree that this sum shall be liable to be forfeited by the corporation at its sole discretion, in the event of your accepting my /our Tender and my/our failing to execute the contract when called upon to do so . It is understood by me /us that the lowest or any Tender will not necessarily be accepted and that no reason shall be given for such non acceptance I/We agree to keep our offer valid for 90 days or for a further period as would be desired by the corporation, from the date of the opening of the quotation. We agree to all the terms and conditions of the quotations.

Thanking You Yours Faithfully [Name and Signature & Stamp]

Page 8 of 19

.NO DEMAND CERTIFICATE FORMAT Ref: Date: From: To, Managing Director. Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation Limited [A Government Of Gujarat Enterprise] Khanij Bhavan Gujarat University Ground 132’ Ring Road, Vastrapur, Ahmedabad 380 052

Sub: Tender No. 21/BG/2009 Providing and applying colour work at various buildings at Fluorspar Project Kadipani , Tal: Kawant , Dist: Vadodara Dear Sir,

We_______________________________________ hereby certify that we have received the payment of all our bills in full and final settlement of our claims in respect of Tender No.

21/BG/2009 , Work of Providing and applying colour work at Fluorspar Project Kadipani , Tal: Kawant , Dist: Vadodara

The payment received by us is in full and final settlement of our all the claims towards the amount with respect to the work under reference. Hence, we do not have any out standing claim against GMDC for the work under reference. We shall not claim any further amount from GMDC in future, either one way or the other. This certificate is given without any prejudice and in the presence of two witnesses. Signature & Address of Witnesses _______________________ (1) _______________ Signature & Stamp of the Firm

(2)_______________

Page 9 of 19

SUB: Tender No. 21/FK/2009 Providing and applying colour work at various buildings at Fluorspar Project Kadipani , Tal: Kawant , Dist: Vadodara Details to be submitted by the tenderer . Tenderer is requested to submit following details :

Sr no Item Details

01 Name and address of Tenderer.

02 Phone no,

Mobile No

Fax No

E mail ID

03 Name Of Concern Person

04 *

Whether Proprietorship /partnership/ Pvt ltd / Limited co or any other

05 Documentary Evidence for Sr no 4 to be attached.

06 Technical qualification and experience of the proprietor or partners and leading technical employees of the firm with detailed bio-data

07 [*]

Name of Bankers Full Address: Phone Nos. Fax No. With latest copy of [issued on or after 1.10.08] solvency certificate for amount not less than Rs.60,000/-

08* Income tax PAN Registration No Copy [Copy to be enclosed]

Page 10 of 19

09 Address and phone No / Fax no of nearest branch office.

10* Turnover / profit during last three years.

Year 2008-09 2007-08 2006-07

Amount In Rs.

11 *

Registration Certificate Copy of ‘E1’ class contractor with Government and its validity with respect to the period

12* Whether enlisted as approved Contractor provider with GOG / Public Under taking /SEB / others if so please furnish details and copy of certificate.

13* Tax No details. VAT [State Sales Tax] No

Central Sales Tax C.S.T No Service Tax No

14 Copy Of ISO Certificate if any

15 Details of Equipment / Machinery related to above work, available with your firm or at your work site. (Pl. Clarify make, model & capacity of equipment / machinery available)

16 *

Name of the co./client for whom quoted work carried out during last three years with copy of orders and satisfactory job completion certificates.

Sr Name Of Customer Work Order No & Date

Value.

Page 11 of 19

17

Earnest Money deposit

D.D. NO Dated For Rs, Of Bank Is attached herewith. [To be enclosed in Technical Bid Part I]

18 *

Copy of P.F. Registration No / Code No. From RPFC office.

19 Prices Prices should be firm and fixed, no price increase will be allowed during Execution period

Yes / No

20 Payment Terms. Accepted

Yes / No

21 Validity Accepted

Yes / No

22 Delivery / Work Completion time Accepted

Yes / No

Liquidated damages Accepted

Yes / No

23 Defect Liability Period Accepted Yes / No 24 Deceleration attached Yes / No

25 Main Criteria for Pre Qualification

- Minimum three work completion certificates of similar nature , each having value Rs. 5.0 lacs and above with documentary proof should be enclosed . -Latest copy of of Bank solvency certificate [issued on or after 1.10008 ] for an amount not less than Rs. 60,000/- .- Contractor should registered minimum class ‘E1’ in category Buildings in the state of Gujarat or equivalent class in other state or CPWD. - Copy of PF Number

Page 12 of 19

Note: 1) It is mandatory for the tenderer to furnish the details against each above item and

wherever it is not applicable , it may be mentioned so against the respective items . 2) Decision of the Management regarding the technical qualification is final and binding to

the tenderer and no correspondence will be entertained in this regards there after. 3) Any tender without EMD will be summarily rejected by the corporation 4) Only one authorized representative of the tenderer will be allowed to remain present at

the time of opening the technical / price bid. Authorised representative must come with his company’s letter and with attested signature of the representative recommending him to allow to remain present at the time of opening the respective bid, failing which no

representative will be allowed to remain present at the time of opening the bid. 5) Tender is in two bid system, i.e. Technical Bid and Price Bid. First the Technical

bid will be opened on the date of opening of the tender in the presence of the tenderer . The same will be scrutinized by the corporation and price bid will be opened only for those tenderers , who qualify themselves in Technical bid . However, technically qualified tenderer will be informed regarding the date ,time for the opening of price bid by Fax/telephone/letter . Tenderer is required to submit both sealed bids in one another sealed cover and All Envelopes should be super scribe with Tender NO 21/FK/2009 , and Last date and time of submission as well as opening of tender with Tenderer name and address.

Instruction: Star [*] marked items should be complied with proof of documents asked.

Page 13 of 19

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO THE BIDDERS . 1. Tenderer is required to quote the rates In figure strictly as per the terms and conditions

mentioned in the Tender document. Any conditional Tender will not be entertained and will be rejected.

2. Bidders are advised to visit the site to study the actual working conditions, before submitting its offer.

3. Successful Tenderer is required to insure the whole work and their personnel under Workman

Compensation Act against any accident, minor and major injuries arising out of the work situation.

4. The successful Tenderer shall have to start the work within period of 15 days from the date of

receipt of the Letter of Intent. In case of non-compliance with the above condition, the contract may be terminated.

5. The rate quoted is inclusive of all labour and material required for the Job.

6. The Scope of work under this Tender is “ providing and laying /fixing “ the materials . In the

event of missing of above phrase in the description of schedule of quantities will not mean that materials will be supplied by GMDC and Tenderer has to deploy only laborers for completing the work .

7. Quantity mentioned in schedule of quantities against each item is only for guidance to quote the

rate and no claim will be entertained on either increase or decrease in the quantity .

8. Water and electricity for execution of work will be supplied by GMDC at free of cost.

9. No escalation in price / rate will be allowed on any ground . Even if there is a delay in completion of the work due to client, then extension in time limit may be granted with a explicit understanding that no price escalation will be paid. However, in any case No claim is entitled for idle machinery and man power .

10. In absence of detailed specifications , the work should be carried out based on either relevant IS code and /or fair engineering practice .

11. All the rates quoted by the Tenderer must be inclusive of all taxes and duties applicable like , Royalty, Octroi , transportation , labour , sales tax, Service Tax, Professional Tax, turn over tax, loading, unloading at site etc.

12. Successful Tenderer will have to submit three copies of detailed bar chart in the manner as per the Performa issued by the client , for timely completion of the work

Page 14 of 19

13. Tenderer is required to submit a copy of PF registration number received from RPFC office along with the tender , failing which the tenderer will be rejected summarily .

RA bill must be submitted along with the names of the laborers employed for the work, salaries / payment made to them, amount of P.F. deducted from the salary made to the labours and employer’s contribution amount deposited in RPFC office till the previous month duly certified by project office , failing which no payment will be made for the RA bill submitted by the Contractor .

14. The Tenderer will have to submit ‘NO DEMAND CERTIFICATE’ along with the final bill of the

work, as per the Performa given .

15. Successful Tenderer is supposed to enter in to an agreement with the corporation on an appropriate stamp paper ( to be provided by the contractor) after accepting the Letter of Intent .

16. The quoted rates should hold good for working as per drawings related from time to time.

17. In overall interest of project and for better co-ordination Engineers in charge may ask the

contractor to stop the work for time being for which no compensation will be paid.

18. The contractor shall have to full fill and abide by the provision of labour laws, contract Labour Regulations and Abolition Act, 1970 (Central Act 37 of 1970) pertaining to the employment and labour.

19. Contractor has to submit month wise labour payment record duly certified by labour welfare

officer along with RA bill, failing which no payment will be made for the respective RA bill.

20..The tenderer will have to submit “Royalty Clearance Certificate “ received from District C.G.M. Office along with the final bill of the work.

21. All tenderer are requested to furnish the following details with tender,

Cost wise rate analysis of Plastic emulsion paint, Apex emulsion paint enamel paint along with lapi and primer wherever required.

. Consumption of the materials per cost per sq. mtr of the above items .

Page 15 of 19

CHAPTER V General Terms And Conditions Of Tender:

1) Prices.

Prices quoted by the tenderer should be firm and no price increase will be allowed to the tenderer during the supply period.

Material advance at 80% of the value of the materials brought on site will be given to the contractor subject to furnishing the copy of the original bills of purchase and the certificate from the Engineer –In –Charge, along with the running bill only. Materials brought on site shall be in accordance with the contract requirement. Excess quantity of any shall not be accounted for. The advance so given will be deducted from the next R.A.Bill in full as per the normal practice.

2) Payment Terms and Running Bills.;

Invoice/ Bill should be sent in triplicate. [Please mentioned our LOI/Work Order no in the invoice without fail]. Original invoice, Measurement Sheet Materials Test Certificates if any should be sent to project with a copy to head office for reference.

MODE OF PAYMENT OF RUNNING BILLS:

The contractor will submit running bill for the work executed for the minimum value of Rs. 2.5 lacs . Each running bill shall be accompanied with detailed measurement sheets duly certified by the Engineer In charge/ Architect and/ or authorized person of GMDC. RA bill will be paid adhoc at 50% of the amount payable under this contract by the Engineer In charge/ General Manager [Proj] at the project office.

Running Bills become payable within 30 working days from the date of receipt of the bill at HO after deducting there from

A Adhoc payment made by the project office. B Income Tax, Sales Tax, Turn over tax etc. as per the provisions of respective act from

time to time. C Security deposit at 5 % of billed amount D Cost of any services provided by GMDC and/or material supplied by the GMDC. E RA bill must be submitted along with the names of the laborers employed for the work,

salaries/payment made to them, amount of P.F. deducted from the salary made to the

Page 16 of 19

labours and employer’s contribution amount deposited in RPFC against each and copy of challans for the amount deposited in RPFC office till the previous month duly certified by project office , failing which no payment will be made for the RA bill submitted by the Contractor .

F Other deduction either statutory or other work reason, if any.

3) Earnest Money Deposit.(EMD) / Security Deposit (SD).

a) The tender must accompany Earnest money deposit Of Rs. 5,100/-- only by demand Draft of Nationalised or of AXIS/ IDBI/ ICICI/HDFC only in favour of Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation Limited, payable at Ahmedabad. Cheque or Bank Guarantee will not be accepted.

b) Earnest money deposit paid as above will be refunded to unsuccessful tenderer only

after finalizing of tender. c) Successful tenderer has to pay security deposit @ 5% of the order value including

EMD , out of which Initial SD @ 2.5 % will have to be paid on acceptance of tender (within 15 days from the date of receipt of LOI/ work order) and remaining 2.5 % will be deducted @ 5 % of the billed amount from the running bill . Earnest money paid will be adjusted against security deposit of successful tenderer .

d) If you desire to pay Security Deposit in form of Bank Guarantee then it should be for

entire amount of SD and from Nationalised Bank or of Axis Bank, HDFC bank, ICICI Bank, IDBI Bank only in the form and manner accepted by GMDC and shall be valid up to completion of defects liability period.

e) Earnest Money and Security deposit will not bear any interest. f) If successful tenderer does not pay initial security deposit or does not commence work

as per tender / LOI/ Work Order E.M.D. paid will be liable to be forfeited by the corporation.

g) Security deposit paid by the successful tenderer shall be liable to be forfeited by the

corporation, if he does not able to carry out the work in accordance with the terms and condition of the tender / LOI/Purchase Order/ Work Order.

h) Tender received without E.M.D. Will be outright rejected. i) No relaxation on EMD/SD for any small-scale industry shall be considered. j) Security deposit will be refunded with in three months after the completion of defect

liability period of Twelve Months from the date of completion of work , on demand by Contractor.

4) Work Completion time Schedule.

Work Completion time is the essence of the contract and if Work Completion time is not made as stipulated, corporation shall be at liberty to execute the work at tenderer’s risk and cost and if thereby any extra expenditure is involved, the same shall be debited to tenderer’s

Page 17 of 19

account, If corporation is unable to complete the work from alternate source in time and if corporation suffers any consequential loss, tenderer will have to bear the same. Corporation in that case will forfeit the security deposit and will also have the right to recover the claim against party for damage incurred.

5) Validity.

Validity of the tender should be for 90 days from the date of opening the Price Bid and if required by the corporation, the tenderer will have to extend the validity for a further period of 90 days.

6) Taxes / VAT/Service Tax.

Taxes should be stated as applicable. All the rates quoted by the Tenderer must be inclusive of all taxes and duties applicable like , Royalty, Octroi , transportation , labour , sales tax, Service Tax, Professional Tax, turn over tax, loading, unloading at site TDS: TDS will be deducted from bill amount as per the prevailing Govt. Rules & regulations.

7) Work Completion time Penalty.

Providing and applying colour work at various buildings at Fluorspar Project Kadipani , Tal: Kawant , Dist: Vadodara should be completed with in Two months . If work is not completed as per work completion time penalty will be levied @ 0.1 % of contract value per day from the date of delaying the said work up to the maximum 10 % of contract value. .

8) Loss and Damages.

Any loss or damages or deterioration of the material in transits shall be at the cost of the suppliers. It shall be at the discretion of the corporation to reject, damaged or spoiled material, if so noticed.

9) Insurance.

Transits insurance of the consignment/ Insurance of tenderer’s manpower is to be provided by the tenderer at his cost.

10) Approval.

Providing and applying colour work at various buildings at Fluorspar Project Kadipani , Tal: Kawant , Dist: Vadodara , our decision for acceptance or rejection of the Quality Of work will be final and binding on you.

11) Defect Liability Period. :

The work of Providing and applying colour work at various buildings at Fluorspar Project Kadipani ,Tal: Kawant , Dist: Vadodara should have defect liability period of 12

Months.

Page 18 of 19

12) The corporation also reserves right to amend, alter, increase or decrease the scope of

work and payment will be made accordingly.

13) If tender submitted in contravention of the terms and conditions stated herein will not be considered.

14) In case of any dispute or difference of opinion in the interpretation of any of the terms

and conditions of this tender, the decision of the Managing Director of Corporation shall be final and binding to all.

15) The courts at Ahmedabad In Gujarat state only will have jurisdiction to deal with and decide any legal dispute or contravention between the parties hereto.

***********************

.

Page 19 of 19

Detailed specifications for Colour works:

WHITE OR COLOUR WASH, DISTEMPER, OIL PAINT, ENAMEL PAINT, DECOPLAST OR PLASTIC PAINT, AND CEMENT PAINT WORK :

All the materials used for the painting work shall be the best approved quality and as per the manufacturer’s recommendation. Paint shall be applied in the manner as prescribed by the manufacturers. Full lapi (putti) work entire surface to be painted shall be done so as to leave no unevenness in the surfaces. Necessary numbers of coats of paint shall be applied so that when finished, the entire colour work shall be of uniform finish, with no brush marks or scratches are left on the surface. The white or colour wash also shall be so finished as not to leave any brush mark and each coat applied shall be as thin at not to form any layers of lime. Zinc Oxide shall be added in the last coat of white wash for extra witness and no ultra-marine-blue shall be added in slaked lime when the paint work is completed all colour marks, spots etc. shall be cleaned from, glass, floors, etc. and the entire area shall be finished completely neat and clean . THE MODE OF MEASUREMENT OF PAINT WORK SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS :

(1) Doors and windows shall be paid 2.1/4 times, their respective areas and glass area shall be deducted twice.

(2) The grills shall be paid for the grill area without any deductions for the openings.

(3) All openings with sills, and jambs, shall be deducted half (1/2) and no measurement for sills and jambs

shall be paid.

Openings without sills and jambs shall be fully deducted from the measurements.

The grooves, when finished with different colours than the surface ground it, they shall be paid on Rmt. Basis. In case of any other items it shall be paid on Sq.mtr. basis of actual work done. The rate shall include all materials, labours, scaffolding, finishing and all other arrangements necessary for satisfactory work. The polishing of the wood work shall be carried out as per the P.W.D. specifications. All the materials used shall be of best approved quality. The wooden surface shall be scrubbed with sand paper to remove any roughness and any holes and cracks shall be filled with putti. The finishing of the polish work shall be either French, wax, walnut, or rose wood as required by Architect/Engineer. ***************************************************

Page 1 of 143

TENDER NO. 21/ FK/ 2009

Providing and applying colour work at various buildings

At

Fluorspar project

Kadipani ,

Tal: Kawant

Dist: Vadodara

TECHNICAL BID PART- I I

GUJARAT MINERAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LIMITED (A Govt. of Gujarat Enterprise)

Khanij Bhavan, Near University Ground, 132 feet Ring Road, Vastrapur, Ahmedabad-380 052

Phone : (079) 27913200, 27913501 Fax No : (079) 27911454 Website www.gmdcltd.com

Page 2 of 143

CHAPTER- VI DETAIL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT Sr. No Particulars

01 Definitions 02 Contract Documents 03 Type of Contract 04 Schedule of Quantities 05 Drawings 06 Contract Sum 07 Contract Bills 08 Scope & Intent 09 Engineers Instructions 10 Facilities & Co-operation 11 Setting Out 12 Site 13 Samples & Shop Drawings 14 Progress Chart 15 Access for Engineer to the Works 16 Engineer’s status & decisions 17 Performance Bond 18 Clerk of Works 19 Contractors field Organization & Equipment 20 Taxes 21 Statutory obligations, notices, fees & charges 22 Royalties & patent Rights 23 Licenses & Permits for materials under Govt. control 24 Water & Electric Power for construction 25 Assignments or sub-letting 26 Sub – Contractor 27 Prime Cost 28 Artists & tradesman 29 Separate Contractors 30 Variations, Provisional & Prime Cost Sums 31 Certificates & payments 32 Claim for Extra 33 Deduction for uncorrected work 34 Fluctuations 35 Unfixed goods & materials 36 Materials & Workmanship 37 Defects 38 Possession, Completion & Postponement 39 Virtual Completion 40 Extension

Page 3 of 143

Sr. No

Particulars

41 Damages for non-completion 42 Virtual Completion & Defects Liability Period 43 Loss & expense caused by disturbance of

regular progress of the works 44 Payments withheld 45 Indemnity for Injury to persons & property 46 Insurance against injury to Persons & Property 47 Insurance of the Works against fire etc. 48 Determination by GMDC DI/2

49 Determination by the Contractor 50 Co-ordination of Work 51 Labour 52 Protection of trees and shrubs 53 Guarantee 54 Antiquities 55 Excepted matters 56 Arbitration 57 Protection and Cleaning 58 Tolerance 59 Bribery 60 Declaration against Waiver 61 Indemnity of GMDC’s Agents and Engineer

and Engineer’s Agents 62 Members of GMDC’s Staff, etc. Not liable 63 Return of Surplus Materials 64 Concurrent Delays 65 Rate of Progress 66 Advance payment 67 Day work Examination of work before Covering up Works or Execution to be Deferred Temporarily Fire Precautions

SECTION - D: GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 1. Definitions

Page 4 of 143

1.(1) The Contract Document consists of the Agreement, the General Conditions of the Contract, Special conditions of the contract, Specifications and Bills of Quantities including all modifications thereof incorporated in the document before the execution and the Contract Drawings prepared by the Architect and the Consultant from time to time. These form the contract. 1. (2) Owner/Client/Employer: Gujarat Mineral Development

Corporation limited. Ahmedabad Contractor: Successful Tenderer Architect Engineer: The Clerk of Work: Same as Engineer Engineer In-charge: Engineer of ________ of GMDC Site In-charge: Contractor’s Senior Engineer Are those mentioned as such in the Agreement and shall include their legal representatives, assigns or successors. 1.(1) "The Site" shall mean the site of the Contract work including any building and erections thereon and any other land allotted by the Employer (Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation Limited., Ahmedabad) hereafter referred to as GMDC) for Contractor's use. 1.(2) The term "Sub-Contractor", as employed herein, includes those having a direct contract with the Contractor and it includes one who furnishes material worked to a special design according to the plans or specifications of this work but does not include one who merely furnishes material not so worked. Any one doing work on a piece rate basis shall be deemed a Sub-Contractor. 1.(3) Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an office of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice. 1. (4) The term "Work", of the Contractor or Sub-Contractor includes labour or material or both. 1. (5) All time limits stated in the Contract Document are the essence of the contract. 1. (6) The law of the place of work shall govern the construction under this contract. 1.(7) The date of virtual completion of a project or specified area of a project is the date when construction is sufficiently completed, in accordance with the Contract Documents as modified by any change or variation orders agreed to by the parties, so that GMDC can occupy the project for the use it was intended.

2. Contract Document 2. The following documents shall constitute the Contract Document:

Conditions of Tendering Form of Tender Articles of Agreement General and Special Conditions of Contract Specifications Scope of Work Bills of Quantities Tender Drawings Day work Schedule Schedule of basic Price The Contract Document is complementary. What is called for in any one shall be as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Document shall remain in the custody of GMDC so as to be available at all reasonable times for the inspection of the Contractor. Immediately after the execution of the Contract one copy of the Contract Document shall without charge be supplied by GMDC to the Contractor

Page 5 of 143

After the award of the Contract the Contractor shall without charge be supplied with all such further drawings and details as may be prepared by the Engineer and the Architect, from time to time as the work proceeds as are reasonably necessary either to explain or amplify the Contract Drawings or to enable the Contractor to carry out and complete the work in accordance with these Conditions.

The Contractor shall keep one copy of the Specifications, Descriptive schedule or other like document referred to in this clause and one copy of the Contract Drawings and such other drawings and details supplied to him from time to time and referred to in this clause and written instructions referred to in clause and sub-clause 9, 16(1), 16(2) and 30 upon the site so as to be available to the Engineer or the Architect or GMDC at reasonable times.

None of the document herein before mentioned shall be used by the Contractor for any purpose other than this Contract.

Upon final payment under clause 31(6) of these Conditions, the Contractor shall forthwith return to the Engineer and the Architect all Drawings, Details, Specifications, Descriptive Schedule and other Document of like nature which bears his name or that of the Engineer and/or the Architect.

3. Type of Contract

The Contract shall be fixed item-rate contract. The Contractor shall be paid for the actual quantity of work done, as per drawing and measured at site, at the rates quoted by him in the Contract Bills.

Contractor’s rates shall remain unchanged although the actual quantities may be different from those shown in the Bill of quantities. The quoted item rates shall be inclusive of all the liabilities / responsibilities relating to contract labour laws / Insurance / Provident Funds and any statutory liability etc. and no variation in prices will be effected for that purpose. Any rise in the quoted item rates due to escalation in cost of materials, labour, increase in any existing taxes or imposition of any new taxes etc shall have to be borne by the Contractor and the rates shall not be subject to any change whatsoever.

The basis of price is FIRM and free from any kind of escalation including statutory levies throughout the validity of the agreed rates. No escalation towards any variation in cost of labour, plant & machinery, currency fluctuations, Petroleum products, Electricity will be considered during the validity of contract. The prices are inclusive supply of all material The prices are inclusive of all applicable taxes, duties, levies, transportation, insurance and workman’s compensation. The prices are inclusive of work contract tax if applicable.

The unit rates will be valid for a period of as defined in the LOI/PO/Work order from the date of work order.

No extra claim/compensation will be entertained for idle time.

The rates agreed in schedule of rates shall cover for all charges and expenses. Quantities mentioned in the Bill of quantities are indicative ones, which have been estimated based on assumed details. The Contractor must verify & workout the actual requirements based on the construction drawings which shall be issued to contractor before ordering of materials and / or starting the job and the Owner / Consultant shall not be responsible for delay in completion and any extra cost to the Contractor due to shortfall or excess purchases done by the Contractor.

4. Schedule of Quantities - Procurement of materials based on drawings and (not Bill of Materials)

The schedule of Quantities given in the Contract Bill are provisional and are meant to indicate the intent of the work and to provide a uniform basis for tendering. GMDC reserves the right to increase or decrease any of the quantities to any extent or to totally omit any item of work and the Contractor shall not claim any extras or damages on these grounds.

Page 6 of 143

Any error in description or in quantity or omission of items from the Contract Bill shall not vitiate this Contract but shall be treated as a variation.

5. Drawings

5.(1) Tender Drawing

Tender drawings describe the general nature of works. However, there may be substantial variation in these and detailed execution drawings issued to the Contractor from time to time. Such variations will not vitiate the Contract.

5.(2) Further Drawings and Instructions

The Engineer, the Architect and GMDC shall have full power and authority to supply to the Contractor from time to time, during the progress of the works, such further drawings and instructions as shall be necessary for the purpose of the proper and adequate execution and maintenance of the Works. The Contractor shall carry out and be bound by the same.

5.(3) Disruption of Progress

The Contractor shall give written notice to GMDC or the Engineer or the Architect whenever planning or progress of the Works is likely to be delayed or disrupted unless any other drawing or order, including a direction, instruction or approval, is issued by the Engineer or the Architect or GMDC within a reasonable time. The notice shall include details of the drawings or order required and of why and by when it is required and of any delay or disruption likely to be suffered if it is late.

5.(4) Contract Drawings.

5.(4) A In general the Drawings shall indicate dimensions, position and type of construction; the Specifications shall indicate the qualities and the methods; and the Bill of Quantities shall indicate the quantum and the rate for each item of work. Any work indicated on the Drawings and not mentioned in the specifications or vice versa shall be deemed as though fully set forth in both. Work not specifically detailed, called for, marked or specified shall be the same as similar parts that are detailed, marked or specified. 5.(4) B The Contractor's work shall not deviate from the Drawings and the Specifications. The Engineer or GMDC's interpretation of these documents shall be final and without

appeal.

5.(4) C Errors or inconsistencies discovered in the Drawings and Specifications shall be promptly brought to the attention of the Architect and/or the Engineer for interpretation or correction. Local conditions which may affect the work shall likewise be brought to the Architect and/or Engineer's attention. If at any time, it is discovered that work is being done which is not in accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications, the Contractor shall correct the work immediately. Corrections of defective work shall not be a basis for any claim for extension of time and or money. The Contractor shall not carry on work except with the knowledge of the Clerk-of- works. 5.(4) D Figured dimensions on the Scale Drawings and large size details shall govern. Large size details shall take precedence over small scale drawings. Any work done before receipt of such details, if not in accordance with the same, shall be removed and replaced or adjusted by the Contractor, as directed without expense to GMDC. The general conditions apply with equal force to all the work including authorized extra works.

Page 7 of 143

5.(4) E All Drawings, Bills of Quantities and Specifications and copies thereof furnished by the Engineer are his property. They shall not be used on any other work and shall be returned to the Engineer at his request on completion or termination of the Contract. 5.(4) F Reinforcing steel bar bending schedules shall if requested by the Engineer be Furnished to the Engineer at least fifteen days prior to the fabrication of the reinforcement.

6. Contract Sum

6. The Contract Sum shall not be adjusted or altered in any way whatsoever otherwise than in accordance with the express provisions of these conditions, and subject to clause 5(4) B of these Conditions. Any error whether of Arithmetic or not in the computation of the Contract Sum shall be deemed to have been accepted by the parties hereto.

7. Contract Bills

7.(1) The quality and quantity of the work included in the Contract Sum shall be deemed to be that which is set out in the Contract Bills. Nothing contained in the Contract Bill shall override, modify or affect in any way whatsoever the application or interpretation of that which is contained in these conditions. 7.(2) Any error in description or in quantity or omission of items from the Contract Bills shall not vitiate this Contract but shall be corrected and deemed to be a variation required by the Engineer.

8. Scope and Intent

8.(1) Scope : The general character and the scope of the work is illustrated and defined by the Specifications and the Bills of Quantities herewith attached and by the Drawings. If the Contractor shall find any discrepancy in or divergence between the Contract Drawing and/or the Contract Bills he shall immediately give to the Engineer a written notice specifying the discrepancy or divergence and the Engineer shall issue instruction in regard thereto. 8.(2) Extents : The Contractor shall carry out and complete the work in every respect in accordance with this Contract and with the direction of and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Engineer. The Engineer may in his absolute discretion and from time to time issue further Drawings, details and/or written instructions, written directions and written explanations all of which are collectively referred to as Engineer's instructions. 8.(3) Intent : The intention of the Document is to include all labour and materials, taxes and Government duties, equipment and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the work.

9. Engineers Instructions

9.(1) The Contractor shall forthwith comply with and duly execute any works comprised in such instructions issued to him by Engineer in regard to any matter in respect of which the Engineer is expressly empowered by these Conditions to issue instructions provided always that verbal instructions, directions and explanations given to the Contractor or his work representative by the Engineer shall, if involving a variation, be confirmed in writing. If within seven days after receipt of a written notice from the Engineer, requiring compliance with an instruction the Contractor does not comply herewith, then GMDC may employ and pay other persons to execute any work whatsoever which may be necessary to give effect to such instructions and all cost incurred with such employment shall be recoverable from the Contractor by GMDC as debt or may be deducted by him from any monies due or to become due to the Contractor under this Contract. 9.(2) Upon receipt of what propose to be an instruction issued to him by the Engineer, the Contractor may request the Engineer to specify in writing the provision of these conditions which empowers the issue of the said instruction. The Engineer shall forthwith comply with any such request, and if the Contractor shall thereafter comply with the said instruction, then the issue of the instruction shall be deemed for all

Page 8 of 143

purposes of this Contract to have been empowered by the provision of these Conditions specified by the Engineer in answer to the Contractor's request.

9.(3) All instructions issued by the Engineer shall be in writing. Any instruction issued orally shall be of immediate effect, but shall be confirmed in writing by the Contractor to the Engineer within seven days, and if not dissented from in writing by the Engineer to the Contractor within seven days from receipt of the Contractor's confirmation, shall take effect as from the expiration of the latter said seven days. Provided always : 9.(3)A. That if the Engineer within seven days of giving such an oral instruction shall himself confirm the same in writing, then the Contractor shall not be obliged to confirm as aforesaid, and the said instruction shall take effect as from the date of the Engineer's confirmation and 9.(3)B. That if neither the Contractor nor the Engineer shall confirm such an oral instruction in the manner and at the time aforesaid but the Contractor shall nevertheless comply with the same, then the Engineer may confirm the same in writing at any time prior to the issue of the Final Certificate, and the said instruction shall thereupon be deemed to have taken effect on the date on which it was issued.

10. Facilities and Co-operation

10. In the case of works indicated on the Drawings but not included in the Contract the Contractor shall provide necessary facilities and co-operation for any Sub- contractor or supplier who may be approved by GMDC. The Contractor shall do all cutting, filling or patching of his work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and fit it to receive or be received by work of other Contractors shown upon or reasonably implied by the Drawings and Specifications for the completed structure, and he shall make good after them as the Engineer may direct. Any cost caused by the defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the party responsible therefore. The Contractor shall not endanger any work by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering the work and shall not cut or alter the work of any other Contractor save with the consent of the Engineer.

11. Setting out

11. The Engineer shall determine any lines levels which may be required for the execution of the work and shall furnish to the Contractor by way of accurately dimensioned drawings such information as shall enable the Contractor to set out the Work at ground level. The Contractor shall set out and level the work and shall be responsible for the accuracy of the same. He shall provide all the instruments and attendance required by the Engineer for checking the work. He shall entirely at his own cost amend to the satisfaction of the Engineer any error found at any stage which may arise through inaccurate setting.

12. Site

12.( 1) Visit : Before tendering, the Contractor shall have visited and examined the site and satisfied himself as to the nature of the existing roads or other means of communication and the character of the soil and of the excavations, the correct dimensions of the work and the facilities for obtaining any special articles called for in the Contract Document and shall have obtained generally his own information on all matters affecting the continuation and progress of the works. No extra charge made in consequence of any misunderstanding or incorrect information on any of these points, or on the grounds of insufficient description, will be allowed. Should the Contractor after visiting the site, find any discrepancies, omissions, ambiguities or conflicts in or among the Contract Document, or to be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall bring the questions to the Engineer's attention, not later than seven days before the last date for submission of the tender.

Page 9 of 143

12. (2) Possession : The Contractor shall be allowed admittance to the site on the 'Date of Commencement' stated in the Appendix and he shall thereupon and forthwith begin the work and shall regularly proceed with and complete the same on or before the 'Date of Completion' stated in the Appendix subject nevertheless to the provision for extension of time hereafter contained. 12.(3) Treasures : Any Treasures, Coins or objects of Antiquity, which may be found at site shall be the property of GMDC and handed over to GMDC. 12.(4) Use of Site In particular the following provisions shall be deemed to apply to the possession and use of the Site. 12.(4)A The lands and other places outside the Site which are the property of or under the control of GMDC shall be used strictly in accordance with the instructions of the Engineer or Clerk of Works. 12.(4)B The Contractor shall at any time move any vehicle, machine, vessel or any other obstruction within his control that may be required by the Clerk of Works to be moved such things or such obstructions promptly on instructions being given and at his own cost unless the Clerk of Works decides otherwise. 12.(4)C The Contractor shall maintain access for the inspection, operation and maintenance of any of the plant or the Works belonging to GMDC which lie within the Site or elsewhere. 12.(4)D The Contractor shall not use any portion of the Site for any purpose not connected with the Works unless prior written permission of the Clerk of Works shall have been obtained.

13. Samples and Shop Drawings

13.(1) After the award of the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish for the approval of the Engineer, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his work or in that of any other Sub-Contractor, samples and shop drawings required by the Engineer. Samples shall be delivered as directed by the Engineer. The shop / fabrication drawings shall be prepared by the contractor at his own cost and got approved by the Engineer. 13.(2) A schedule giving dates for the submission of samples shall be included in the schedule described under clause 14. Unless specifically authorized all samples must be submitted for approval within thirty days of signing the Contract and not less than sixty days before the date of the particular work involved is scheduled to begin. 13.(3) The Engineer shall check and approve such samples, with reasonable promptness only for conformity with the design concept of the project and for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents. The Work shall be in accordance with the approved samples.

13.(4) All samples for testing of sand, aggregate, cement, reinforcing bars, concrete blocks, timber and other materials used in construction of the buildings and services shall be supplied by the Contractor at his own cost, if the material/product is to be supplied by him. If GMDC has supplied the material/product, the cost of samples shall be borne by him.

13.(5) The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer samples of materials/products for approval sufficiently in advance of incorporating the same in the Works. 13.(6) The Contractor shall inform GMDC, requirement of all materials to be supplied by GMDC one month in advance before actual use of the materials for the works and shall cooperate with GMDC for procurement of the said materials. 13.(7) The Contractor shall prepare test specimens for different types of plaster, painting etc. at his own cost for approval by the Engineer.

Page 10 of 143

13.(8) The Contractor shall prepare bar-bending schedules for reinforcement at his own cost on the basis of construction drawings issued to him by the Engineer.

14. Progress Chart

14.(1) The Contractor shall prepare progress charts and submit the same for approval of the Engineer and for his record within twenty-one days of the Award of the Contract. The charts shall indicate the expected date of commencement and completion of each of the items of the work and shall be in a form approved by the Engineer. The chart shall also indicate the scheduling of samples, Shop Drawings and approvals. The Contractor shall, whenever required by the Engineer, also provide in writing for his information a general description of the arrangements and method which the Contractor proposes to adopt for execution of the Works. 14.(2) If at any time it should appear to the Engineer that the actual progress of the Works does not conform to the program to which consent has been given under sub- clause 14.1, the Contractor shall produce within a week's time at the request of the Engineer, a revised program showing the modifications to such program necessary to ensure completion of the Work within the Time for Completion. 14.(3) The Contractor shall, if required any time by the Engineer, deliver to the Engineer a return in detail, in such form and at such interval as the Engineer may prescribe showing the status of work by the Contractor at site.

14.(4) Records : The Contractor shall, at his own cost, keep all records concerning works and progress of construction. He shall also record daily weather condition.

15. Access for Engineer to the Works

15. The Engineer and his representatives shall at all reasonable times have access to the Works and to the workshops or other places of the Contractor where work is being prepared for the Contract and when work to be so prepared in workshops or other places of a Sub-Contractor (whether or not a nominated Sub-Contractor as defined in clause 26 of these conditions) the Contractor shall have a term in the Sub-Contract so as to secure a similar right of access to those workshops or places for the Engineer and his representatives and shall do all things reasonably necessary to make such right effective.

16. Engineer's Status and Decisions

16.(1) The Engineer shall be GMDC's representative during the currency of the Contract. The Engineer shall periodically visit the site to familiarize himself generally with the progress and the quality of the work and to determine in general if the work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Document. He shall not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work and he shall not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the construction work in accordance with the Contract Document, and he shall condemn work which fails to conform to the Contract Document. He shall have authority to act on behalf of GMDC only to the extent expressly provided in the Contract Document. He shall have authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary in his reasonable opinion to ensure the proper execution of the Contract. The Engineer shall be in the first instance the interpreter of the Conditions of this Contract and the judge of its performance. He shall side neither with GMDC nor with the Contractor but shall use his powers under the Contract to enforce its faithful performance by both. In case of the termination of the appointment of the Engineer GMDC shall appoint a capable and reputable Engineer against whom the Contractor shall make no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract shall be that of the former Engineer.

16.(2) Decision :

Page 11 of 143

The Engineer shall within a reasonable time make decisions on all claims of GMDC or the Contractor and all other matters relating to the execution and progress of the work or the interpretation of the Contract Document. The Engineer may in his absolute discretion and from time to time issue further Drawings, Details and/or written instructions, written directions and written explanations in regard to: A. Variation or modifications of the design. B. The quality or quantity of works or the additions or omission or substitution of any work. C. Any discrepancy in or divergence between the Drawings and / or specifications D. The removal and/or re-execution of any works executed by the Contractor. E. The dismissal from the works of any persons employed thereon. F. The opening up for inspection of any work covered up. G. The amending and making good of any defects under Defects Liability Period. H. The removal from the site of any materials brought thereon by the Contractor and the substitution of any other material therefore. J. Assignment and sub-letting. K. Delay and extension time. L. The postponement of any work to be executed under the provision of this Contract.

16.(3) Dismissal : The Contractor shall on the request of the Engineer immediately dismiss from the works any person employed thereon by him who may in the opinion of the Engineer be incompetent or misconducts himself and such person shall not be again employed on the work without the permission of the Engineer.

17. Security Deposit (Performance Bond)

17. Security Deposit (Performance bond) shall be submitted by the Contractor before execution of agreement of this Contract, the Contractor shall deposit a bank guarantee with GMDC for due performance of this Contract as security deposit, for an amount which shall be equal to that referred to in the Section G of this tender. The Security Deposit (Performance Bond) shall be in the form approved by GMDC and shall remain so deposited with GMDC till the end of the contract period referred to in the Section G. The said Security Deposit (Performance Bond) shall indemnify GMDC against loss from defects arising from any clause under this Contract or due to the failure of the Contractor to promptly carry out any matters arising under this Contract. SD will be released after satisfactory completion of defects liability [period of twelve month on demand of contractor.

18. Clerk of Works

18. The term "Clerk of Works" shall mean the person approved by the Engineer and appointed and paid by GMDC and acting under the orders of the Engineer to inspect the works in the absence of the Engineer; the Contractor shall afford the Clerk of Works every facility and assistance for inspecting the works and materials and for checking and measuring time and materials. Neither the Clerk of Works nor any representative of the Engineer shall have power to set out works or to revoke, alter, enlarge or relax any requirements of the Contract or to sanction any day work, additions, alternations, deviations or omissions, or any extra work whatever except in so far as such authority may be specially conferred by a written order of the Engineer. The Clerk of Works or any representative of the Engineer shall have power to give notice to the Contractor or to his representative of non-approval of any work or materials and such work shall be suspended or the use of such materials shall be discontinued until the decision of the Engineer, is obtained. The works will from time to time be examined by the Engineer, the Clerk of Works or the Engineer's representative but such examination shall not in any way exonerate the Contractor from the obligation to remedy any defects which may be found to exist at any stage of the works or after the same is completed. Subject to the limitation of this clause the Contractor shall take instructions only from the Engineer.

19. Contractors Field Organisation and Equipment

Page 12 of 143

19.(1) Site-in-Charge: The Contractor shall constantly keep on his work during its progress one or more qualified and competent Site-in-Charge who will be responsible for carrying out of the works to the true meaning of the Drawings. Specifications, Schedule of the Quantities, Engineer's instructions and directions to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Any directions or instructions given to him by the Engineer shall be deemed to have been issued to the Contractor. Attention is called to the importance of requesting instructions from the Engineer before undertaking any work where Engineer's directions or instructions are required. Any such work done in advance of such instructions will be liable to be removed. The Contractor shall submit the proposed organogram of qualified engineers proposed to be deployed for work in addition to the administrative staff, two safety engineers and a safety manager. GMDC reserves the right to accept or reject the proposed personnel.

19.(2) Equipment :

The Contractor shall provide and install all necessary hoists, ladders, scaffolding, tools, tackles, plants, all transport for labour materials and plant necessary for the proper execution and completion of the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

19.(3) Office Accommodation :

The Contractor shall provide erect and maintain where directed, simple watertight office accommodation for the Clerk-of-Works. This accommodation shall be well lighted and ventilated and provided with windows, doors with a lock and a Telephone. The Clerk of Works office shall be a minimum of 15 sq.mt and shall have a desk, chair and drawers for keeping drawing and tack board for displaying drawings. The accommodation has to be demolished when directed.

19.(4) Watchman :

The Contractor shall make his own security arrangements to guard the Site and premises at all times, at his own expense. The security arrangements shall be adequate to maintain strict control on the movement of material and labour. The Contractor shall extend the security arrangements to guard the material stored and/or fixed on the premises by the Sub-Contractors.

19.(5) Storage of Materials :

The Contractor shall provide, erect and maintain proper sheds for the storage and protection of the materials etc. and also for the execution of Work which may be prepared on the Site. 19.(6) Sanitary Conveniences : The Contractor shall provide and erect all necessary sanitary convenience for the Site staff and the workmen, maintain in a clean orderly condition and clean and deodorize the ground after removal. 19.(7) Telephone : The Contractor shall provide a separate Telephone for the works and shall pay all charges in connection with the same during the execution of the Work. 19.(8) Scaffolding, Staging, Guardrails:

The Contractor shall provide scaffolding, staging, guardrails, temporary stairs which shall be required during construction. The support for the scaffolding, staging, guardrails and temporary stairs shall be strong, adequate for the particular situation. The temporary access to the various parts of the Building under construction shall be rigid and strong enough to avoid any chance of mishaps.

Page 13 of 143

19.(9) The Contractor shall inform the Engineer about his management and staff structure for the project including the name of the Site-in-Charge.

20. Taxes

20. It shall be assumed that the rates of the Contractor cover for all taxes and duties and no claim on this account will be entertained.

21. Statutory obligations, notices, fees and charges

21.(1) The Contractor shall comply with and give all notices required by any Government authority, and instrument, rule or order made under any Act of Parliament or any regulation or Bye-law of any local authority relating to the work or with whose system the same is or will be connected. The Contractor before making any variation from the Contract Drawings or Contract Bills necessitated by such compliance shall give to the Engineer a written notice specifying and giving reasons for such variations and the Engineer may issue instructions in regard thereto. If within ten days of having given a said written notice the Contractor does not receive any instructions in regard to the matters therein specified, he shall proceed with the work conforming to the Act of Parliament, instrument, rule, order, regulations or Bye- law in question and any variation thereby necessitated shall be deemed to be a variation required by the Engineer. 21.(2) The Contractor shall pay and indemnify GMDC against liability in respect of any fees or charges (including any rates and taxes) legally demandable under any Act of Parliament, instrument, rule or order or any regulation or Bye-law or any local authority in respect of the Work.

22. Royalties and Patent Rights

22. All royalties or other sums payable in respect of the supply and use in carrying out the work as desired by or referred to in the Contract Bills of any patented articles, process or inventions shall be deemed to have been included in the Contract Sum, and the Contractor shall indemnify GMDC from and against all claims, proceedings, damages, costs and expenses which may be brought or made against GMDC or to which he may be put by reason of the Contractor infringing or being held to have infringed any patent rights in relation to any such articles, processes and inventions.

23. Licenses and Permits for Materials under Government control 23. Licenses and Permits for all materials under Government control shall be obtained by the Contractor through the collaboration and help of GMDC. The Contractor shall include in his tender all transport charges and other expense likely to be incurred to bring the materials to the Site.

24. Water and Electric Power for construction

The Contractor to make an arrangement for water and electric power supply at his own Cost, he shall furnish at his cost the water analysis to the Engineer for approval before use in the building work.

25. Assignment or sub-letting The Contractor shall not without the written consent of the Engineer assign this Contract, and shall not without the written consent of the Engineer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld to the prejudice of the Contractor) sub-let any portion of the work.

26. Sub-Contractor

As soon as practicable and before awarding any Sub- Contract, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing the names of the Sub-Contractor including for plumbing and electrical works proposed for the

Page 14 of 143

principal parts of the work and for such other parts as the Engineer may direct, and shall not employ any to whom the Engineer or GMDC may have a reasonable objection. The Engineer, however, shall have power to obtain estimate and select other agencies to carry out any of the work as described below.

26.(1) All specialists, merchants, tradesmen, and others executing any works or supplying and fixing any goods, who may be nominated or selected by the Engineer shall be deemed to be Sub-Contractors employed by the Contractor and are to be referred as nominated Sub-Contractors. No nominated Sub-Contractor shall be employed on or in connection with the work against whom the Contractor shall make reasonable objection or (save where the Engineer and Contractor shall otherwise agree) who will not enter into a contract provided.

26.(1)A That the nominated Sub-Contractor shall carry out and complete the sub-contract works in every respect to the reasonable satisfaction of the Contractor and of the Engineer and in conformity with all the reasonable directions and requirements of the Contractor. 26.(1)B That the nominated Sub-Contractor shall observe, perform and comply with all the provisions of this Contract on the part of the Contractor to be observed, performed and complied with (other than clause 47 (A) of these conditions, if applicable) so far as they relate and apply to the Sub-Contract works or to any portion of the same. 26.(1)C That the nominated Sub-Contractor shall indemnify the Contractor against the same liabilities in respect of the Sub-Contract work as those for which the Contractor is liable to indemnify GMDC under this Contract. 26.(1)D That the nominated Sub-Contractor shall indemnify the Contractor against claims in respect of any negligence, omission or default of such Sub-Contractor, his servants or agents or any misuse by him or them of any scaffolding or other plant, and shall insure himself against any such claims and produce the policy, or policies and premium receipts as and when required by the Contractor or Engineer. 26.(1)E That payment in respect of any work, materials or goods comprised in the Sub-Contract shall be made within fourteen days after receipt by the Contractor of the Engineer's certificate under clause 29 of these conditions which states as due an amount calculated by including the total value of such work, materials or goods, and shall when due be subject to the retention by the Contractor of the sums mentioned in sub-paragraph (J). 26.(1)F That the Engineer and his representative shall have right of access to the workshops and other places of the nominated Sub-Contractor as mentioned in clause 15 of these conditions. 26.(1)G That the Sub-Contract work shall be completed within the period or (where they are to be completed in sections) periods therein specified. 26.(1)H That if the nominated Sub-Contractor shall fail to complete Sub-Contract work or (where the Sub-Contract works are to be completed in sections) any section thereof within the period therein specified or within any extended time granted by the Contractor with the written consent of the Engineer, and Engineer certifies in writing to the Contractor that the same ought reasonably so to have been completed the nominated Sub-Contractor shall pay or allow to the Contractor either a sum calculated at the rate therein agreed as Liquidated and Ascertained Damages for the period during which the said work or any section thereof, as the case may be, shall so remain or have remained incomplete or (where no such rate is therein agreed) a sum equivalent to any loss or damage suffered or incurred by the Contractor and caused by the failure of the nominated Sub-Contractor as aforesaid. 26.(1)I That the Contractor shall retain from the sum directed by the Engineer having been included in the calculation of the amount stated as due in any certificate issued under clause 31 of these conditions in respect of the total value of work, materials or goods executed or supplied by the nominated Sub-

Page 15 of 143

Contractor the percentage of such value named in the Appendix to these conditions as percentage of certified value retained up to a total amount not exceeding a sum which bears the same ratio to the Sub- Contract price as the unreduced sum named in the Appendix to these conditions as limit of Retention Fund bears to the Contract Sum; and that the Contractor's interest in any sums so retained (by whosoever held) shall be fiduciary as trustee for the nominated Sub-Contractor (but without obligation to invest); and that the nominated Sub-Contractor's beneficial interest in such sums shall be subject only to the right of the Contractor to have recourse thereto from time to time for payment of any amount which he is entitled under the Sub-Contract to deduct from any sum due or to become due to the nominated Sub-Contractor; and that if and when such sums or any part thereof are released to the nominated Sub-Contractor they shall be paid in full if paid within fourteen days of the date fixed for their release in Sub-Contract. 26.(2) Before issuing any certificate under clause 31 of these conditions the Engineer may request the Contractor to furnish to him reasonable proof that all amounts included in the calculation of the amount stated as due on previous certificates in respect of the total value of work materials or goods executed or supplied by any nominated Sub-Contractor have been duly discharged and if the Contractor fails to comply with any such request the Engineer shall issue a certificate to that effect and thereupon GMDC may himself pay such amounts to any nominated Sub-Contractor concerned and deduct the same from any sum due or to become due to the Contractor.

26.(3)A The Contractor shall not grant to any nominated Sub- Contractor any extension of the period within which the Sub-Contract work or (where the Sub-Contract works are to be completed in sections) any section thereof is to be completed without the written consent of the Engineer. Provided always that the Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any representation made by the nominated Sub- Contractor as to the cause of any delay in the progress or completion of the Sub-Contract work or any section thereof and that the consent of the Engineer shall not be unreasonably with-held. 26.(3)B If any nominated Sub-Contractor fails to complete the Sub-Contract work or (where the Sub-Contract works are to be completed in sections) any section thereof within the period specified in Sub-Contract or within the extended time granted by the Contractor with the written consent of the Engineer then if the same ought reasonably so to have been completed the Engineer shall certify in writing accordingly. Any such certificates shall be issued to the Contractor and immediately upon issue the Engineer shall send a duplicate copy thereof to the nominated Sub- Contractor. 26.(4) If the Engineer desires to secure final payment to any nominated Sub-Contractor before final payment is due to the Contractor, and if such Sub-Contractor has satisfactorily indemnified the Contractor against any latent defects then the Engineer may in an Interim Certificate include an amount to cover the said final payment and thereupon the Contractor shall pay such nominated Sub-Contractor the amount so certified. From such final payment the amount named in the Appendix to these conditions as limit of retention fund shall be reduced by the sum which bears the same ratio to the said amount as does such Sub-Contractor's Sub-Contract price to the Contract Sum, and save for latent defects the Contractor shall be discharged from all liability for the work materials or goods executed or supplied by such Sub-Contractor under the Sub-Contract to which the payment relates. 26.(5) Neither the existence nor the exercise of the foregoing powers nor anything else contained in these conditions shall render GMDC in any way liable to any nominated Sub-Contractor. 26.(6) Where the Contractor in the ordinary course of his business directly can carry out works for which Prime Cost or Provisional Sums are included in the Contract Bills and the Engineer is prepared to receive tender from the Contractors for such items, then the Contractor shall be permitted to tender for the same or any of them but without prejudice to GMDC's right to reject the lowest or any tender. If the Contractor's tender is accepted he shall not sub-let the work without the consent in writing of the Engineer. 26.(7) It shall be a condition of any tender accepted under this paragraph that clause 30 of these conditions shall apply in respect of the Item Work included in the tender as if for the reference therein to the Contract Drawings and the Contract Bills there were references to the equivalent documents included in or referred to in the tender.

Page 16 of 143

26.(8) The Contractor shall allow for general attendance upon Sub-Contractors including free use of plant scaffolding and is to allow them the use of sanitary conveniences, storage facilities for storing materials, other amenities and affording them all reasonable facilities for carrying out their Contracts.

27. Prime Cost

27. The following provisions of these conditions shall apply where Prime Cost sums are included in the Contract Bills or arise as a result of Engineer's instructions given in regard to the expenditure of provisional Sums in respect of any materials or goods to be fixed by the Contractor. 27.(1) Such sums shall be understood to mean the net cost to be defrayed as a Prime Cost after deducting any trade or other discount and shall include sales-tax (where applicable) and other taxes and duties and the cost of packing carriage and delivery. Provided that where in opinion of the Engineer the Contractor has incurred expense for special packing or special carriage such special expense shall be allowed as part of the sums actually paid by the Contractor.

27.(2) Such sums shall be expended in favour of such persons as the Engineer shall instruct, and all specialists, merchants, tradesman or others who are nominated by the Engineer to supply materials or goods are hereby declared to be the suppliers to the Contractor and are referred to in these conditions as "Nominated Suppliers" provided that the Engineer shall not (save where the Engineer and Contractor shall otherwise agree) nominate as a supplier a person who will not enter into a Contract of sale which provides (inter alias):-

27.(2)A That the materials or goods to be supplied shall be to the reasonable satisfaction of the Engineer. 27.(2)B That the nominated supplier shall make good by replacement or otherwise any defects in the materials or goods supplied which appear within such period as is therein mentioned and shall bear any expenses reasonably incurred by the Contractor as a direct consequence of such defects, provided that :

(I) Where the materials or goods have been used or fixed such defects are not such that examination by the Contractor ought to have revealed them before using or fixing. (ii) Such defects are due solely to defective workmanship or material in the goods supplied and shall not have been caused by improper storage by the Contractor or misuse or by any act or neglect of either the Contractor, the Engineer or GMDC or by any person or persons for whom they may be responsible. 27.(2)C That delivery of the materials or goods supplied shall be commenced and completed at such times as the Contractor may reasonably direct. 27.(3) All payments by the Contractor for materials or goods supplied by a Nominated Supplier shall be in full, and shall be paid within 30 days of the end of the month during which delivery is made.

28. Artists and tradesmen

28. The Contractor shall permit the execution of work not forming part of this Contract by artists, tradesmen or others engaged by GMDC. Every such person shall for the purposes of clause 45 of these conditions be deemed to be a person for whom GMDC is responsible and not be a Sub-Contractor.

29. Separate Contracts

29.(1) GMDC reserves the right to let other Contracts in connection with his work under similar general conditions. The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their work, and shall properly connect and co-ordinate his work with theirs. If any part of Contractor's or Sub-Contractor's work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any other Contractor, or Sub-Contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to so inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other Contractor's work as fit and proper for the acceptance of his work, except as to defects which

Page 17 of 143

may develop in the other Contractor's or Sub-Contractor's work after the execution of the work. To ensure the proper execution of his subsequent work the Contractor shall measure work already in place and shall at once report to the Engineer any discrepancy between the executed work and the Drawings.

29.(2) Co-ordination with Other Contractors. The Contractor shall submit the details of Civil Works Program to the Engineer who will co-ordinate with the Erection Program separately submitted to him by the Erection Contractor. Such co-ordination of civil and erection works program shall be agreed between the Engineer, Erection and Civil Works Contractor and the agreed program shall then be mutually binding on Erection and Civil Works Contractors.

30. Variations, Provisional and Prime Cost Sums

30.(1) The Engineer may issue instruction requiring a variation and he may sanction in writing any variation made by the Contractor otherwise than pursuant to an instruction of the Engineer. No variation required by the Engineer or subsequently sanctioned by him shall vitiate this contract.

30.(2) The term "Variation" as used in these conditions means the alteration or modification of the design, quality or quantity of the work as shown upon the Contract Drawings and desired by or referred to in the Contract Bills, and includes the addition, omission or substitution of any work, the alteration of the kind of standard of any of the materials or goods to be used in the work, and the removal from the site of any works, materials or goods to be used in the work and the removal from the site of any works materials or goods executed or brought thereon by the Contractor for the purposes of the work other than work, materials or goods which are not in accordance with this Contract.

30.(3) The Engineer shall issue instruction in regard to the expenditure of Prime Cost and Provisional Sums included in the Contract Bills and of Prime Cost Sums which arise as a result of instructions issued in regard to the expenditure of Provisional Sums.

30.(4) All variations required by the Engineer or subsequently sanctioned by him in writing and all works executed by the Contractor for which Provisional Sums are included in the Contract Bills (other than work for which a tender made under clause 26(7) of these conditions has been accepted) shall be measured and valued by the Engineer who shall give to the Contractor an opportunity of being present at the time of such measurement and of taking such notes and measurement as the Contractor may be required. The valuation of variations and of work executed by the Contractor for which a Provisional Sum is included in the Contract Bills, (other than work for which a tender has been accepted as aforesaid) unless otherwise agreed shall be made in accordance with the following rules.

30.(4)A The price in the Contract Bills shall determine the valuation of work of similar character executed under similar conditions as work priced therein.

30.(4)B The said prices, where work is not of a similar character or executed under similar conditions as aforesaid, shall be the basis of prices for the same so far as may be reasonable, failing which, after due consultation by the Engineer with GMDC and the Contractor, suitable rates or prices shall be agreed upon between the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of this agreement the Engineer shall fix such rates or prices as are, in his opinion, appropriate and shall notify the Contractor accordingly, with a copy to GMDC.

30.(4)C Where work cannot properly be measured and valued the Contractor shall be allowed day-work rates on the prices prevailing when such work is carried out (unless otherwise provided in the Contract Bills) : (I) At the rates if any, inserted by the Contractor in the Contract Bills or in the form of Tender or in day work schedule or (ii) When no such rates have been inserted, at the rates prevailing in the market for material and labour and at the control rates for the controlled materials including in all cases the rate for delivery of the material at the work.

Page 18 of 143

(iii) Contractor's profits and overheads at 15% shall be added to the rates arrived at herein. Provided that in any case voucher specifying the time daily spent upon the work (and if required by the Engineer the workmen's names) and the materials employed shall be delivered for verification to the Engineer or his authorised representative not later than the end of the week following that in which the work has been executed.

30.(4)D The prices in the Contract Bills shall determine the valuation of items omitted, provided that if omissions substantially vary the conditions under which any remaining items of work are carried out the prices for such remaining items shall be valued under rule (B) of this sub-clause.

30.(5) Effect shall be given to the measurement and valuation of variations under Sub-Clause (4) of this condition in Interim Certificates and by adjustment of the Contract Sum; and effect shall be given to the measurement and valuation of work for which a Provisional Sum is included in the Contract Bills under the said Sub-Clause in Interim Certificate and by adjustment of the Contract Sum in accordance with Clause 31(5) of these conditions.

30.(6) If upon written application being made to him by the Contractor, the Engineer is of the opinion that a variation or the execution by the Contractor of work for which a Provisional Sum is included in the Contract Bills (other than work for which a tender made under clause 26(6) of these conditions has been accepted) has involved the Contractor in direct loss and/or expense for which he would not be reimbursed by payment in respect of a valuation made in accordance with the rules contained in Sub-Clause (4) of the Conditions and if the said application is made within a reasonable time of the loss or expense having been incurred then the Engineer shall ascertain the amount of such loss or expense. Any amount from time to time so ascertained shall be added to the Contract Sum, and if an Interim Certificate is issued after the date of ascertainment any such amount shall be added to the amount which would otherwise be stated as due in such certificate.

31. Certificates and Payments

31.(1) The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer at the period named in the Appendix to these Conditions (Section G) six copies each signed by the Contractor's authorized representative, of a statement, in such form as the Engineer may from time to time prescribe, showing the amounts to which the Contractor considers himself to be entitled under the Contract. The Contractor shall ensure that such statement submitted by him shall have the same nomenclature as used in Tender/Order documents. At the period of Interim Certificate named in the Appendix (Section G) to these conditions the Engineer shall issue a certificate stating the amount due to the Contractor from GMDC, and the Contractor shall be entitled to payment to these conditions. Interim valuations shall be made whenever the Engineer considers them to be necessary for the purpose of ascertaining the amount to be stated as due in an Interim Certificate.

31.(2)A The amount stated as due in an Interim Certificate shall be the total value of the work properly executed less any amount which may be retained by GMDC (as provided in sub-clause (3) of this condition) and less any installments previously paid under this Condition. 31.(2)B Value of certain materials and goods as and from such time to time as they are reasonably and properly placed at site and then only if adequately protected against weather or other casualties, may be included in the certificate as mentioned in the Special Conditions of Contract. Notwithstanding to terms of this clause or any other clause of the Contract no amount will be certified by the Engineer for payment until fulfillment of provisions under this Contract by the Contractor. 31.(3) GMDC may retain the percentage of the total value of the work, materials and goods referred to in Sub- Clause (2) of this condition which is named in the Appendix (Section G) to these Conditions as retention percentage. Provided always that when the sum of the amount so retained equals the amount named in the said Appendix as limit of retention fund or that amount as reduced in pursuance of clause 26(4) of these Conditions, as the case may be, no further amount shall be retained by virtue of this Sub-Clause.

Page 19 of 143

31.(4) The amounts retained by virtue of Sub-Clause (3) of this Condition shall be subject to the following rules:-

31.(4) A GMDC's interest in any amount so retained shall be fiduciary as trustee for the Contractor (but without obligation to invest), and the Contractor's beneficial interest therein shall be subject only to the right of GMDC to have recourse thereto from time to time for payment of any amount which he is entitled under the provisions of this Contract to deduct from any sum due or to become due to the Contractor.

31.(4)B On the issue of the certificate of virtual completion the Engineer shall issue a certificate for one moiety, of the 50 per cent of amounts then so retained and the Contractor shall be entitled to payment of the said moiety within the period for honouring certificate named in the Appendix to these Conditions (Section G) and on expiry of maintenance period the Engineer shall issue a certificate for one moiety, of the balance 50 per cent of total amounts retained and the Contractor shall be entitled to payment of the said moiety within the period for honouring certificates names in the Appendix to the Conditions (Section G).

31.(5)A The measurement and valuation of the work shall be completed within the period of final measurement and valuation stated in the appendix to these Conditions, and the Contractor shall be supplied with a copy of the priced bills of variation not later than the end of the said period and before the issue of the Final Certificate under Sub-Clause (6) of this Condition.

31.(5)B Either before or within a reasonable time after Virtual Completion of the work the Contractor shall send to the Engineer all documents necessary for the purposes of the computation required by these Conditions including all documents relating to the accounts of nominated Sub- Contractors and Nominated Suppliers.

31.(5)C In the settlement of accounts the amounts paid or payable under the appropriate contract by the Contractor to nominated Sub-Contractor or nominated supplier the amount paid shall be taken into account.

31.(6) So soon as is practicable but before the expiration of the period the length of which is stated in the Appendix (Section G) to these Conditions from the end of the Defects Liability Period also stated in the said Appendix or from completion of making good defects under clause 40 of these conditions or from receipt by the Engineer of the Documents referred to in paragraph (b) of Sub-Clause (5) of this Condition, whichever is the latest, the Engineer shall issue the Final Certificate. The Final Certificate shall state:

31.(6)A The sum of the amount paid to the Contractor under Interim Certificate and the amount named in the said Appendix as limit of Retention Fund, and, 31.(6)B The Contract Sum adjusted as necessary in accordance with the terms of these Conditions, and the difference (if any) between the two sums shall be expressed in the said Certificate as a balance due to the Contractor from GMDC or to GMDC from the Contractor as the case may be, and subject to any deductions authorised by these Conditions, the said balance shall be a debt payable as the case may be by GMDC to the Contractor or by the Contractor to GMDC, upon expiry of one month from the date of issue of the said Certificate.

32. Claim for Extra

32. When any instruction or decision given at site involves an extra or whereby the Contractor may plan to claim an extra, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to inform the Engineer of the extra amount and get written authorisation from the Engineer before proceeding with the work involved. Any modification carried out for expediting or simplifying work at the request of the Contractor or his representatives shall not be taken as the basis for claiming an extra. However, if such modification shall also involve an extra, the rate for such modification shall be settled in advance and written authorisation obtained by the Contractor from the Engineer before proceeding with the work involved. If no such information is given by the Contractor in writing to the Engineer such modification shall not be accepted as the basis for extra charge. The extra items would be paid on the basis of cost of material input plus

Page 20 of 143

cost of direct labour used “An additional 15% will be considered towards overhead and profits, (extra items rate thus derived will be inclusive of all overheads). Cost of indirect labour mobilization, equipment and supervision etc. would be part of these overheads. The rate analysis for such extra items need to be submitted in advance before commencing the job. The extra work shall be subject to prior approval. Rates for any extra items not covered in the Bill of quantities shall be derived on prorate basis from the known rates available from the Contract. Rates for any extra items not covered in the Bill of quantities, shall be worked out on the basis of unit rates of labour and materials & contractors overhead and profit.

33. Deduction for uncorrected work

33. If the Engineer deems it inexpedient to correct work damaged or not done in accordance with the Contract, an equitable deduction from the Contract price shall be made therefore.

34. Fluctuations

34. The Contractor shall not claim any extra for fluctuation of price, exchange rates, labour conditions, etc. and the Contract Price shall not be subject to any rise or fall of prices.

35. Unfixed goods and materials

35. Unfixed materials and goods intended for, delivered to and placed on or adjacent to the work shall not be removed except for use upon the work unless the Engineer has consented in writing to such removal which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Where the value of such materials or goods has in accordance with clause 31(2) of these conditions been included in any Interim Certificate under the Contract for which the Contractor has received payment, such materials and goods shall become the property of GMDC, but subject to clause 47(b) or to clause 47(c) of these conditions (if applicable) the Contractor shall remain responsible for loss or damage to the same.

36. Material and Workmanship Specifications

36.(1) All materials and workmanship shall be as per the latest relevant Standards/ Specifications of the Indian Standards Institution, unless specifically provided in these Specifications of this Contract and/or of approved type and the Contractor shall immediately remove from the works any materials and/or workmanship which in the opinion of the Engineer are defective or unsuitable and shall substitute proper materials and/or workmanship at his own cost. The term approval used in connection with this contract shall mean the approval of the Engineer.

36.(2) The Contractor shall if required submit satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of material. 36.(3) Where special makes or brands are called for they are mentioned as a standard. Others of equal quality may be used provided approval is first obtained in writing from the Engineer. Unless substitutions are requested no deviation from the Specification will be permitted. Failure to propose the substitution of any articles within 30 days after signing of the Contract will be deemed sufficient cause for denial of the request for substitution.

36.(4) The Contractor shall indicate and submit evidence in writing of those materials or articles called for in the Specifications that are not obtainable for installation in the work within the Time Limits of the Contract. Failure to indicate the above, within 30 days after the signing of the Contract, will be deemed sufficient cause for the denial of request for the extension of the Contract time. 36.(5) All material shall be delivered so as to insure a speedy and uninterrupted progress of the work. Such material shall be stored so as to cause no obstruction and so as to prevent overloading of any portion of the structure, and the Contractor shall be entirely responsible for damage or loss by weather or other cause.

36.(6) Within 30 days after signing the Contract, the Contractor shall submit for approval of the Engineer a complete list of all material he and his Sub-Contractors propose to use in the work, of definite brand or

Page 21 of 143

make which differ in any respect from those specified; also the particular brand of any articles where more than one is specified as a standard. He shall also list items not specifically mentioned in the Specifications but which are reasonably inferred and necessary for the completion of the work.

36.(7) For such items of work which may arise and which are not covered by the Contract Documents or by relevant Indian Standard Specifications, the decision of the GMDC / Consultant regarding specification of such work shall be final and binding to the Contractor.

Inspection

36.(7) All materials and workmanship shall be subject to inspection, examination and test by the Engineer at any and all times during manufacture and/or construction. The Engineer shall have right to reject defective material and workmanship or require its correction. Rejected workmanship shall be satisfactorily replaced with proper material without additional charge therefore and the Contractor shall promptly segregate and remove the rejected materials from the works. If the Contractor fails to proceed at once with the replacement of rejected materials and/or the corrections of defective workmanship, the Engineer may by contract or otherwise replaced such materials and/or correct such workmanship and charge the cost thereof to the Contractor, or may terminate the right of the Contract to proceed further with the work. The Contractor shall furnish promptly without additional charge all reasonable facilities, labour and materials necessary for the safe and convenient inspection and test that may be required by the Engineer.

Testing

36.(8) The Contractor shall provide for costs of routine testing of materials. 37. Defects

37.(1) The Contractor shall make good at his own cost and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, all defects, shrinkages or faults, arising in the opinion of the Engineer from work or materials not being in accordance with the Drawings or Specifications or Schedule of Quantities or the Instructions of the Engineer, which may appear within "Defects Liability Period” referred to in the Appendix. 37.(2) Such defects, shrinkages, faults, shall upon directions in writing of the Engineer, and within such reasonable time as shall be specified therein be amended and made good by the Contractor, at his own cost unless the Engineer shall decide that he ought to be paid for such amending and making good and in case of default GMDC may employ and pay other Contractor to amend and make good such defects, shrinkage, settlements or other faults and all damages loss and expense consequent thereon or incidental thereto shall be made good and borne by the Contractor and such damage, loss or expense shall be recoverable from him by GMDC or may be deducted by GMDC upon the Engineer's Certificate in writing from any amount due or may become due to the Contractor or GMDC may, in lieu of such amending and making good by the Contractor deduct from any moneys due to the Contractor a sum to be determine by the Engineer as equivalent to the cost of amending such work and in the event of the Retention Amount being insufficient recover the balance from the Contractor, together with any expenses GMDC may have incurred in connection therewith.

38. Possession, Completion and Postponement

38.(1) On the date of commencement stated in Appendix to these Conditions (Section G), permission to enter & work on the site shall be given to the Contractor who shall thereupon begin the works and regularly and, diligently proceed with the same and who shall complete the same on or before the date for Completion stated in the said Appendix (Section G) subject nevertheless to the provision for extension of time contained in clause 40 of these Conditions. 38.(2) The Engineer may issue instructions in regard to the postponement of any work to be executed under the provision of this Contract.

Page 22 of 143

39. Virtual Completion

If at any time or times before Virtual Completion of the Work GMDC shall take possession of any part or parts of the same for handing over to the Finishing Contractor or other agency, then not withstanding anything expressed or implied elsewhere in this Contract.

39.(1) Such part or parts shall not be deemed to be Virtually Complete.

39.(2) Virtual Completion of such part or parts would occur on the completion of the last part of the structure under this Contract.

39.(3) The Contractor shall not claim that such part or parts are complete and request refund of payment in lieu thereof.

40. Extension

40. Upon it becoming reasonably apparent that the progress of the Works is delayed, the Contractor shall forthwith give written notice of the cause of the delay to the Engineer, and if in the opinion of the Engineer, the completion of the Works is likely to be or has been delayed beyond the date of completion stated in the Appendix to these Conditions or beyond any extended time previously fixed under this clause.

40.(1) By Force Majeure. Force majeure shall mean war, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), invasion, act of foreign enemies, rebellion, revolution, insurrection or military or usurped power, civil war, or radiations or contamination by radio activity from any nuclear fuel or from any nuclear waste from the combustion of nuclear fuel, radio- active toxic explosive, or other hazardous properties of any explosive, nuclear assembly or nuclear component thereof, pressure waves caused by aircraft or other aerial devices traveling at sonic or supersonic speeds, or any such operation of the forces of nature as an experienced contractor could not foresee, or reasonably make provision for or insure against all of which are herein collectively referred to as "Force Majeure".

40.(2) By reason of any exceptionally inclement weather requiring total stoppage in work. Or

40.(3) By reason of loss or damage occasioned by any one or more of the contingencies referred to in clause 47(a), (b), and (c) of these conditions. Or 40.(4) By reason of civil commotion, local combination of workmen strike or lockout affecting any of the trades employed upon the works or any of the trades engaged in the preparation, manufacture or transportation of any of the goods or materials required for the work. Or

40.(5) By reason of Engineer's instructions issued under clauses 9, 30(1) or 38 (2) of these Conditions. Or

40.(6) By reason of the Contractor not having received in due time necessary instructions, drawings, details or levels from the Engineer for which he specifically applied in writing on a date which having regard to the date for completion stated in the Appendix to these Conditions or to any extension of time then fixed under this clause was neither unreasonably distant from nor unreasonably close to the date on which it was necessary for him to receive the same. Or 40.(7) By delay on the part of nominated Sub-Contractors or Nominated Suppliers which the Contractor has taken all practicable steps to avoid or reduce. Or 40.(8) By delay on the part of artists, tradesmen or others engaged by GMDC in executing work not forming part of this Contract. Or

40.(9) By reason of the opening up for inspection of any work covered up or of the testing of any of the work, in accordance with clause 36 (7) of these conditions (including making good in consequence of

Page 23 of 143

such opening up or testing) unless the inspection of test showed that the work is not in accordance with this Contract. Or Then the Engineer shall so soon as he is able to estimate the length of the delay beyond the date or time aforesaid make in writing a fair and reasonable Extension of Time for completion of the works, provided always that the Contractor shall use constantly his best endeavors to prevent delay and shall do all that may reasonably be required to the satisfaction of the Engineer to proceed with the work.

41. Damages for Non-completion

41. If the Contractor fails to complete the work by the date specified in these Conditions or within any extended time fixed under clause 38 of these Conditions and the Engineer certifies in writing that in his opinion the same ought reasonably so to have been completed, the Contractor shall pay or allow to GMDC a sum calculated at the rate stated in the Appendix (Section G) as agreed Liquidated Damages for the period during which the said work shall so remain or have remained incomplete, GMDC may deduct such damages from any monies otherwise payable to the Contractor under this Contract.

42. Virtual Completion and Defects Liability Period

42.(1) When in the opinion of the Engineer the works are practically completed, he shall forthwith issue a certificate to that effect and Virtual Completion of the Work shall be deemed for all the purpose of this Contract to have taken place on the day named in such certificate.

42.(2) The Engineer may whenever he considers it necessary to do so, issue instructions requiring any defect, shrinkages or other fault which shall appear within the Defects Liability Period named in the Appendix (Section G) to these Conditions to be made good and the Contractor shall within 30 days after receipt of such instruction comply with the same (and unless the Engineer shall otherwise instruct in which case the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly) entirely at his own cost.

42.(3) When in opinion of the Engineer any Defects, shrinkages and other defaults which he may have required to be made good under sub- clause (2) and (3) of this Condition shall have been made good he shall issue a certificate to that effect, and completion of making good defects shall be deemed for all purposes of this Contract to have taken place on the day named in such certificates.

43. Loss and expense caused by disturbance of regular progress of the works

43.(1) If upon written application being made to him by the Contractor the Engineer is of the opinion that the Contractor has been involved in direct loss and/or expense for which he would not be reimbursed by a payment made under any other provision in this Contract by reason of the regular progress of the works or of any part thereof having been materially affected by : 43.(1)A The Contractor not having received in due time necessary instructions, drawings, details or levels from the Engineer for which is specifically applied in writing on a date which having regard to the date for completion stated in the Appendix to these Conditions was neither unreasonably distant from nor unreasonably close to the date on which it was necessary for him to receive the same, or

43.(1)B The opening up for inspection of any work covered up or the testing of any work material or goods in accordance with the clause 36 (7) of these conditions (including making good in consequence of such opening up or testing), unless the inspection or test showed that the work materials or goods were not in accordance with this Contract, or

43.(1)C Delay on the part of the Artists, Tradesmen or others engaged by GMDC in executing work not forming part of this Contract, or

43.(1)D Engineer's instructions issued in regard to the postponement of any work to be executed under the provisions of this Contract; and if the written application is made within a reasonable time of it becoming apparent that the progress of the work or of any part thereof has been affected as aforesaid :

Page 24 of 143

Then the Engineer shall ascertain the amount of such loss and/or expense. Any amount from time to time so ascertained shall be added to the amount, which would otherwise be stated as due in such certificate.

43.(2) The provisions of this Condition are without prejudice to any other rights and remedies which the Contractor may possess.

44. Payments withheld

The Engineer may withhold or on account of subsequently discovered evidence nullify the whole or a part of any certificate to such extent as may be necessary in his reasonable opinion to protect GMDC from loss on account of:

44.(1) Defective work not remedied. 44.(2) Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Sub-Contractor or for materials or labour. 44.(3) Damage to another Contractor or Sub-Contractor. 44.(4) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filling of claims. When the above grounds are removed payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them.

45. Indemnity for Injury to Persons and Property

45.(1) Persons: The Contractor shall be liable for and shall indemnify GMDC including all of its officers, servants and agents from and against any liability, loss, claim or proceedings whatsoever arising under any statute or at common law in respect of personal injury to or the death of any person whomsoever arising out of or in the course of or caused by the carrying out of the works, unless due to any act or neglect of GMDC or of any person for whom GMDC is responsible.

45.(2) Property: Except for such loss or damages as is at the risk of GMDC under clause 47 (b) or clause 47 (c) of these Conditions (if applicable) the Contractor shall be liable for and shall indemnify GMDC against any expense, liability, loss, claim or proceedings in respect of any injury or damage whatsoever to any property real or personal in so far as such injury or damage arises out of or in the course of or by reason of the carrying out of the works, unless due to any act or neglect of GMDC or any person for whom GMDC is responsible.

46. Insurance against Injury to Persons and Property

46.(1) The Contractor shall at his own cost and initiative at all times up to the successful conclusion of the defect liability period, take out and maintain insurance policies in respect of all insurable liabilities under the Clause 45 but not limited to third part insurance and liabilities under the Motor Vehicles Act, Workmen’s Compensation Act, Fatal Accidents Act, Personal Injuries Insurance Act, Emergency Risk Insurance Act and or other industrial legislation from time to time in force in India with insurance company (ies) approved by GMDC and such policy (ies) shall be of no lesser limit than the limits hereunder specified with reference to the matters specified namely: (a) Workmen’s Compensation Insurance to the limit to which compensation may be payable under the laws of the Republic of India. (b) Third Party Insurance – body injury and property damage to the limit of not less than Rs.5,00,000/- (Rupees Five Lacs Only) in each accident at job site and to a limit of not less than Rs.25,00,000/- (Rupees Twenty Five Lacs Only) for all accidents at all job sites. 46.(2) Provided that the limit specified above shall operate only as a specification of minimum limits for Insurance purpose, but shall not anywise limit the Contractor’s liability in terms of this clause to the limit(s) specified. Should the Contractor fail to take out and/or keep Insurance as provided for in the foregoing sub-clause, GMDC shall be entitled (but without the obligation to do so) to take out and/or keep afoot

Page 25 of 143

such Insurance at the cost and expense of the Contractor and without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of GMDC in this behalf to deduct the sum(s) incurred hereof from the dues of the Contractor.

46.(3) Without prejudice to his liability to indemnify GMDC under clause 45 of these Conditions, the Contractor shall maintain and shall cause any Sub- Contractor to maintain :

46.(3)A Such insurances as are necessary to cover the liability of the Contractor or as the case may be of such Sub- Contractor, in respect of personal injuries or deaths arising out of or in the course of or caused by the carrying out of the work; and 46.(3)B Such insurances as may be specifically required by the Contract Bills in respect of injury or damage to property real or personal arising out of or in the course of or by reason of the carrying out the work, and caused by any negligence, omission or default of the Contractor, his servants or agents or, as the case may be of such Sub- Contractor, his servants or agents.

The Contractor shall produce or cause any Sub-Contractor to produce for inspection the relevant policy or policies of insurance together with the receipts in respect of premiums paid under such policy or policies as and when required so to do by the Engineer provided always that as and when may be reasonably required by the Engineer the production by either the Contractor or any Sub-Contractor of a current certificate of insurance from the company or firm which shall have issued the policy or policies aforesaid shall be a good discharge of the Contractor's obligation to produce or to cause the production of the policy or policies and the receipts in respect of premium paid.

47. Insurance of the works against fire etc.

47. A The Contractor shall in the joint names of GMDC and Contractor obtain and maintain a comprehensive Contractor's all risk policy which should also cover insurance against loss or damage by fire, storm, tempest, lightning, flood, earthquake, aircraft or anything dropped there from, aerial objects, riot and civil commotion for the full value thereof all work executed and all unfixed materials and goods intended for, delivered to and placed on or adjacent to the work, but excluding temporary building plant, tools and equipment owned or hired by the Contractor or any Sub-Contractor and shall keep such work materials and goods so insured until Virtual Completion of the work. Such insurances shall be with insurers approved by the Engineer and the Contractor shall deposit with the Engineer the policy or policies and the receipts in respect of premiums paid: and should the Contractor make default in insuring or continuing to insure as aforesaid GMDC may himself insure against any risk with respect of which the default shall have occurred and deduct a sum equivalent to the amount paid by him in respect of premium from any monies due to or to become due to the Contractor. Provided always that if the Contractor shall independently of his obligations under this Contract maintain a policy of insurance which covers (inter alias) the said work, materials and goods against the aforesaid contingencies to the full value thereof then the maintenance by the Contractor of such policy shall if GMDCs interest is endorsed thereon, be a discharge of the Contractor's obligation to insure in the joint names of GMDC and Contractor and the production by the Contractor as and when may reasonably be required by the Engineer of a current certificate of insurance from the company or firm which shall have issued the said policy shall be a discharge of the Contractor's obligation to deposit with the Engineer a policy or policies and the receipts in respect of premiums paid. 47. B Upon settlement of any claim under the insurances aforesaid the Contractor with due diligence shall restore work damaged, replace or repair unfixed materials or goods which have been destroyed or injured, remove or dispose of any debris and proceed with the carrying out and completion of the work. All monies received from such insurances shall be paid to the Contractor by installments under certificates of the Engineer issued at the period of interim certificates named in the Appendix to these Conditions. The Contractor shall not be entitled to payment in respect of the restoration of work damaged, the replacement and repair of any unfixed materials or goods and the removal and disposal of debris other than the monies received under the said insurances.

48. Determination by GMDC

48.(1) Default :

Page 26 of 143

If the Contractor shall make default in any one or more of the following respects, that is to say

48.(1)A If he without reasonable cause wholly suspends the carrying out of the works before completion thereof, or

48.(1)B If he fails to proceed regularly and diligently with the works, or

48.(1)C If he refuses or persistently neglects to comply with a written notice from the Engineer requiring him to remove defective work or improper materials or goods, or

48.(1)D If he fails to comply with the provision of clause 25.

Then the Engineer may give him the notice by registered post or recorded delivery specifying the default, and if the Contractor either shall continue such a default for 14 days after receipt of such a notice and shall at any time thereafter repeat such a default (whether previously repeated or not). Then GMDC without prejudice to any other rights or remedies may within 14 days after such continuance or repetition by notice by registered post or recorded delivery forthwith determine the employment of the Contractor under this Contract, provided that such notice shall not be given unreasonably or vexatious.

48.(2) Bankruptcy of Contractor :

In the event of the Contractor becoming bankrupt or making a composition or arrangement with his creditors or being a company having a winding up order made or (except for purposes of reconstruction) a resolution for voluntary winding up passed or a receiver or manager of his business or undertaking duly appointed or possession taken by or on behalf of the holders of any debentures secured by a floating charge, of any property comprised in or subject to the floating charge, the employment of the Contractor under this Contract shall be forthwith automatically determined but the said employment may be reinstated and continued if GMDC and the Contractor, his trustee in bankruptcy, liquidator, receiver or manager as the case may be shall so agree.

48.(3) GMDC shall be entitled to determine the employment of the Contractor under this Contract. If the Contractor shall have offered or given or agreed to give to any person any gift or consideration of any kind as an inducement or reward for doing or forbearing to do or for having done or forborne to do any action in relation to the obtaining or execution of this Contract with GMDC, or for showing or forbearing to show favor or disfavor to any person in relation to this Contract or any other Contract with GMDC, or if the like acts shall have been done by any person employed by the Contractor or acting on his behalf (whether with or without the knowledge of the Contractor), or if in relation to this Contract or any other Contract with GMDC the Contractor or any person employed by him or acting on his behalf or shall have given any fee or reward the receipt of which is an offence under the laws of the land.

48.(4) In the event of the employment of the Contractor being determined as aforesaid and so long it has not been reinstated and continued, the following shall be the respective rights and duties of GMDC and Contractor.

48.(4)A GMDC may employ and pay other persons to carry out and complete the works and he or they may enter upon the works and use all temporary buildings, plant, machinery, appliances, goods and materials intended for, delivered to and placed on or adjacent to the works and may purchase all materials and goods necessary for the carrying out and completion of the Works.

48.(4)B The Contractor shall if so required by GMDC or Engineer within 14 days of the date of determination assign to GMDC without payment the benefit of any Agreement for the supply of materials or goods and/or for the execution of any Works for the purposes of this Contract but on the terms that a supplier or Sub- Contractor shall be entitled to make any reasonable objection to any further assignment thereof by GMDC. In any case GMDC may pay any supplier or Sub-Contractor for any materials or goods delivered or Works executed for the purpose of the Contract (whether before or after the date of determination), in so far as the price thereof has not already been paid by the Contractor. GMDC's rights under this paragraph are in addition to his rights to pay nominated Sub- Contractors as provided in clause

Page 27 of 143

26(2) and payments made under this paragraph may be deducted from any sum due or to become due to the Contractor. 48.(4)C The Contractor shall as and when required in writing by the Engineer so to do (but not before) remove from the Works any temporary buildings, plant, tool, equipments, goods and materials belonging to or hired by him. If within a reasonable time after any such requirements has been made the Contractor, has not complied therewith then GMDC may (but without being responsible for any loss or damage) remove and sell any such property of the Contractor, holding the proceeds less all costs incurred to the credit of the Contractor.

48.(4)D The Contractor shall allow or pay to GMDC in the matter hereinafter appearing the amount of any direct loss and/or damage caused to GMDC by the determination. Until after completion of the Works under paragraph (a) of this Sub- clause GMDC shall not be bound by any provisions of this Contract to make any further payment to the Contractor, but upon such completion and verification within a reasonable time of the accounts therefore the Engineer shall certify the amount of expense properly incurred by GMDC and the amount of any direct loss and/or damage caused to GMDC by the determination and if such amount when added to the monies paid to the Contractor before the date of determination exceed a total amount which would have been payable on due completion in accordance with this Contract, the difference shall be a debt payable to GMDC by the Contractor : and if the said amounts, when added to the said monies be less than the said total amount, the difference shall be a debt payable by GMDC to the Contractor.

48.(5) Right of GMDC to terminate Contract in the event of death of Contractor, if individual. Without prejudice to any of the rights or remedies under this contract, if the Contractor, being an individual, dies, GMDC shall have the option of terminating the Contract without incurring any liability for such termination.

49. Determination by the Contractor

49.(1) Without prejudice to any other rights and remedies which the Contractor may possess, if 49.(1)A GMDC does not pay to the Contractor the amount due on any certificate within the period for honouring certificates named in the Appendix to these Conditions and continues such default for fourteen days after receipt by registered post or recorded delivery of a notice from the Contractor stating that notice of determination under this condition will be served if payment is not made within fourteen days from receipt thereof, Or

49.(1)B GMDC interferes with or obstructs the issue of any certificate due under this Contract : Or

49.(1)C The carrying out of the whole or substantially the whole of the uncompleted works (other than the execution of work required under clause 42 of these conditions) is suspended for a continuous period of 90 days by reason of: (I) Force majeure, Or (ii) Loss or damage occasioned by any one or more of the contingencies referred to in clause 47 (a) or clause 47 (b) of these Conditions (if applicable). Or (iii) Civil commotion, Or (iv) Engineer’s instructions issued under clauses 5(3), 30(1) or 38(2) of these Conditions, Or (V) The Contractor not having received in due time necessary instructions drawings details or levels from the Engineer for which he specifically applied in writing on a date which having regard to the date of completion stated in the Appendix to these Conditions Or to any extension of time then fixed under clause 40 of these Conditions was neither unreasonably distant from nor unreasonably close the date on which it was necessary for him to receive the same, Or (vi) Delay on the part of Artists, Tradesmen or others engaged by GMDC in executing work not forming part of this Contract. Then the Contractor by notice by registered post or recorded delivery to GMDC with a copy to the Engineer inform of his intention to serve a notice to determine the Contract forthwith unless the default is remedied within 90 days as the case may be.

49.(2) Upon such determination, then without prejudice to the accrued rights or remedies of either party or to any liability of the classes mentioned in clause 43 of these Conditions which may accrue either before

Page 28 of 143

the Contractor or any Sub-Contractors shall have removed his or their temporary buildings, plant, machinery, appliances, goods or materials or by reason of his or their so removing the same, the respective rights and liabilities of the Contractor and GMDC shall be as follows that is to say :

49.(2)A The Contractor shall with all reasonable dispatch and in such manner and with such precautions as will prevent injury, death or damage of the property in respect for which before the date of determination he was liable to indemnify GMDC under clause 42 of these Conditions remove from site all his temporary buildings, plant, machinery, appliances, goods and materials and shall give facilities for his Sub-Contractors to do the same but subject always to the provisions of Sub- paragraph (iii) of paragraph (b) of this Sub-clause. 49.(2)B After taking into account amounts previously paid under this Contract the Contractor shall be paid by GMDC: (I) The total value of the Works completed at the date of determination. (ii) The total value of Work begun and executed but not completed at the date of determination the value being ascertained mutatis in accordance with clause 30(4) of these Conditions. (iii) The cost of materials or goods properly ordered for the Works for which the Contractor shall have paid or of which the Contractor is legally bound to pay, and on such payment by GMDC materials or goods so paid for shall become the property of GMDC. (iv) The reasonable cost of the removal under paragraph (a) of this Sub-Clause. (v) Any direct loss and/or damage caused to the Contractor by the determination. Provided that in addition to all other remedies the Contractor upon such determination may take possession of and shall have a lien upon all unfixed materials which may have become the property of GMDC under clause 35 until payment of all monies due to the Contractor from GMDC.

50. Co-ordination of Work

50. At the commencement of work, and from time to time, the Contractor shall confer with the Sub-Contractors, persons, engaged on separate contracts in connection with the work, and with the Engineer for the purpose of the co-ordination and execution of the various phases of the work. The Contractor shall ascertain the Sub-Contractors, persons engaged on separate Contracts in connection with the Works, the extent of all chasings, cuttings and forming of all openings, holes, grooves, etc. as may be required to accommodate the various services, the Contractor shall ascertain the routes of all services and the positions of all floor outlets, traps, etc. in connection with the installation of plant and services and arrange for the Construction of Work accordingly. The breaking and cutting of completed work must be avoided.

51. Labour

51.(1) The Contractor shall obtain necessary license from the Licensing Authority under the Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act, 1970 and the Central & State Rules framed there under and produce the same to GMDC before start of the work

51.(2) The Contractor shall not undertake or execute or permit any other agency or subcontractor to undertake or execute any work on the Contractor’s behalf through contract labour except under and in accordance with the license issued in that behalf by the licensing officer or other authority prescribed under the Factories Act or the contract labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act, 1970 or their applicable law, rule or regulation, if applicable. 51.(3) The provision of EPF & MP Act, 1952 and the Rules / Scheme there under shall be applicable to the Contractor and the employees engaged by him for the work. The Contractor shall furnish the code number allotted by the RPFC Authority, to the Engineer In charge before commencing the work

51.(4) The Contractor shall enforce the provisions of ESI Act and Scheme framed there under with regard to all his employees involved in the performance of the Contract, and shall deduct employee’s contribution from the wages of each of the employee and shall deposit the same together with GMDC’s contribution of such total wages payable to the employees in the appropriate account.

Page 29 of 143

51.(5) The Contractor shall not employ any child labour for the Work. The Contractor shall also discourage the practice of adult labour bringing their children to the Site. However, for exceptional cases, the Contractor shall provide all necessary facilities to create safe and hygienic environment for the children brought to the Site by adult labour. Contractor shall create and maintain a separate area at Site, away from the places of operations, for this purpose through out the period of Contract. Contractor shall barricade it to avoid the chances of accidents. Creche facility together with a separate attendant, drinking water, toilet facilities and proper roof cover shall be provided at this area.

51.(6) No labourer shall be allowed to reside within the Site. The Contractor shall not be allowed to have any labour Colony within the Site. Arrangements outside the Site for this purpose shall be made by the Contractor on his own at his own expense. The Contractor shall be responsible for facilities like water supply, sanitation, etc. at the site of his labour colony.

52. Protection of trees and shrubs

52. Trees and shrubs designated by the Engineer shall be protected from damage during the course of the work and the earth level shall not be charged within three feet of such trees. Where necessary such trees and shrubs shall be protected by means of temporary fencing.

53. Guarantee

53. All required guarantees shall be submitted to the Engineer by the Contractor at the time of signing of this Contract.

54. Antiquities

54.(1) All fossils and other objects of interest or value which may be found on the site or in excavating the same during the progress of the work shall become the property of GMDC. The Contractor shall carefully take out and preserve all such objects and shall immediately or as soon as convenient after the discovery of such articles deliver the same into the possession of the Engineer or of the Clerk-of-Works uncleaned and as excavated.

54.(2) If in the opinion of the Engineer compliance with the provisions of the preceding Sub-Clause has involved the Contractor in direct loss and/or expense for which he would not be reimbursed by a payment made under any other provision in this Contract then the Engineer shall ascertain the amount of such loss and/or expense, any amount from time to time so ascertained shall be added to the Contract Sum, and if an Interim Certificate is issued after the date of ascertainment any such amount shall be added to the amount which would otherwise be stated as due in such certificates.

55. Excepted matters

55. The decision, opinion, direction, certificate (except for payment) with respect to all or any of the matters under clauses 5, 9, 19, 25, 26, 36, 40 (1,2,4,7 and 8) and 48 hereof (which matters are herein referred to as the excepted matters) by the Engineer shall be final and conclusive and binding on the parties hereto and shall be without appeal. Any other decision, opinion, direction, certificate or valuation of the Engineer or any refusal of the Engineer to give any of the same shall be subject to any right of Arbitration and review in the same way in all respect (including the provision as to opening the reference) as if it were a decision of the Engineer under the following clause.

56. Arbitration

56.(1) All dispute and differences of any kind whatever arising out of or in connection with the Contract or the carrying out of the works (whether during the progress of the Works or after their completion and whether before or after the determination, abandonment or breach of the Contract) shall be referred to Juridical court only at AHMEDABAD . No Arbitration or Arbitrator will be entertained for the contract.

Page 30 of 143

The Contractor shall continue and be bound to continue and perform the works to completion in all respects to the Contract (unless the Contract or works be determined by GMDC), and the Contractor shall remain liable and bound in all respects under the Contract.

In case of any dispute, difference or disagreement between the GMDC and Contractor or any other person or agency working under Contractor the matter shall be referred to Jurisdiction of Court at Ahmedabad Court, Gujarat.

57. Protection and Cleaning

57.(1) The Contractor shall protect and preserve the work from all damage or accident providing any temporary roof, window and door coverings, boxing or other construction as required by the Engineer. This protection shall be provided for all property adjacent to the site as well as on the site.

57.(2) The Contractor shall properly clean the work as it progresses and shall remove all rubbish and debris from the site from time to time as is necessary and as directed. On completion the Contractor shall ensure that the premises and/or site are cleaned, surplus materials debris, sheds etc. removed, areas under floors cleared of rubbish, gutters and drains cleared, doors and sashes eased, locks and fastenings oiled, keys clearly labeled and handed to the Clerk-of-Works so that the whole is left fit for immediate occupation or use and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

58. Tolerance

58. The Contractor shall exercise every care to ensure that all structural members are sufficiently plumb and true to dimensions called for on the drawings to receive prefabricated finishing elements such as doors, windows, cabinet work, ceramic work, concrete, tiles etc. Any variation may require rectification in the structural members or may involve remaking or replacing the finishing elements, fabricated to fit into the openings or spaces, as called for on the Drawings.

In case of separate Contract, the Contractor whose work does not conform to dimensions called for, shall be liable for all the expenses which may have to be incurred for rectification or replacement as may be required by the Engineer for the proper installation of the finishing elements. The Engineer's decision in this respect shall be final and binding on the parties concerned.

59. Bribery

Any commission, advantage, gift, gratuity, regard or bribe given, promised or offered by or on behalf of the Contractor or his agent or servant, or any other person on his or their behalf to any officer, servant, representative or agent of GMDC or of the Engineer or Engineer's Representative or to any person on their behalf or on behalf of any of them in relation to the obtaining or to the execution of this or of any other Contract with GMDC, may, in addition to any criminal liability which may be thereby incurred, subject the Contractor to the cancellation of this and all the other Contracts which he may have entered into with GMDC and also to the payment of any loss or damage resulting from such cancellation. GMDC shall be entitled upon a certificate in writing of the Engineer to deduct the amount so certified from any monies otherwise due to the Contractor under this or any other Contract or to recover the said amount as a debt due or partly the one and partly the other as GMDC shall deem advisable.

60. Declaration against Waiver

The condonation by GMDC or Engineer of any breach or breaches by the Contractor or a nominated sub- contractor of any of the stipulations and conditions contained in the Contract shall in no way prejudice or affect or be construed as a waiver of GMDC's rights, powers and remedies under the contract in respect of any breach or breaches as aforesaid.

61. Indemnity to GMDC's Agents and Engineer and Engineer's Agents.

Page 31 of 143

(1) The Contractor shall indemnify GMDC and every member, Officer, and Employee thereof and the Engineer and the Engineer's Agents and Representative and every member of his staff from any claim or demand from accident, injury, damage, loss and/or compensation of any kind whatsoever arising out of or in connection with all claims and demands which may be made against GMDC or the Engineer for or in respect of or arising out of failure by the Contractor in the performance of his obligation under any of the provisions of the Contract. (2) If GMDC has to pay or elects to pay any money in respect of any such claims or demands as aforesaid, the amount so paid and the cost incurred by GMDC shall be charged to and paid by the Contractor provided always that GMDC shall, if circumstances permit, give to the Contractor reasonable opportunity of examining such claims or demands before payment.

In the event of the Contractor disputing the amount of any payment (except payments made in accordance with the legal obligations or after approval by the Contractor) then the Contractor shall have the right to dispute the matter, and refer the matter to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Conditions of Contract.

62. Member of GMDC's Staff, Etc. Not Liable

Neither any member of GMDC's staff, nor the Engineer, nor any of his staff, nor the Engineer's Representative shall be in any way personally liable for the acts of obligations under the Contract, or answerable for any default or omission on the part of GMDC in the observance or performance of any of the acts, matters or things which are herein contained.

63. Return of Surplus Materials

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any or all the clauses of this contract, where any material for the execution of the Contract is procured with the assistance of GMDC by purchases made under orders or permits or licenses issued by Government the Contractor shall hold the said materials economically and solely for the purpose of the Contract and not dispose of them without the prior written permission of GMDC and return it to GMDC, if required by GMDC, at the price to be determined by the Engineer having due regard to the condition of the materials, the price to be determined not to exceed the purchase price thereof inclusive of sales tax, octroi and other such levies paid by the Contractor in respect thereof. In the event of breach of the aforesaid condition, the Contractor shall, in addition to being liable to action for contravention of the terms of licenses or permit and/or criminal breach of trust, be liable to GMDC for all moneys, advantages or profits resulting or which in the usual course would have resulted to him had the breach not taken place.

64. Concurrent Delays

In the event of delay in the work of the Contractor due to causes attributable to GMDC and also due to causes attributable to the Contractor, the Contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim on that account. Further, such delay will not be a valid reason to claim extension of time limit.

65. Rate of Progress

If for any reason, which does not entitle the Contractor to an extension of time, the rate of progress of the works or any section is at any time, in the opinion of the Engineer, too slow to comply with the Time of Completion, the Engineer shall so notify the Contractor who shall thereupon take, within a week, such steps as are necessary, subject to the consent of the Engineer, to expedite progress so as to comply with the Time of Completion. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional payment for taking such steps.

66. Advance Payment

An advance payment of the amount stated in the Appendix (Section G) to Conditions of Contract shall following the presentation by the Contractor to GMDC of an approved Bank Guarantee for the full value of advance payment, be certified by the Engineer for payment to the Contractor.

Page 32 of 143

The advance payment shall be repaid by way of reduction in Interim Certificates as stated in Appendix to Conditions (Section G). Such reduction shall be made in each Interim Certificate until the advance payment has been repaid in full. Provided that upon the issue of the Certificate of virtual completion of the whole of the works or upon termination under provisions of this Contract, the whole of the balance then outstanding shall immediately become due and payable by the Contractor to GMDC. In case the payable amount of the payment certificate is less than the installment amount of the recovery of such advance as mentioned in Section G, the entire payable amount for that particular certificate shall be recovered and the rest of the amount shall be recovered from the subsequent payment certificate(s) (R.A. Bills).

67. Day work

The Engineer may, if in his opinion it is necessary or desirable, issue an instruction that any varied work shall be executed on a Day work basis, the Contractors shall then be paid for such varied work under the Terms set out in the day work schedule included in the Contract and at the rates and prices affixed thereto by him in the Tender.

The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer such receipts or other vouchers as may be necessary to prove the amounts paid and, before ordering materials, shall submit to the Engineer quotations for the same for his approval.

In respect of such of the works executed on a day work basis, a Contractor shall during the continuance of such work, deliver each day to the Engineer an exact list in duplicate of the names, occupation and time of all workmen employed on such work and a statement, also in duplicate, showing the description and quantity of all materials and Contractor's Equipment used thereon or therefore other than Contractor's Equipment which is included in the percentage addition in accordance with such day work schedule one copy of each list and statement will, if correct, or when agreed, be signed by the Engineer and returned to the Contractor.

At the time of every running bill the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer a priced statement of the labour, materials and Contractor's Equipment, except as aforesaid, used and the Contractor shall not be entitled to any payment unless such lists and statements have been fully and punctually rendered. Provided always that if the Engineers considers that for any reason the sending of such lists or statements by the Contractor, in accordance with the foregoing provision, was impracticable he shall nevertheless be entitled to authorise payment for such work, either as day work on being satisfied as to the time employed and the labour, materials and Contractor's Equipment used on such work, or at such value therefore as shall, in his opinion be fair and reasonable.

68. Examination of Work before Covering Up.

68.(1) No work shall be covered up or put out of view without the approval of the Engineer and the Contractor shall afford full opportunity for the Engineer to examine and measure any work which is about to be covered up or put out of view and to examine foundations before permanent work is placed thereon. The Contractor shall give due notice to the Engineer whenever any such work or foundations is or are ready or about to be ready for examination and the Engineer shall, without unreasonable delay, unless he considers it unnecessary and advises the Contractor accordingly, attend for the purpose of examining and measuring such works or of examining such foundations.

68.(2) Uncovering and Making Openings The Contractor shall uncover any part or parts of the works or make openings in or through the same as the Engineer may from time to time direct and shall reinstate and make good such part or parts to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If any such part or parts have been covered up or put out of view after compliance with the requirement of sub-clause (1) of this clause and are found to be executed in accordance with the Contract, the expenses of uncovering, making openings in or through, reinstating and making good the same shall be borne by GMDC, but in any other case all cost shall be borne by the Contractor.

Page 33 of 143

69. Works or Execution to be Deferred Temporarily

It will be appreciated that co-ordination of work with various agencies in a complex Project is of utmost importance for smooth working and timely completion. The requirements of the machinery and equipment erection will have to be taken into account in planning the execution of the civil works. The normal sequence of the work may have to be altered to suit erection requirements. Also it may be necessary to defer certain works such as walling in certain bays, floor finishes and concrete in ground floor slabs until after machinery erection. Such temporary deferring of works or execution of specific items shall not entitle the contractor to any extension of time or any extra cost.

70. Fire Precautions

The Contractor shall conform to the regulations of controlling authority with respect to the precautions to be taken against fire hazards.

Page 34 of 143

SECTION - F : SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 1.00 Trade or Brand Names

(1) Where in the Contract any item of work is described by reference to: (a) Any trade or brand name or catalogue number, (b) Any proprietary or patent material, fitting, installation, equipment or article to be obtained from a specified or approved manufacturer or supplier, that description is intended to indicate the type, quality, appearance and method of construction required and item of a standard similar and equal thereto may, subject to the specific approval of the Engineer be submitted for the item so described.

2.00 Use of Site

In particular the following provisions shall be deemed to apply to the possession and use of the Site.

(1) The lands and other places outside the Site which are the property of or under the control of the Employer shall be used strictly in accordance with the instructions of the Engineer or Clerk of Works.

(2) The Contractor shall at any time move any vehicle, machine, vessel or any other obstruction within his control that may be required by the Clerk of Works to be moved such things or such obstructions promptly on instructions being given and at his own cost unless the Clerk of Works decides otherwise.

(3) The Contractor shall maintain access for the inspection, operation and maintenance of any of the plant or the Works belonging to the Employer which lie within the Site or elsewhere.

(4) The Contractor shall not use any portion of the Site for any purpose not connected with the Works unless prior written permission of the Clerk of Works shall have been obtained.

3.00 The Contractor to Allow for

(1) Water and Electric Power Supply The Contractor shall make his own arrangement at his own cost for Water Supply. Contractor to manage all liaison required with concerned authority for the above and shall bear all the cost of water supply throughout the duration of project.

The Contractor shall make his own temporary arrangement for Electric Power during work at site and routine electric charges would be his own reasonability during this period. All Further arrangements for stepping down and local distribution shall be Contractor’s responsibilities. Installation and maintenance of electrical meter shall be the Contractor’s responsibility. (2) Testing

The Contractor shall allow for sampling, preparation, transportation, testing fees etc. for material testing required for the Works. (3) Final Cleaning on Completion

The Contractor shall remove from site of works all rubbish, clean all buildings, floors, walls, glazing, soffits of stairs, marks of mortar and cement and other marks left by him or sub-contractors. He shall flush out drains, plumbing installations and leave all parts of the Works clean and free from waste material and rubbish on completion. The Contractor shall regularly clean and cart away rubbish and waste material from the site of works.

4.00 Drawings

Page 35 of 143

4.01 Tender Drawings The drawings, which describe the general nature of works are listed in Section M. These are Tender Drawings. However, there may be substantial variation in these and detailed execution drawings issued to the Contractor from time to time. Such variations will not vitiate the Contract.

4.02 Further Drawings and Instructions The Engineer shall have full power and authority to supply to the Contractor from time to time, during the progress of the works, such further drawings and instructions as shall be necessary for the purpose of the proper and adequate execution and maintenance of the Works. The Contractor shall carry out and be bound by the same.

4.03 Custody of Drawings

The drawings shall remain in the sole custody of the Engineer, but two copies thereof shall be furnished to the Contractor free of charge. The Contractor shall provide and make at his own expenses any further copies required by him. At the completion of the Contract the Contractor shall return to the Engineer all drawings provided under the Contract. 4.04 One copy of Drawings to be kept on Site. One copy of the Drawings, furnished to the Contractor as aforesaid, shall be kept by the Contractor on the Site and the same shall at all responsible times be available for inspection and use by the Engineer and by any other person authorized by the Engineer in writing.

4.05 Disruption of Progress The Contractor shall give written notice to the Engineer whenever planning or progress of the Works is likely to be delayed or disrupted unless any other drawing or order, including direction, instruction or approval, is issued by the Engineer within a reasonable time. The notice shall include details of the drawings or order required and of why and by when it is required and of any delay or disruption likely to be suffered if it is late.

5.00 Fire Precautions

The Contractor shall conform to the regulations of the Employer and any other controlling authority in force at the Site of the Works with respect to the precautions to be taken against fire hazards.

6.00

No change, deviation or modification in Contract Document is permissible without the Engineer's written permission.

7.00 Cost of samples / testing

All samples for testing of sand, aggregate, cement, reinforcing bars, concrete timber and other materials used in construction of the works and services shall be supplied by the Contractor free of cost. All necessary arrangement for making samples, test specimen, transportation to the testing laboratory etc. shall be made by the Contractor at his own cost. The Contractor shall prepare test specimens for different types of plaster, painting etc. at his own cost for approval by the Engineer.

8.00 Priority of Contract Documents

In case of any discrepancy between General Specifications, Section H, Section KA & KB, the Item Specifications will prevail. In case of discrepancy between Item Specifications and Specifications on the

Page 36 of 143

Drawings, the latter will prevail. If no specifications are given for an item, the specifications of Indian Standard Institution will be followed.

9.00 Approval of the Engineer for specialized agencies

The Contractor shall take prior approval of the Engineer while selecting plumbing and electrical agencies if the work related to these agencies is in his Scope of Work, and for which no nominated Sub-contractors have been appointed.

10.00 Necessary permission with regard to drainage and electrical connections shall be arranged by the

Contractor, if plumbing and electrical work are within his scope or that of his nominated sub contractor.

11.00 The Contractor shall inform the Engineer about his management and staff structure for the

project including the name of the Project-in-Charge. 12.00 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer daily and fortnightly reports in the format approved by

the Engineer. These reports will show the work plan for the future period and the progress achieved.

13.00 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer samples of materials/products for approval

sufficiently in advance of incorporating the same in the works. 14.00 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for any loss suffered by him on account

of delays in commencing or executing the work, whatever the cause of delay, and the Employer shall not be liable for any claim in respect thereof.

15.00 Time allowed for carrying out the Works as stated in Section G, Appendix to Conditions of

Contract shall be strictly observed by the Contractor. The work through out the Contract Period shall be provided with all due diligence and if the Contractor fails to complete the Works within the Contract Period he shall be liable to pay liquidated as given in Section D, clause 41.

16.00 Co-ordination with Other Contractors.

The Contractor shall submit the details of Civil Works Program to the Engineer who will co-ordinate with the Erection Program separately submitted to him by the Erection Contractor. Such co-ordination of civil and erection works program shall be agreed between the Engineer, Erection and Civil Works Contractor and the agreed program shall then be mutually binding on Erection and Civil Works Contractors.

17.00 Working Conditions

17.01 The Contractor shall commence the Work promptly upon receiving written notification from Engineer and thereafter shall maintain sufficient work force on the job to complete the works within the time specified by Engineer. 17.02 Engineer reserves the right to modify the portions of works at any time, in order to co-ordinate all construction work to best advantage. Such modifications shall be given to the Contractor's field supervisor, in writing. The Contractor's field supervisor shall notify Engineer in writing, if he finds that installation will delay beyond the date of schedule. The Contractor shall time his work so as to co-operate regarding working space and not to interfere with other working.

18.00 Works or Execution to be Deferred Temporarily

Page 37 of 143

It will be appreciated that co-ordination of work with various agencies in a complex Industrial Project (particularly an existing running Plant) such as this is of utmost importance for smooth working and timely completion. The requirements of the machinery and equipment erection will have to be taken into account in planning the execution of the civil works. The normal sequence of the work may have to be altered to suit erection requirements. Also it may be necessary to defer certain works such as walling in certain bays, floor finishes and concrete in ground floor slabs until after machinery erection.

Considerable quantity of grouting under structural steel columns, machinery and equipment foundation will be required as soon as the machinery is erected. The grouting will have to be continuous operation, to be carried out as soon as a particular equipment or machinery is erected and leveled. Grouting to be carried only on written instruction from the Engineer.

Such temporary deferring of works or execution of specific items shall not entitle the contractor to any extension of time or any extra cost.

19.00 Examination of Work before Covering Up.

19.01 No work shall be covered up or put out of view without the approval of the Engineer and the Contractor shall afford full opportunity for the Engineer to examine and measure any work which is about to be covered up or put out of view and to examine foundations before permanent work is placed thereon. The Contractor shall give due notice to the Engineer whenever any such work or foundations is or are ready or about to be ready for examination and the Engineer shall, without unreasonable delay, unless he considers it unnecessary and advises the Contractor accordingly, attend for the purpose of examining and measuring such works or of examining such foundations.

19.02 Uncovering and Making Openings The Contractor shall uncover any part or parts of the works or make openings in or through the same as the Engineer may from time to time direct and shall reinstate and make good such part or parts to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If any such part or parts have been covered up or put out of view after compliance with the requirement of sub-clause (1) of this clause and are found to be executed in accordance with the Contract, the expenses of uncovering, making openings in or through, reinstating and making good the same shall be borne by the Employer, but in any other case all cost shall be borne by the Contractor.

20.00 Records

The Contractor shall, at his own cost, keep all records concerning works and progress of construction. He shall also record daily weather condition.

21.00 Temporary Works

21.01 Site Area The Contractor shall provide constantly available labour, transport, and materials to maintain as directed by the Engineer the cleanliness and tidiness of the site and to attend to the protection and temporary covering and barricading of open excavations, trenches, pits and other hazards to safety. 21.02 Contractor's Site Office The Contractor shall provide and maintain, clean and tidy, an office on the Site for accommodation of his Agent and Site Staff and such office shall be open at all reasonable hours to receive instructions, notices or other communications. This office is to be provided with a telephone. 21.03 Notice Board The Contractor shall provide and maintain one notice board for the Site consisting of a timber framed black- board panel size about 2.50 m x 2.50 m all painted with two coats white oil paint back and front and supported 1.20 m above the ground and fixed in concrete foundations. The board shall be lettered by a skilled sign writer to include:- I) The Project Name ii) The Employer's Name iii) The Engineer's Name and Address iv) The Contractor's Name and Address

Page 38 of 143

A large scale layout is to be submitted for approval before manufacture. No advertising material other than the above shall be permitted.

The sitting and layout of sub-contractors' and/or manufacturers' boards are subject to the approval of the Engineer.

21.04 Other Facilities for Engineer (1) Concrete Testing Equipment The Contractor shall provide equipment for on site testing of soil, aggregates and concrete as required by the Engineer.

(2) Labour and Materials The Contractor shall allow for providing such labour, materials, and transport as the Engineer may require to assist him in carrying out tests and checks of materials and workmanship and setting out and measurement of the Works.

(3) Progress Photographs The Contractor shall provide to the Engineer each month a minimum of twelve colour photographs showing work in progress. The times and positions from which the photographs are to be taken shall be as directed by the Engineer.

Four copies of each photograph (post card size) shall be provided with the description of the view point and the date of photographs typed on the back.

22.00 Price Schedule

The Tenderer shall complete the Price Schedule (Section KC), sign and attach the same to this Tender. The cost of all temporary work should be included in the cost of permanent works. No separate price is payable for the temporary works.

23.00 Engineer's Power to Waive Contractor's Obligation.

Neither the Engineer, nor any of his assistance or agents shall have any power to waive any of the obligations of the Contract for the finished good and suitable material by the Contractor and for his performing good work as herein described. Irrespective of anything contained anywhere the Employer shall have overriding power over the Engineer in all respect and in all manners. The Engineer may seek rectification alteration change, reconstruction etc. of the proposed construction in accordance with his requirements.

24.00 SAFETY CODE

24.01 In general, the Contractor shall adhere to safe construction practice and guard against hazardous and unsafe working conditions and shall comply with GMDC’s safety rules as set forth here in. Contractor shall maintain first aid facilities for its employees and those of its sub contractors. Contractor shall also make arrangement for ambulance service and for the treatment of industrial injuries. Name of those providing these services shall be furnished to Engineer In charge prior to start of construction and their telephone number shall be prominently posted in Contractor’s office.

All critical injuries shall be reported promptly to Engineer In charge and a copy of the Contractor’s report covering each personal injury requiring the attention of a physician shall be furnished to GMDC.

The Contractor shall strictly comply with all statutory requirements in respect of all industrial injuries. Carrying/striking of matches, lighters within the work area, smoking within the work area, tank farm or other areas is strictly prohibited. Violator of the ‘No Smoking’ rules shall be discharged immediately. Within the operations area, no hot work shall be permitted without valid gas safety/fire permits. The

Page 39 of 143

Contractor shall be held liable and responsible for all lapses of his sub-contactors/employees in this regard.

Safety provisions shall be brought to the notice of all concerned by display on a Notice board at a prominent place at the work spot. Persons responsible for ensuring compliance with the safety code shall be named therein by the Contractor. The Contractor shall appoint at least two qualified Safety Engineers and One Safety Manager at Site for this purpose for the entire duration of Work. These safety personnel shall have adequate experience of working in similar conditions.

24.02 To ensure effective enforcement of the rules and regulations relating to safety precautions, arrangements made by the Contractor shall be open to inspection by the Engineer-in-charge or his representatives. Non-compliance of this Safety Code or any miss-conduct regards to safety, by the Contractor or his representatives shall be dealt with firmly by the Engineer-in-Charge by way of immediately stopping the Work. Such stoppage of Work shall not entitle the Contractor for any extension of Time and / or any extra Cost.

24.03 The Contractor shall erect and maintain barricades to protect or guard the excavation areas, hoisting areas, any other hazardous areas, areas adjacent to GMDC’s existing property and any such area deemed appropriate for such protection by the Engineer In charge. The Contractor shall provide all necessary fencing/barricades and lights to protect public from accidents and shall be bound to bear expenses of defense of every suit, action or other proceedings at law that may be brought by any person for injury sustained owing to neglect of the above precautions and to pay any damages and costs which may be awarded in any such suit, action or proceedings to any such person or which may, with the consent of the Contractor, be paid to compromise any claim by any such person. The Contractor’s employees and its sub-contractors shall be acquainted with barricading practices and shall respect all such provisions. Barricade and hazardous areas adjacent to but not located in normal routes of travel shall be marked by red flasher lanterns at night.

24.04 Notwithstanding this Safety Code, the Contractor is not exempted from the operation of any other Act or Rule in force.

24.05 In addition to this Safety Code, the Contractor shall abide by the safety code provisions as per C.P.W.D. safety code framed from time to time.

24.06 The contractor shall arrange to obtain valid gate passes for his men and equipment from the concerned authorities of the Project.

24.07 No man / material / equipment not covered by valid passes shall be permitted with the Project area and no material / equipment shall be permitted to be taken out of the Project area, unless the written permission of the Architect / Engineer in-charge. No materials at the Site shall so stacked or placed as to cause danger or inconvenience to any person or the public.

24.08 All necessary personal safety equipment as considered adequate by the Engineer-in –charge shall be available for use of persons employed on the site and shall be maintained in a condition suitable for immediate use. Contractor shall take adequate steps to ensure proper use of equipments by those concerned.

a) Workers employed on mixing asphaltic materials, cement and lime mortars / concrete shall be provided with protective footwear and protective gloves. b) Workers engaged in handling any material, which is injurious to eyes shall be provided with protective goggles. c) Workers engaged in welding works shall be provided with welder’s protective shields. d) Stone breakers shall be provided with protective goggles and protective clothing and seated at sufficiently safe intervals. e) When workers are employed in sewers and manholes, which are in use, the Contractor shall ensure that manhole covers are opened and manholes are ventilated at least for an hour before workers are

Page 40 of 143

allowed to get into them. Manholes so opened shall be cordoned off with suitable railing and provided with warning signals or boards to prevent accident to public. f) The Contractor shall not employ men below the age of 18 and women on the work of painting with products containing lead in any form. Whenever men above the age of 18 are employed on the work of lead painting, the following precautions shall be taken: i) Paint containing lead or lead products shall not be used except in the form of paste or ready to use liquid. ii) Suitable face masks shall be supplied for use by workers when paint is applied in the form of spray or when a surface having lead paint is dry rubbed and scraped. iii) Overalls shall be supplied by the Contractor to workmen and adequate facilities shall be provided to enable working painters to wash during and on cessation of work. g) Workers required to work at higher elevations shall be provided with safety belts and shall be instructed not to work without wearing the Belt. h) Good quality safety helmets shall be provided to Workers posted at Site of operations and Contractor will take adequate measures to make usage of these helmets mandatory.

24.09 Excavation and Trenching: All trenches, 1.5 meters or more in depth, shall at all times be supplied with at least one ladder for each 30 meters in length or fraction thereof. Ladder shall be extended from bottom of trench to at least 1 meter above surface of the ground. Sides of a trench, which is 1.5 meters or more in depth shall be stepped back to give suitable slope, or securely held by timber bracing so as to avoid the danger of sides getting collapsed. Excavated material shall not be placed within 1.5 meters of edge of trench or half of the depth of trench, whichever is more. Cutting shall be done from top to bottom. Under no circumstances shall undermining/ undercutting be done.

24.10 Demolition: Before any demolition work is commenced and also during the process of the work - a) All roads and open areas adjacent to the work site shall either be closed or suitably protected. Adequate signage shall also be provided by the Contractor to inform about the ongoing dismantling. b) No electric cable or apparatus, which is liable to be a source of danger or a cable or apparatus used by operator, shall remain electrically charged. c) All practical steps shall be taken to prevent danger to persons employed, from risk or fire or explosion or flooding. No floor, roof, or other part of a building shall be so overloaded with debris or materials as to render it unsafe.

24.11 Suitable scaffolds, of sound material having adequate strength and in proper condition, shall be provided for workmen for all works that cannot be safely done from the ground or from solid construction except such short period work as can be done safely from ladders. When a ladder is used an extra labourer shall be engaged for holding the ladder and if the ladder is used for carrying materials as well, suitable footholds and handhold shall be provided on the Ladder and the ladder shall be given an inclination not steeper than ¼ to 1 (1/4 horizontal and 1 vertical). Scaffolds shall not be overloaded and so far as practicable, the load shall be evenly distributed. Before installing the lifting gear on scaffolds, special precaution shall be taken to ensure strength and stability of the scaffolds. Scaffolds shall be periodically inspected by a competent person. Before allowing a scaffold to be used by his workman, the Contractor shall, whether the scaffold has been erected by his workmen or not, take steps to ensure that it complies fully with the regulations herein specified.

24.12 Scaffolding or staging more than 3.25 meters above the ground or solid construction, swung or suspended from an overhead support or erected with stationary support, shall have a guard rail properly attached, bolted, braced and otherwise secured at least 1 meter high above the floor or platform of such scaffolding or staging and extending along the entire length of the external side and ends thereof with only such openings as may be necessary for the delivery of materials. Such scaffolding or staging shall be so fastened as to prevent it from swaying from the building or structure.

24.13 Working platform, gangways, and stairways shall be so constructed that they do not sag unduly or unequally, and if height of a platform or gangway or stairways is more than 3.25 meters above ground level or solid construction, it shall be closely boarded, have adequate width and be suitably fenced, as described in 12 above.

Page 41 of 143

24.14 Every opening in floor of a building or in a working platform shall be provided with suitable fencing or railing having a minimum height of 1 meter to prevent fall of persons or materials.

24.15 Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platform and other working places. Every ladder shall be securely fixed. No portable single ladder shall be over 9 meters in length. Width between side rails in a rung ladder shall in no case be less than 30 cm. for ladders up to and including 3 m. in height. For longer ladders, this width shall be increased at least 6 mm. for each additional 30 cm. of length. Uniform step spacing shall not exceed 30 cm. 24.16 All scaffolds, ladders and other safety devices mentioned or described herein shall be maintained in a safe condition and no scaffold, ladder or equipment shall be altered or removed while it is in use.

24.17 When persons are employed on a roof, where there is danger of falling from a height exceeding 3.25 m., suitable precaution shall betaken to prevent the fall of persons or material . Suitable precautions shall also be taken to prevent persons being struck by articles, which might fall from scaffolds or other working places.

24.18 Use of hoisting machines and tackles including their attachments, anchorage and supports shall confirm to the following: (a) i. These shall be of good mechanical construction, sound material and adequate strength and free from patent defects and shall be kept in good repair and in good working order. ii. Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means suspension shall be of durable quality and adequate strength, and free from patent defects. Health of all such ropes shall be periodically checked by a competent person. (b) Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified and no person under the age of 21 years shall be in charge of any hoisting machine including any scaffold winch or giving signals to operator. (c) In case of every hoisting machine and for every chain ring hook, shackle swivel and pulley block used in hoisting or lowering or as means of suspension, safe working load shall be ascertained by adequate means. All such equipments shall be plainly marked with safe working load. In case of a hoisting machine having a variable safe working load, each safe working load and the conditions under which it is applicable shall be clearly indicated. No equipment or part thereof shall be loaded beyond safe working load except for the purpose of testing. (d) In case of a departmental machine, safe working load shall be notified by the Engineer-in-charge. As regards Contractor’s machines, the Contractor shall notify safe working load of each machine to the Engineer-in-charge whenever he brings it to site of work and get it verified by the Engineer-in-charge.

24.19 Motors, electric wiring and other dangerous parts of hoisting equipments shall be provided with efficient safeguards. Hoisting equipments shall be provided with such means as shall reduce to the minimum risk of accidental decent of load. Adequate precautions shall be taken to reduce to the minimum risk of any part of a suspended load becoming accidentally displaced.

24.20 When workers are employed on electrical installations, which are already energized, insulating mats, working apparel such as gloves, sleeves and boots as may be necessary, shall be provided. Workers shall not wear any rings, watches and carry keys or other materials, which are good conductors of electricity.

24.21 Temporary electrical connections made at Site to energize the Construction equipments/ machinery shall be executed and maintained by a qualified Electrician. These connections shall have all necessary safeguards and shall be protected from Weather.

24.22 When work is done near any place where there is risk of drowning, all necessary equipments shall be provided and kept ready for use. All necessary steps shall be taken for prompt rescue of any person in danger.

24.23 Adequate provision shall be made for prompt first aid treatment of any injury likely to be sustained during the course of the work. One of the Contractor’s staff shall be trained for this purpose.

Page 42 of 143

25.00 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT (HSE) MANAGEMENT The Contractor shall have a Health and Safety Management Plan, which shall be required to be adhered to during the execution of the contract. The Health and Safety Management Plan may be modified by GMDC from time to time, during the currency of the contract, as required to address the concerns of GMDC in regard to Health and Safety. GMDC may at any time, during the currency of the contract, replace the contractor’s Health and Safety Management Plan with its own Health and Safety Management Plan / Manual. In case of such replacement by GMDC, the Contractor shall adhere to GMDC’s Health and Safety Management Manual, as amended from time to time.

The Contractor shall also follow the instructions of Engineer-in-charge given to ensure compliance with the Health and Safety Management Plan/Manual. In case of failure of the Contractor to adhere to the provisions of Health and Safety Management Plan/Manual or the instructions of the Engineer-in-charge given in this regard, the next payment due to him shall not be released unless and until he complies with the provisions of the Health and Safety Management Plan/Manual or the instructions of the Engineer-in-charge in this regard, as the case may be, to the full satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.

Environment Management:

The Contractor shall have an Environment Management Plan, which shall be required to be adhered to during the remaining execution of the contract. The Environment Management Plan may be modified by GMDC from time to time, during currency of the contract, as required to address the concerns of GMDC in regard to Environment. GMDC may at any time, during the currency of the contract, replace the Contractor’s

Environment Management Plan with its own Environment Management Manual. In case of such replacement by GMDC, the Contractor shall adhere to GMDCs Environment Management Manual, as amended from time to time.

The Contractor shall also follow the instructions of Engineer-in-charge given to ensure compliance with the Environment Management Plan/Manual. In case of failure of the Plan/Manual or the instructions of the Engineer-in-charge given in this regard, the next payment due to him shall not be released unless and until he complies with the provisions of the Environment Management Plan/Manual or the instructions of the Engineer-in-charge in this regard, as the case may be, to the full satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.

All soil brought from outside shall be free of any contamination which is likely to pollute the subsoil and subsoil water. GMDC/Consultant reserves the right to test samples at random to ensure compliance. All soil found contaminated is liable to be rejected.

Page 43 of 143

SECTION - G: APPENDIX TO CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT SR NO CLAUSE SUBJECT PERIOD / AMOUNT

1 B6 Earnest Money in favor of GMDC LIMITED. by Demand Draft Of Rs. -------- valid for Ninety (90) days and payable at REORGANIZED Ahmedabad 2 D38 (1) Date of Commencement From the date of letter of Acceptance of Tender 4 D38 (1) Time of Completion : 5 D41 Liquidated and Ascertained damages 0.1% of contract sum for delay per day or part thereof. Not to exceed 10% of the contract sum. 6 D42(2) Defects Liability Period (Period of Maintenance) Twelve months from the date of virtual completion. 7 D31(1) Value of work for submission of Interim Bill (Claim) Minimum 2.5lacs of work done amount except material advance.

11 Rate of Interest for Delayed Payment - NIL

12 D31 (5) Period of final measurement One month after completion.

13 D66 Advance payment to the Contractor - NIL

14 D66 Advance repayment by the Contractor- NIL 15 B4.02 Contractor’s Address for Service of Notice 16 B11 Employer’s Address for Service of Notice.

GUJARAT MINERAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LIMITED. CIVIL DEPARTMENT, KHANIJ BHAVAN, 132’ RING ROAD, NEAR UNIVERSITY GROUND, VASTRAPUR, AHMEDABAD – 380 052.

Page 44 of 143

SECTION - H: SPECIFICATION OF WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS

Generally Indian Standards Specifications shall apply for quality of materials, works and workmanship unless specified otherwise herein.

1.0 EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK

01 Nature of Excavation The Contractor must ascertain for himself the nature of the material to be excavated and price the work accordingly as no allowance will be made beyond the Contract Sum for any alleged ignorance in this respect.

.02 Excavations Generally It is the responsibility of the Contractor to check the existing levels prior to commencing the work as no extra payment will be made in respect of any alleged excavations carried out due to levels being above that shown upon the drawings without the prior written agreement of the Clerk of Work. Where such agreement is given it is the Contractor's responsibility to record the levels and to agree these levels jointly with the Clerk of Work prior to commencement of excavation.

.03 Site Clearance The Contractor shall clear the construction areas within the site of all natural obstructions, rubbish and any other artificial obstructions which would interfere with construction of building, roads, paths, and drains.

.04 Oversite Excavation Over site excavation over the areas of building has been measured in this section down to a general level. Removal of vegetable soil has been measured and is to be stock piled for disposal as directed by the Clerk of Work. Excavated material suitable for backfilling around foundations and for making of levels under roads, floors etc. is to be kept separate from the vegetable soil and shall be used as directed or spread and levelled on the site at the end of excavation operations if surplus.

.05 Excavations Excavation for foundations and pipe, cable etc. trenches shall be as per drawing to width, depth, line, level, and gradient as specified. Use of planking and strutting along foundation lines will not be considered as formwork.

.06 Inspection

When excavations are to the sizes and depths required, the Site In charge shall be called to the Site immediately for an inspection. Only upon approval shall the Contractor proceed with the work. The Contractor shall keep the excavation dry at all times. The excavations are to be left open until any variation in depth has been measured and agreed.

.07 Excavation below Required Depth.

Should any excavation be made below the levels or lines shown on drawings or otherwise required by the Site In charge, the Contractor must fill up the resultant over- excavation to the proper levels or lines with Concrete Mix 1:4:8 at his own expense.

Should the Contractor excavate below foundation level to remove unsuitable material, upon instructions issued in writing from the Clerk of Work subsequent to making up of levels with concrete or other material payment shall be included in the re measurement of the foundations.

.08 Protection of Pipes, Cables, etc.

Page 45 of 143

The Contractor shall be liable for the cost of repairs to any services damaged as a result of carrying out the works and shall further be liable for any damage which may be shown during the period of maintenance, to have arisen through the execution of these works.

.09 Suitable Material

Suitable material shall comprise all that which is acceptable in accordance with the contract for use in the Works and which is capable of being compacted in the manner specified to form a stable fill having side slopes as indicated on the Drawings and to the specified densities.

.10 Unsuitable Material

Unsuitable material shall mean material from swamps; marshes or bogs, peat, logs, stumps and perishable material, material susceptible to spontaneous combustion, clay of liquid limit exceeding 80 and/or plasticity index exceeding 55 and materials having a moisture content greater than the maximum permitted for such materials in the Contract, unless otherwise permitted by the Clerk of Work.

.11 Rock

Rock shall mean those geological strata and individual boulders, exceeding 0.5 m3 in size which necessitate the use of burning and splitting with wedges or approved pneumatic tools for their removal. Material removed by ripping shall not be considered as Rock.

.12 Rock fill

Rock fill shall consist of hard material of suitable size for deposition and compaction and may comprise rock as defined in this sub clause 1.13, broken stone, hard brick, Concrete or other comparable hard inert fill.

Note: (1) No explosives shall be used on the site without the written consent of the Clerk of Work. (2) No excavated material shall be removed from the site unless authorised in writing by the Clerk of Work.

.13 Filling

Filling to make up levels under floors shall be of approved granular material arising from excavations which has been separated from other excavated material for its suitability. Filling shall be placed in layers not exceeding 200 mm thick and shall be rolled with a power roller of at least 700 kg. mass. The rolling process shall be continued for every layer until the specified density is achieved. Payment for return, fill and supply, fill and ram shall be made on compacted quantity only. No extra payment will be allowed for subsequent excavation through the filling, replacing and re compacting.

.14 Leveling

The ground shall be leveled before concreting. No extra payment for leveling shall be allowed. .15 Disposal of Surplus Excavated Material

The Contractor shall include transporting and dumping of surplus excavated earth and all other rubbish arising out of construction anywhere within 1.(one) km as directed by Clerk of Work.

.16 Earthwork to be kept free of Water.

Page 46 of 143

Earthwork to be kept free of water coming from any source. This water shall be removed and discharged into permanent drains. Adequate precaution should be taken for trapping of silt. Where necessary temporary water courses should be provided with sufficient gradient and depth to avoid ponding.

.17 Compaction Standards

The terms used for compaction shall be described by the meaning given in B.S. 1377/61, Part I General. The standard of compaction used throughout the work shall be the British Standard test as described in B.S. 1377/1975 Test 12. Whenever the specifications express a density as "X"% B.S. Compaction it shall mean a standard of compaction such that the dry density of the compacted material is X% of the maximum dry density ascertained from the aforementioned British Standard Compaction Test.

.18 Planking and Strutting

Sides of all excavations must be supported to prevent falls or collapse of the earth face. The term "planking and strutting" is deemed to include any methods which the Contractor adopts to uphold, protect and maintain the sides of excavations. The Contractor will be responsible for any consequences of his failure in this respect, including clearing away fallen material and any extra concrete or other works including formwork ordered by the Site In charge due to such failure. An item has been included in these Bills of each relevant section.

.19 Hardcore

Hardcore shall consist of broken stone, concrete or other similar materials. It shall be substantially free from dust, earth, mortar, timber, easily crushable materials and rubbish of any kind and shall be "all-in" material passing a 150 mm sieve. The proportion of material passing a 6 mm sieve shall not exceed 10%. The material proposed by the Contractor shall be approved by the Engineer before being brought to Site.

2 CONCRETE

.01 Any requirement for concrete work under other sections of this specification shall be governed by the requirements of this section. Each stage of construction of plain or reinforced concrete work, including the making and testing of the cubes and the maintenance and calibration of mixing and measuring plant is to be supervised continuously by competent and responsible members of the Contractor's staff.

The Engineer shall be given ample opportunity to inspect and approve all formwork and reinforcement before the concrete is poured. Such approval given by the Engineer will not absolve the Contractor from his responsibility for maintenance of the quality, lines and levels, dimensional accuracy and strength requirements of the work. No concrete shall be prepared or placed in position except in presence of the Engineer, unless he has instructed in writing to carry out the work in his absence.

.02 Except where they are varied by the requirements of these specifications the requirements of the following Indian Standard Specifications and / or codes of Practice shall form part of these Specifications. IS-456-1978 Indian Standard Code for plain and Reinforced concrete. IS-3370 Code of Practice for concrete structures for the storage of liquids. IS-516 Methods of Tests for strength of concrete. IS-4082 Recommendations on stacking and storage of construction material at site. IS-7861 Code of practice for extreme weather concreting part.1.

3 MORTAR

.01 General Mortars for masonry shall be prepared in accordance with I.S. 2250-1965. Cement used for brick Masonry work shall be ordinary or rapid hardening Portland Cement (I.S.269-1958). Lime shall confirm to requirements of I.S.712-1956 Field slaking of lime shall be done in accordance with I.S. 2116-1968 and

Page 47 of 143

shall be free from shale clay, alkali and organic matter. Water used for masonry mortar shall be clean and free from injurious amount of deleterious material.

.02 Cement Mortar

a. Cement mortar shall be preferably mixed in Mechanical mixer. If done by hand mixing the operation shall be carried out on a clean water tight platform. b. Cement and sand shall be mixed dry in required proportion to obtain uniform colour. The required quantity of water shall then be added and the mortar mixed to produce workable consistency. c. In the case of mechanical mixing the mortar shall be mixed for at least 3 minutes after addition of water. d. In case of hand mixing the mortar shall be hoed back and forth for 10-15 minutes with addition of water. e. The mortar so mixed shall be used within 25 minutes of mixing. The mortar left beyond a specified period shall be rejected. Waterproofing of mortar shall not be permitted. f. Re-tempering of Mortar: In case of mortar using cement, the mortar that has stiffened because of evaporation of water from the mortar may be re- tempered by adding water as frequently as needed to restore the requirements of consistency but this retempering shall be permitted only within two hours from the time of addition of cement.

.03 LIME MORTAR

a. Lime mortar shall be prepared by mixing and grinding lime putty, sand, or cinder in the specified proportions. b. The ingredients shall be mixed on water tight masonry platforms or in troughs. This shall then be sprinkled with requisite quantity of water and ground in a masonry lined mortar mill. c. The mortar shall be ground for not less than 180 revolutions. It shall be raked up continuously during the process, particularly at the angles of the mill. Water shall be added as required during grinding. Care shall be taken not to add more water than what is actually needed to bring the mortar to the consistency of a stiff paste.

4 CEMENT CONRETE BLOCK

All CC Block Masonry shall confirm to I.S. code. 2185 Pre cast concrete block masonry shall be with solid concrete block of approved size made of cement concrete 1:3:6 mix in super structure above plinth up to all floors.

. 5 PLASTERING

.01 Mortar Mortar proportions specified on drawings and / or bills of quantities shall be used. .02 Scaffolding Scaffolding for carrying out plastering work shall be double scaffolding having two sets of vertical supports so that the scaffolding is independent of the walls. .03 Preparation of Surface All putlog holes in brickwork and junction between concrete and brickwork shall be properly filled in advance. Joints in brickwork shall be raked about 10 mm and concrete surface hacked to provide the grip to the plaster. Projecting burrs of mortar formed due to gaps at joints in shuttering shall be removed. The surface shall be scrubbed clean with wire brush/coir brush to remove dirt, dust etc. and the surface thoroughly washed with clean water to remove efflorescence, grease and oil etc. and shall be kept wet for minimum of six hours before application of plaster.

.04 Application

Page 48 of 143

a. For external plaster the operation may be started from top and worked downwards. For internal plaster plastering may be started wherever the building frame and dado work are ready and temporary supports on wall and floor are removed. Ceiling plaster shall be completed before commencement of wall plaster - all wall plaster shall be started from top and worked downwards. b. Gauges of plaster 75 x 75mm shall be first applied horizontally and vertically at not more than 2m intervals over the entire surface to serve as guides for plastering and to ensure even thickness and a true surface. The surfaces of these gauged areas shall be truly in plane of the finished plaster surface. In suspending the work the plaster shall be left cut clean of line both horizontal and vertical. The work shall be closed on body of wall and not nearer than 15 cms. To any corner of arises. When recommencing, the edge of the old work shall be scraped or rubbed down with the carborundum stone and wetted before plaster is applied to adjacent areas. c. The finished plaster surface shall not show any deviation more than 4mm when checked with a straight edge of a length placed against the surface. Any cracks which appear in the surface and all portions which sound hollow when tapped or are found to be soft or defective shall be cut out in rectangle shape and redone as directed. d. Curing shall be started 24 hours after finishing the plaster and the plaster shall be well cured for at least 7 days. No paint, colour wash or white wash shall be applied to plastered surfaces for at least two months or until the contractor has satisfied the Engineer that the walls and plaster are thoroughly dry.

.05 Cement plaster with smooth cement finish

a. Cement and fine sand will be thoroughly mixed dry in 1:4 proportion. Only minimum water shall then be added and the mortar mixed until homogenous and required consistency obtained. b. Only that mortar which can be used in 1/2 hour shall be mixed. c. It shall be used in two coats and on prepared surface the scratch coat 12 mm thick applied and levelled with a wooden trowel. This surface shall be cross stretched horizontally to provide a mechanical key for final coat. The surface shall be kept continuously damp for minimum 3 days. d. The finish coat shall be 6 mm thick. Before application the scratch coat shall be dampened evenly by spray and the surface rubbed smooth after floating it with a coat of pure Portland Cement. e. The use of dry cement shall not be permitted. All plaster work shall be cured for a period of 10 days after the finishing coat.

.06 Cement Plaster with Neeru (Lime Putty) finish

a. The same specification of cement plaster is applicable except that plaster is applied in single coat to specified thickness and instead of cement slurry neeru shall be applied as thin as possible to avoid surface cracking and rubbed over to an even smooth finish. The plaster shall be kept wet for 10 days and shall receive one coat of white wash finally. b. Neeru shall be prepared as follows: The lime for preparing Neeru shall be from approved sources and shall be slaked lime powder. Slaked lime powder shall be added to water in preparation tanks to form slurry. The slurry shall be sieved through a fine mesh sieve (5 mesh per linear cm) and thorough slaking for a period not less than twenty days. The surplus water in the slurry shall be drawn off or allowed to evaporate before use. The slaked lime paste thus formed shall be used for preparing neeru. Neeru shall be prepared by mixing together 10 M3 of slaked lime paste, 0.01 M3 of Portland Cement, 0.03 CM of fine sieved sand and 4 Kg. of finely chopped jute fiber, thoroughly mixed with sufficient water to form a paste of the desired consistency. c. The finishing coat of Neeru prepared as above shall be applied with steel trowels to a uniform thickness in a thin layer and finished smooth by steel trowelling.

.07 Mala Finished Plaster

a. The external plaster shall be in two coats of an overall thickness of 20 mm. b. On a prepared surface backing coat of 12mm thickness and in cement mortar (1:4) shall be applied smooth and even. It shall be combed when wet to give a good bond for the finishing coat. The backing coat shall be cured for 7 days before applying of the finishing coat. c. For finishing coat only sand screened through 3mm mesh shall be used. It shall be 6mm thick and in cement mortar (1:3) and applied smooth and even.

Page 49 of 143

d. The entire surface should be rubbed with approved sponges to expose sand grains and cured for 10 days. Curing shall start after 24 hours. e. All external plaster shall be waterproofed with approved waterproofing compound added to cement in proportion of 1.5 kg/50 kg of cement as per manufacturer's specifications.

.08 Rough Cast Cement Plaster

a. Follow general procedure for surface preparation for plaster; vis. close hacking of concrete surfaces, raking of joints in masonry to a depth of 12 mm minimum, and cleaning and wetting of all masonry. b. Rough cast cement plaster shall be done in two coats, backing coat 16mm thick in cement mortar 1:4 shall be applied, finished with wooden floats and left rough. Waterproofing compound at 2 percent by weight of cement shall be added to the backing coat at no extra cost. c. As soon as the backing coat is slight set the finishing coat shall be applied 16mm thick and in a mix of 1 part of cement: 1 parts of sand: 1 part of pea gravel. This mixture shall be dashed by means of trowel against the backing coat. The gravel should be seen prominently on the surface. the distribution of gravel should be uniform over the surfaces. d. Plaster to be well cured for at least 10 days.

.09 Vineratex Finish a. Follow general procedure for surface preparation for plaster; vis. close hacking of concrete surfaces, raking of joints in masonry to a depth of 12mm minimum, and cleaning and wetting of all masonry. b. Apply cement plaster backing coat 12 to 16 mm thick in cement mortar 1:4 backing, finished with wooden floats and left rough. Allow to cure. c. Apply one coat of ready mixed decorative textured Vineratex as manufactured by Vemera Industries, Madras, India, or approved equal. Mix shall be in custom colour and selected aggregate as approved by the Engineer.

6.00 FLOOR AND WALL FINISHES

.01 Scope and General Requirement All flooring, skirting, etc. shall be executed strictly as per relevant IS Specifications and in workmanlike manner.

.02 Indian Patent Stone Method of mixing, placing and compacting shall generally confirm to the specifications under plain and reinforced cement concrete described earlier. A stiff mix consistent with workability shall be used. (a) Preparation of Surface Before the operation for laying topping is started the surface of base concrete shall be throughly cleaned of all dirt, loose particles slacked mortar droppings and laitance if any, by scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush. When the concrete has hardened so much that roughening of surface by wire brush is not possible, the surface shall be roughened by chipping or hacking at close intervals. The surface shall then be cleaned with water and kept wet for 12 hours and surplus water shall be removed by mopping before the topping is laid. (b) Laying The screed strips shall be fixed over the base concrete dividing it into suitable panels. Before placing the concrete for topping neat cement slurry shall be thoroughly brushed into the prepared surface of the base concrete just ahead of the finish. Concrete of specified proportion and thickness shall be laid in alternate panels to required level and slope and thoroughly tamped. (c) Finishing the Surface After the concrete has been fully compacted it shall be finished by trowelling or floating with neat cement rendering. Finishing operations shall start shortly after the compaction of concrete and the surface shall be trowelled three times at intervals so as to produce a uniform and hard surface. The satisfactory resistance of floor to wears depends largely upon the care with which trowelling is carried out. The time interval allowed between successive trowellings is very important. Immediately after placing cement rendering, only just sufficient

Page 50 of 143

trowelling shall be done to give a level surface. Excessive trowelling in the earlier stages shall be avoided as this tends to bring a layer rich in cement to the surface. Sometime, after the first trowelling, the duration depending upon the temperature, atmospheric conditions and the rate of set of cement used, the surface shall be retrowelled to close any pores in the surface and to bring to surface and to scrape off any excess water in concrete or laitance. No dry cement shall be used directly on the surface to absorb moisture or to stiffen the mix. The final trowelling shall be done well before the concrete has become too hard but at such a time that considerable pressure is required to make any impression on the surface.

.03 Ironite Topping

Instead of finishing the top with rendering coat of 1:1 cement mortar, the top shall be finished with 10 mm thick ironite topping. Unless otherwise directed, one part of ironite and four parts of ordinary cement by weight shall be mixed dry throughly. This dry mixture shall be mixed with stone grit 6mm (1/4") and down size or as otherwise directed in the ratio of 1:2 by volume and well turned over. Just enough water shall be added to this dry mix and mixed throughly well and laid to uniform thickness of 10 mm and compacted. After initial set has started the surface shall be finished as directed.

.04 Terrazo in Site Work in Flooring, Skirting etc.

The terrazo finish shall be laid on an under layer of thickness as specified in the respective items. The topping shall consist of a layer of marble chips of selected sizes, colour and design approved by Clerk of Work mixed with desired shade of pigment. The proportion of terrazo mix shall be three parts of cement and one part of marble powder by weight. For every part of cement marble powder mix, the proportion of marble aggregate by volume shall be 1.5 parts unless otherwise specified. The topping shall be mixed and laid in panels as described in IS: 2114 and as per decorative designs approved by Site In charge. The dividing strips for panels shall be Aluminium or as specified in the Schedule of Quantities. It shall be polished as specified in IS: 2114.

.05 Glazed Tiles, Vitrified Ceramic Tiles and Marble Tiles in flooring and Dado:

White glazed tiles shall be of specified size and thickness. All specials viz. coves, internal and external angles corners, beads etc. shall be used wherever directed. Under layer of specified thickness and mortar of stipulated proportion shall be laid as described in marble mosaic flooring. Tiles shall be washed clean and set in cement grout and each tile being gently tapped with a wooden mallet till it is properly bedded and in level with the adjoining tiles. The joints shall be kept as thin as possible and in straight lines or to suit the required pattern. After the tiles have been laid, surplus cement grout shall be cleaned off. The joints shall be cleaned off the grey cement grout with a wire brush or trowel to a depth of 5 mm (3/16") and all dust and loose mortar removed. Joints shall then be flush pointed with white cement. The floor shall then be kept wet for seven days. After curing, the surface shall be washed with clean water. The finished floor shall not sound hollow when tapped with a wooden mallet.

.06 Marbles in flooring and dado

Under laying of specified thickness and mortar of stipulated proportion shall be laid as described in marble mosaic flooring marble shall be set in cement grout and being gently tapped with a wooden mallet fill it is properly bedded. The joints shall be kept as thin as possible and in straight lines or to suit the required pattern. After the marble have been laid, surplus cement grout shall be cleared off.

The joints shall be cleaned off the grey cement grout with a wire brush or trowel to a depth of 5mm (3/16") and all dust and loose mortar removed. Joints shall then be flush pointed with white cement. The floor

Page 51 of 143

shall then be kept wet for seven days. After curing, the surface shall be washed with clean water. The finished floor shall not sound hollow when tapped with a wooden mallet.

7.00 DOORS AND WINDOWS

The construction and installation of door frames, shutters and ironmongery shall follow relevant Indian Standard Specifications and Codes of Practice. The following IS Specifications and Codes of Practice shall form part of these specifications.

IS-1003 Specifications for Timber Paneled and Glazed shutters - Part I, Door Shutter. IS-2202 Specifications for Wooden Flush Door Shutters (Solid Core Type) Part I, Plywood Face Panels) IS-2202 -do- Part 2, Particle Board and Hardboard Face Panels IS-4021 Specification for Timber Door, Window and Ventilator Frames IS-1081 Code of Practice for Fixing and Glazing of Metal Doors, windows and Ventilators. IS-1038 Specification for Steel Doors, Windows and Ventilators IS-4351 Specification for Steel Door Frames IS-419 Specifications for Putty, for Use of window Frames IS-420 Specifications for Putty, for Use on Metal Frames.

.01 Installation of Pressed Steel Door Frames

Procedure outlined in Appendix-A, IS-4351 shall be followed.

.02 Handling and fixing of Metal Doors, windows and Ventilators.

Procedure outlined in various clauses of IS-1081 shall be followed.

.03 Timber door frames, and shutters Procedure outlined for Handling, fixing in position and alignment given in IS 1003' 2202 and 4021 shall be followed.

.04 M.S. Rolling Shutters

M.S. Rolling shutters shall be made out of 18 gauge black lath either mechanically operated from both inside and outside or manually operated. It shall be fitted with two self-aligning ball bearing with locking arrangement including G.I. housing, hooks, M.S. Pressed side guides and bottom rails brackets, door suspension shafts, top rolling springs pressed etc. complete.

The rolling shutter shall be painted with two coats of approved paint over coat of primer. In case, the fixing of rolling shutters is to be carried out by an agency other than the Contractor, the Contractor shall provide all facilities to the erection Contractor.

.05 Aluminium Doors and Windows

The fixing of Aluminum doors and windows shall be carried out by the agency appointed by the manufacturers. The Contractor shall provide all facilities to the erection Contractors.

8.00 PAINTING .01 Scope and General Requirement

Wherever scaffolding is necessary, it shall be double scaffolding. The surface shall be thoroughly brushed free from mortar, droppings and f foreign matter. All steel work shall be cleaned of loose rust, mill scales etc. so as to expose be the original surface. All broken edges, creaks, loose plaster and wavy surface shall be brought up either by patch plaster work or by plaster of Paris.

.02 Materials

Page 52 of 143

All materials viz. dry distemper, oil bound distemper, oil paint, synthetic enamel paint, cement primer, red lead and other primers and metallic paints shall be supplied by the Contractor.

.03 White Washing

White wash shall be prepared from lime slaked on spot, mixed and stirred with sufficient water to make a thin cream. This shall be allowed to stand for 24 hours and shall be screened through clean cloth. Four kg. of gum dissolved in hot water shall be added to each cubic meter of the cream. Glue shall be added to give required whiteness. The approximate quantity of water to be added in making cream shall be five liters per kg. of lime. White wash shall be applied in specified coats by using flat brushes or spray pumps. Each coat shall be allowed to dry before next coat is applied. If additional coats than what have been specified, are necessary to obtain uniform and smooth finish, it shall be given at no extra cost. The finished dry surfaces shall not show any signs of cracking and peeling nor shall come off readily on the hand when the material is rubbed.

.04 Cement Wash

Exposed concrete surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned, rubbed and shutter marks removed before applying wash, unless specified otherwise Cement shall be mixed with water to form slurry to the consistency of good ready-mixed oil paint and the slurry applied with flat brushes to form smooth bodied opaque surfaces. Two coats of cement wash shall be applied. Adequate time interval shall be allowed between the application of successive coat for hardening.

.05 Colour Wash

Colour wash shall be prepared by adding mineral colours not affected by cement to cement slurry as prepared in "Cement Wash". No colour wash shall be done until a sample of the colour wash to the required tint or shade has been got approved from the Site In charge. Colour wash shall be applied as specified under "Cement Wash".

.06 Oil bound Distemper

The surface shall be prepared as specified above. A primer coat of either cement primer or an approved distemper primer shall be applied. After the primer coat has dried, the surface shall be lightly sand-papered and dusted to make it smooth to receive distemper. Distemper shall be prepared as per the directions of the manufacturer and conforming to shade approved. It shall be applied in specified coats, taking care to allow for drying of each coat before subsequent coats are applied.

.07 Waterproof Cement Paint

The surface shall be prepared as specified above and thoroughly wetted with clean water before waterproof cement paint is applied. The paint shall be prepared strictly as per manufacturer's specifications and in such quantities as can be used up in an hour of its mixing, as otherwise the mixture will set and thicken, affecting the flow and finish. The paint thus prepared shall be applied on clean and wetted surface with brush or spraying machine. The solution shall be kept stirred during the period of application. It shall be applied on the surface which is on the shady side of the building so that the direct heat of the sun on the surface is avoided. The completed surface shall be watered after the days work. Number of coats shall be as specified in the item.

.08 Enamel Paint

Page 53 of 143

The surface shall be prepared as specified above and a coat of approved primer shall be applied. After 24 hours drying, approved or specified quality paint shall be applied evenly and smoothly. A filler putty coating may be given to give a smooth finish. Each coat shall be allowed to dry out thoroughly and then lightly rubbed down with sand paper and cleaned of dust before the next coat is applied. Number of coats shall be as specified in the item and if the finish of the surface is not uniform, additional coats as required shall be applied to get good and uniform finish at no extra cost. After completion no hair marks from the brush or clogging of paint puddles in the corners of panels, angles or mouldings etc. shall be left on the work. The glass panes, floor etc. shall be cleaned of stains. Thinner, if required, shall be of approved brand and used as per manufacturer's recommendations.

9.00 WATER SUPPLY

.01 Execution of work The work under this section shall be executed only by a licensed plumber. .02 Cross connection

There shall be no cross-connection whatsoever between the distribution system for drinking water supply and any pipe or fitting containing unwholesome water, or water liable to be contaminated. The provision of non return valves or closed and sealed stop valves shall not be constructed as a permissible substitute for complete absence of cross-connection.

.03 All pipe work shall be so laid, connected and fixed so as to remain completely water tight, thereby avoiding wastage, damage to property and the risk of contamination. .04 To reduce frictional losses, the method of joining shall be such as to avoid internal roughness and projection at the joints. No bend or curve in piping shall be made when is likely to materially diminish or alter the cross-section. .05 Laying of Pipes The relevant IS Codes of Practice for laying of pipes shall be followed and shall form part of this specification. The different Codes of Practice are IS-783 Code of Practice for Laying of Concrete Pipes

IS-3114 Code of Practice for Laying of Cast Iron pipes IS-5822 Code of Practice for Laying of Welded Steel pipes IS-7634 Code of Practice for Laying of Plastic pipes National Building Code Part IX-Section I - Water Supply.

.06 Excavation and Refilling

The bottoms of trench excavations shall be so prepared that the barrels of the pipes when laid, are well bedded for their whole length on a firm surface and are true to line and gradient. In refilling the trenches, the pipes shall be surrounded with fine selected material, well compacted so as to resist subsequent movement of the pipes.

.07 The pipes shall be carefully cleared of all foreign matter before laying .08 Cleaning and Disinfection of the Supply System.

The procedure outlined in National Building Code of India Part IX, Section I, Clauses 14 shall be followed. 10.00 SANITARY INSTALLATION

.01 General a. All pipe and accessories shall be handled in such manner as to insure delivery to the trench in sound, undamaged condition. Particular care shall be taken not to injure pipe coating. If coating or lining of any type of pipe or fitting is damaged, repair shall be made prior to installation. No other pipe or material shall

Page 54 of 143

be placed inside of a pipe or fitting after coating has been applied. Pipe shall be carried into position and not dragged. Rubber gaskets that are not to be installed immediately shall be stored in a cool, dark place and out of the sun. Installation procedures shall provide for safe conduct of the work, careful removal and disposition of materials, protection of property which is to remain undisturbed, coordination with other work in progress, and protection of utility services. b. Where the location of the sewer is not clearly defined by dimensions on the drawings, the sewer shall not be laid closer horizontally than 10 feet to a water main or service line. Where sewer lines pass above water lines, the sewer shall be encased in concrete for a distance of 10 feet on each side of the crossing. c. Where sewer lines pass below water lines, no joint in the sewer line shall be closer than 3 feet horizontal distance to the water line. Where sewer lines cross power or communication lines, a minimum separation of 6 inches shall be maintained with a minimum cover of 30 inches above the power or communication lines.

.03 Pipe laying and jointing

a. Each section of pipe shall be inspected for defects before being lowered into the trench. Defective, damaged or unsound pipe shall not be used. Trenches shall be kept dry during bedding and laying operations. Pipe that has the grade, alignment or joint disturbed after laying shall be taken up and re-laid. If the maximum width of the trench specified is exceeded, concrete cradling, pipe encasement or other bedding as may be required to support the added load of the backfill shall be installed. Trenches shall be kept free from water until the joints have been properly coupled. Pipe shall not be laid when the conditions of the trench or weather are unsuitable. When work is not in progress, open ends of pipe and fittings shall be securely closed so that no trench water, earth, or other substances can enter the pipe or fittings. b. Joints shall not be covered until approved. Pipe, pipe fittings, or appurtenances found defective after installation shall be replaced. Pipe shall be laid true to line and grade to form a close concentric joint with adjoining pipe and to prevent offsets of the flow line. Sections of pipe shall be so laid and fitted together that when complete, the sewer shall have a smooth and uniform invert. As the work progresses, the interior of the sewer shall be cleaned of all dirt and superfluous materials. Where cleaning after laying is difficult because of small pipe size, a suitable swab or drag shall be kept in the pipe and pulled forward past each joint immediately after the jointing has been completed. Pipe cutting where necessary shall be done neatly, without damage to the pipe. Unless otherwise authorized, cutting shall be done by means of an approved type of mechanical cutter. c. Each pipe and fitting shall be carefully inspected before and after installation and those found defective shall be rejected. Proper facilities shall be provided for lowering sections of pipe into trenches. Any pipe or fitting that does not allow sufficient space for proper caulking or installation of joint material shall be replaced by one of the proper dimensions. Open ends of pipe at the end of each day's work shall be closed temporarily with wood blocks.

.04 Tests

a. Tests of completed piping systems shall be conducted in strict accordance with testing procedures and requirements of ASTM C828 or AWWA C600, as applicable. b. Do not backfill piping (more than minimum required to hold in place for testing) prior to receipt of acceptance from Owner's Representative for results of tests. c. Conduct repairs and retests when required due to unaccepted test results at no cost to Owner.

11.00 ROAD WORK

.01 Earthwork Earthwork in cutting, filling, embankment, compaction and disposal of surplus earth shall be as mentioned in specification of "EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK" her before.

.02 Consolidation of Sub-grade

Page 55 of 143

The sub grade shall be consolidated with power road roller of 8 to 12 tone. The roller shall run over the sub grade till the soil is evenly and densely consolidated and behaves as an elastic mass (Roller shall pass minimum of five runs on the sub grade). All undulations in the surface that develop due to rolling shall be made good with earth or quarry spoils as the case may be and the sub grade rerolled. .03 Soling Course The stones in soling shall be hand packed with greatest length across the road. All interstices between stones shall be wedged in with smaller stones of suitable size, well driven in, to enable tight packing and complete filling of interstices. Such filling shall be carried out simultaneously with the placing in position of soling stone and shall not lag behind. The soling shall then be thoroughly consolidated with power roller of minimum 8 tone weight, starting at edges and working towards the center. The roller shall run over the same surface of rolling for at least eight times till the soling course is well consolidated. 25mm thick or as specified, layer of murrum as directed by Engineer shall be laid on top of soling course. This shall be watered and rolled before the wearing course is laid.

.04 Wearing Course (W.B.M.) One or two as specified wearing courses of stone aggregate each 7.5 cm thick or as specified, shall be provided. The first course shall be consolidated and thrown open to traffic at least for a period of 2 to 6 weeks, depending upon the intensity of traffic and the period available for completion of the work. The surface of the first course shall then be scarified undulation filled up and the second course then laid accordingly to profile and consolidated. The procedure of consolidation as given below should be repeated for both the courses separately. a. Consolidation The stone aggregate shall be consolidated by dry rolling and wet rolling with power roller of 8 tonnes minimum weight. In case of straight reach of the road, the rolling shall be commenced at the edges and worked towards the center. In case of super elevated curve the rolling shall commence from the inside edge of the curve to the outside edge. b. Dry Rolling The stone aggregate shall first be rolled dry and then lightly sprinkled with water of just sufficient quantity to moisten the earth cushioning below and to facilitate interlocking of aggregates. Rolling shall continue till the aggregate has become well consolidated and do not get displaced. During the process of rolling, camber and grade of the aggregate surface shall be checked. All undulations shall be loosened by hand racking or racking tools surplus material removed from high spots and depressions filled with surplus and fresh material and the surface rolled again, small quantities of aggregate having been kept in stock for this purpose. When all the surface defects are removed dry rolling shall be stopped, as otherwise the edges of the aggregate may get crushed, which is not desirable. c. Wet Rolling After the dry rolling has been completed as described above, the road surface shall be watered copiously so as to keep the water level upto the top of the aggregate and rolling with power roller proceeded with, till the roller makes no visible impression on the surface and the interstices between the stone have been filled up by consolidation of aggregate and a piece of 25 mm size stone placed on surface gets crushed under the roller without being driven in. d. Rolling with Blinding Materials After wet rolling of the wearing surface course, the surface shall be tested with a 3m straight edge laid parallel to the center line of the road and any irregularity exceeding 12 mm shall be corrected by loosening the surface and recompacting the same after adding or removing materials as required. If further required by the Engineer, the surface shall be checked with long string also. Kankar moorum red bajri in specified ratio shall then be spread evenly over the surface to a 6mm to 12mm thickness copiously watered and rolled till the slurry, after filling all voids, shall form a wave before the wheels of the moving roller. Wet bajri sticking to the wheel shall be removed simultaneously when the roller is moving, by spades and sprinkling water on the wheels. The rolling shall be done a minimum of four passes or till a hard smooth solid surface is obtained.

Page 56 of 143

Finished surface shall give a uniform appearance and the road shall be closed to traffic till next day or lapse of 24 hours.

.05 Edging

Edging shall be done 225 mm wide and 110 mm deep or as specified with first class bricks.

.06 Dense bitumen Mecadam (Premix) surfacing a. Tack Coat Cleaning: Prior to the application of tack coat, all dust, dirt, mud, animal dung, loose and foreign material etc. shall be removed to 30 cm brushes, small picks, brooms, etc. The material so removed shall be disposed of as directed by Engineer. The paving bitumen (cut back bitumen) as mentioned in the specification shall be heated in a boiler to a temperature specified above and maintain at that temperature. This paving bitumen shall then be applied evenly to the already prepared dry surface by means of pressure spray at the rate of 0.75 kg/sq.mts of the road surface. The binder shall be applied longitudinally along the length of the road and never across it. The edges of tack coat shall be defined by wire or other cord lines stitched in position. b. Base course (Premix) Preparation of Mix and Laying The stone aggregate of 10 mm nominal size as defined later shall be surface dry and contain not more than 2% moisture before use. It shall be screened of dust and measured in boxes and then loaded into a drum mixer according to the capacity of this drum. The aggregate shall be heated to facilitate mixing with the paving bitumen in cold weather, where so directed by the Engineer. The stone aggregate will be used at the rate of 3 cubic meters for 100 square meters of the surface area. The paving bitumen (cut back bitumen) will be heated to a temperature as mentioned in a boiler. This heated bitumen shall be poured over the aggregate in the drum mixer at the rate of 64 kg per cubic meter of aggregate and mixing started and continued till aggregate is uniformly coated with bitumen. This hot mix shall be spread on the road surface immediately after the application of tack coat to a thickness sufficient to achieve a thickness of 25 mm after consolidation. c. Consolidation of Pre-Mix When the mix is sufficiently tacking and stiff and has not become hard or brittle, the carpet shall be compacted by a 6 - 8 tone roller until no impression is made thereby on the newly laid surface. The rolling shall progress gradually from each side towards the center. To prevent the pre-mix from adhering to roller wheels the wheels shall be dampened by means of gunny bags soaked in water. Any high spots or depressions which become apparent shall be corrected by addition or removal of pre-mix material. The finished surface shall be thoroughly compacted true to the correct levels and grades. Permissible tolerance will be as under:

Longitudinal section +6mm for every 6 meters. Cross section +3mm from the entire designed section d. Seal Coat (Premix) In this paving bitumen (cut back bitumen) as specified earlier will be used at the rate of 1.5kg/square meter of the surface area and stone aggregate 10 mm nominal size conforming to IS:383 shall be used at the rate of 1.1 cu.mtr. for 100 sq.meter of the surface area. The paving bitumen shall be heated as described earlier and applied on the surface. Over this stone grit will be spread uniformly when the bitumen is still hot. The surface will be rolled as described earlier.

TABLE FOR PREMIX CARPETING

Grade Temperature to which it shall be heated.

1 Cut back bitumens. 163 degree C to 171 degree C. 2 Paving asphalt 30/40 or 80/100 heated and then mixed with solvent atmospheric temperature at the rate of 70 gm/kg. of asphalt. 149 degree C to 177 degree C .07 Demolition shall be carried out in such a manner as to cause as little in convenience as possible to the workers and flow of work. The Contractor

Page 57 of 143

shall take all safety measures for the people working on site. Demolition shall not affect the stability of the adjoining structural elements. The Contractor must provide all requisite shoring, strutting, needling or other supports to wall, roof etc. The Contractor shall alter, adopt and maintain all such necessary temporary works as may be necessary from time to time and finally clear away and make good all disturbed. Sound old bricks arising from demolition, if cleaned and approved by Consultant shall be reused in foundations and walls below ground level. If approved by Engineer, steel structural members shall be reused after straightening. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the safety of its labourers and shall be liable for all deaths and damage at site.

CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT

1. Proportioning of Concrete 1.1 Proportioning on the basis of strength: The concrete shall be made of materials accepted for the work and of the proportions specified by the Engineer. The proportions shall preferably be determined after laboratory test on materials proposed to be used unless other established data is available and the mix that will produce a durable concrete of the desired consistency and workability together with following specified strength shall be adopted. Where thickness of the pavement is calculated on the basis of flexural stresses in concrete, a mix that will develop a modulus of rupture on field specimens of not less than the permissible flexural stress multiplied by the factor of safety assumed in design shall be adopted with a minimum of 40 kg/cm2 (550 Psi) at 28 days. Where, however, the thickness from the IRC. Table of recommended thickness given in appendix C are adopted (IRC:15-1970), a mix that will develop a field compressive strength of 280 kg/cm2 (4000 psi) at 28 days or a corresponding modulus of ruptures (where data of their proportionality for local material is available) shall be adopted. In other cases, this information should be determined by prior laboratory test with adjustments for variations in the field. Where, a heavy duty wear resistance is desired, such as for maneuvering and storage areas of tracked vehicles or for anticipated concentrations of steel tire traffic, a concrete with a minimum field compressive strength of 420 kg/cm2 (6000 psi) at 28 days or its equivalent modulus rupture shall be adopted for wearing course of concrete.

1.1.1 Approximate proportions The approximate proportion by weight (or by volume, only in unavoidable cases) necessary to produce concrete satisfying the strength conditions using aggregates from the sources designated, if furnished in the tender documents, are for guidance only, it being expressly understood that this information is only for the convenience of the bidder.

1.1.2 Field Mix

After the award of the contract, the proportions, that is the field mix determined by the laboratory for the particular aggregates approved by the Engineer shall govern. These proportions will be corrected and adjusted by the Engineer to compensate for moisture content in the aggregate or fluctuations in the grading of coarse and fine aggregate at the time of use. Where fine aggregate is permitted to be measured volumetrically, due allowance shall be made for its bulking.

1.1.3 Water-Cement Ratio

The water content per batch of concrete shall be maintained constantly except for suitable allowances to be made for free moisture and absorption by aggregates determined from time to time during construction. Adjustments for workability shall be made by variations in the ratio of the coarse to fine aggregate or improving upon their grading without change in cement content or water-cement ratio. The slump of the concrete mix for pavements compacted by vibration should not be more than 50 mm. (2”). No price adjustment would be permissible for variations in the ratio of coarse to fine aggregates necessitated from adjustment at site.

Page 58 of 143

2. Equipments 2.1 General

All equipments necessary for the proper preparation of the sub-grade sub-base, and hatching, mixing, placing, finishing and curing of the concrete pavement shall be on the project in good working condition and shall have been inspected by the Engineer -in - charge before the paving operations are permitted to start. Throughout the construction of the project, the construction agency shall maintain adequate equipment in first class working condition to ensure proper prosecution of the work.

2.2 Mixer

Concrete mixer of adequate capacity shall be provided and it shall be of the batch type, conforming to the requirement of IS:1991-1968 “Specification for Batch Type Concrete Mixer (First Revision” and shall have a rated capacity of not less than 200 litres (7 cu.ft) of mixed concrete. The mixer shall be equipped with an approved water measuring device capable of accurate measurement of water required per batch. The mixer shall preferably be equipped with a mechanically operated pump for filling the mixed tank. The mixer, if specially specified, shall be equipped with an approved timing device which will automatically lock the discharge lever during the full time of mixing and release it at the end of mixing period; the device shall also be equipped with a bell, adjusted, to ring each time the lock is released. If the timing device gets broken or out of order, the mixer will be permitted to be used while the same is being repaired, provided an approved time piece equipped with minute and second hands, is provided and that each batch is mixed for one and half minutes. Pick-up and throw-over blades in the drum of the mixer which are worn out 20 mm, (3/4”) or more in depth shall be replaced with new blades.

2.3 Water-supply equipment

The water supply equipment shall be of such capacity and nature as to ensure at all times ample supply and adequate pressure for all the requirements of sprinkling sub grade, making sub-base, mixing and curing of concrete etc. and all other requirements of the work.

2.4 Sub grade Template or Strike Board

The sub grade template or strike board shall be of a rigid construction, approximately 100 mm (4”) wide, and shall weigh at least 45 kg. (100 lb).

2.5 Hand Tamper

The tamper shall be shaped to the cross-profile of the slab and shall weigh not less than 10 kg/m (7 lb/ft). It shall be durably constructed of 75 mm. (3”) thick timber or of steel of channel cross - section two feet longer than the proposed width of pavement slab and sufficiently strong and rigid to retain its shape under all working conditions. If it is of timber it shall be shod with steel. The timber shall be provided with handles which are resilient and sufficiently long to enable tamping operations to be performed by men in standing position.

2.6 Screed Board Concrete Vibrator

Screed board vibrator used for compaction and finishing of concrete shall comprise of a wooden or mild steel screed with suitable handles. The screed shall be driven by vibrating units mounted thereon either electrically or by compressed air or by a petrol engine and propelled or made to travel on side forms. It shall conform to IS:2506-1964 “Specification for Screed Board Concrete Vibrators”.

2.7 Immersion Vibrator

Page 59 of 143

Immersion Vibrator shall comprise of a vibrating head with suitable motive power either of compressed air, electricity or of a petrol driven engine, rigid enough to ensure proper control and manipulation in the mass of concrete. It shall conform to IS:2505-1968 “Specification for Concrete Vibrators, Immersion type (First Revision)”. They shall be employed to ensure compaction of concrete along the forms and to avoid any tendency in honey combing at the edges of the slab. In case of road slabs exceeding 125 mm (5”) thickness, they shall also be employed at suitable spacing for compacting the concrete over the entire width of the slabs in addition to screed board vibrator.

2.8 Longitudinal Float

The longitudinal float shall not be less than 3.7 m (12”) in length and 150 mm. (6”) wide and shall be properly stiffened to prevent fixing and warping.

2.9 Bridges

The bridges shall be so designed that when placed straddling the forms, no parts shall come in contact with the pavement. They shall be sufficiently rigid.

2.10 Long-handled Wooden Flat

The blade of the float shall be at least 1500 mm (5’) long and 150 mm (6”) wide. A minimum of two floats shall be provided.

2.11 Belts

The belts of canvas shall not be less than 150 mm (6”) wide and shall be at least 600 mm (2’) longer than the width of the slab. A minimum of two belts shall be provided.

2.12 Push Brooms

The push brooms shall not be less than 450 mm (18”) wide and be made from good quality base fibre. The handle shall be at least 300 mm. (1 ft.) longer than half the width of the slab. A minimum of four push brooms shall be provided.

2.13 3.0 m (10 ft.) - Straight Edge

The straight edge shall remain true and rigid under working conditions and shall be swung from suitable handles.

2.14 Edging Tool

The edging tool shall have a radius of 6 mm. (1/4”). The vertical limb shall extend to the required depth. A minimum of two edging tools shall be provided.

2.15 Master Straight Edge

The material straight edge shall be of known accuracy so that it may be used for checking other straight edges. It shall be made of steel or other suitable material, of sufficient length and of sufficient rigidity to maintain its accuracy.

2.16 Other Small Tools

Other small tools and equipment such as spades, shovels, iron pans, water pots, rods etc., necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent and meaning of these specifications shall also be provided.

3. Forms

Page 60 of 143

3.1 Steel Forms

All side forms shall be of mild steel unless use of wooden sections are specially permitted. The steel forms shall be M.S. channel sections and their depth equal to the thickness of the pavement. The sections shall have a length of at least 3.0 m (10’) except on curves of less than 45.0 m. (150 ft.) radius, where shorter sections may be used. When set to grade and staked in place, the maximum deviation of the top surface of any section from a straight line shall not exceed 3 mm. (1/8”) in the vertical plane and 55 mm. in the horizontal plane. The method of connection between sections shall be such that the joint formed shall be free from play or movement in any direction. The use of bent twisted or worn out forms will not be permitted. bracing pins or stakes shall be provided for each 3.0m (10’) of form and the bracing end support must be ample to prevent the springing of the forms under the pressure of the concrete or the weight or thrust of machinery operating on the forms. The supply of forms shall be sufficient to permit their remaining in place not less than 12 hours after the concrete has been placed or longer if, in the opinion of the Engineer, it should be necessary.

3.2 Wooden Forms

Wooden forms may be used only when specifically provided for on the plans or in special provisions with the exceptions that their use is herein approved for all curves having radius of less than 45.0 m (150 ft.) Wooden forms shall be dressed on one side, these shall have minimum base width of 100 mm. (4”) for slab thickness of 200 mm. (8”) thick and equal in depth to edge thickness of the work prescribed. These forms when used on straight shall have a minimum length of 3.0m. (10’). Forms shall be held by stakes set at intervals not exceeding 2.0m (6’), two stakes to be placed at each joint. The forms shall be firmly nailed or secured to the side stakes, and securely braced at points, where necessary so that no movement will result from the pressure of the concrete or the impact of the tamper and during finishing work. Wooden forms shall be capped along the inside upper edge with 50 mm (2”) angle iron, well recessed and kept flush with the face of the wooden forms.

3.3 Setting of Forms

The forms shall be jointed neatly and shall be set with exactness to the required grade and alignment. After the forms are placed and set, the earth under the base of the forms shall be thoroughly tamped in an approved manners. Sufficient rigidity shall be obtained to support the forms in such a position during the entire operation of compacting and finishing that they will not at any time deviate more than 3 mm. (1/8”) from a straight edge 3.0 m (10’) in length. Forms which show a variation from the required rigidity or the alignment and levels shown on the plans shall be reset or removed, as directed to maintain the forms at the correct line and grade. All forms shall be cleaned and oiled each time before they are used. Forms shall be set, as herein specified, for at least 150.0 m. (500 ft.) ahead of the mixer or in advance of the actual placing of concrete.

4. Construction 4.1 Mixing

The mixing of concrete shall be done in a batch mixer of approved type which will ensure a uniform distribution of the materials throughout the mass, so that the mix is uniform in colour and homogeneous. All concrete shall be mixed in quantities for immediate use. Spilling of the materials at either end of the mixer shall be corrected by reducing the size of the batch and in no case shall the volume of the mixed material per batch exceed the manufacturer’s guaranteed capacity of the mixer. The drum of the mixer shall rotate at a peripheral speed of approximately 600.0 m (200 ft.) per minute. The batch of cement, fine aggregate and coarse aggregate shall be fed into the mixer simultaneously and in such a manner that the period of flow of each is about the same. The water for mixing shall be introduced into the drum within the first 15 seconds of mixing, and the entire contents of the drum shall be discharged before any materials are placed therein for the succeeding batch. The skip shall be so maintained and operated that each

Page 61 of 143

batch will be completely discharged into the mixing drum at the loading of the mixer. The mixer shall be cleaned at suitable intervals while in the use.

4.1.1 Time of Mixing

The mixing of each batch will continue not less than one and half minute after all the materials are in the mixer.

0 4.1.2 Re tempering

The re tempering of concrete or mortar, that is, remixing with or without additional cement, aggregate or water will not be permitted.

4.1.3 Correction for Bulking

In volume batching, suitable allowance shall be made for the bulking of fine aggregate due to the presence of water. For this purpose the bulking shall be determined as directed by the Engineer conforming to standard methods.

4.2 Transporting and Placing of Concrete

The concrete shall be mixed in quantities required for immediate use and shall be deposited on the sub grade or sub-base to the required depth and width of the pavement section, in successive batches and in continuous operation without the use of intermediate forms sor bulkheads between joints. Care shall be taken to see that no segregation of materials results whilst the concrete is being transported from the mixer to the place where it is deposited. The usual method of transport of concrete in India is in pans as head loads or in small wheel barrows. The spreading shall be as uniform as possible to avoid re handling of the concrete. Where however a certain amount of redistribution is necessary, it shall be done with shovels and not with rakes. While being placed, the concrete shall be rodded with suitable tools so that the formation of voids or honeycomb pockets are prevented. The concrete shall be particularly well placed and tapped against the forms and along all joints. As an alternative, an internal vibrator may be employed in lieu of rodding of the concrete. Any portion of the batch of concrete that becomes segregated in depositing it on sub grade shall be thoroughly mixed with the main body of the batch during the process of spreading. In case of unavoidable interruption a full depth transverse joint shall be placed at the point of stopping the work provided the section on which the work has been suspended shall be at least 3.0 m (10’) long. Shorter section shall be removed.

4.3 Placing of Load Transfer Devices – Dowels

Transverse expansion joints shall be equipped with dowels of the dimensions and at the spacing and location indicated on the plans. They shall be firmly supported in place, accurately aligned parallel to the sub grade and the centre line of the pavement by means of dowel support which will remain in the pavement and will ensure that the dowels are not displaced during construction. One half of each dowel shall be painted and oiled and equipped with a tight fitting sleeve of the dimensions shown on the plans to provide space for the dowels when pavement expands and the joint closes. This sleeve shall be equipped with stop which will prevent it being pushed too far on the dowel during construction. The sleeves are not required on dowels, if used, in dummy construction or construction joints.

4.4 Water-proofing paper

The water proofing paper, when necessary (see clause 5.2) shall be laid by unrolling the roll) prior to the placement of concrete. The paper shall be unrolled with an overlap of not less than 10 cm.

4.5 Compaction and Finishing

Page 62 of 143

4.5.1 Compaction

The surface of the pavement shall be compacted either by means of a power-driven finishing machine or by a vibrating screed. For areas where the width of the slab is very small as the corner of street junctions, etc. hand compaction and finishing may be adopted subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-charge. In no case, however, hand compaction shall be permitted for slab thickness beyond 10 cm. in the normal course. All compaction and finishing shall be done in accordance with the following requirements. Where hand tamping is permitted as a special case : I) Concrete, as soon as placed, shall be struck of uniformly and screeded to the crown and cross-section shown on the plans and to such level above the base that when compacted and finished, the pavement shall conform to the grade and cross-section indicated by the plans. The entire surface shall then be tamped and the tamping operation continued until a close knit dense surface is obtained. ii) The tamper shall rest on the side forms and shall be drawn ahead with a sawing motion, in combination with a series of lifts and drops alternating with lateral shifts, the aim of this operation being compaction and screeding to the approximate level required. Subsequent temping should advance about 75 mm (3”) at a time in the direction in which the work is proceeding, and in the final stages tamping should be closer, about 12 mm (1/2”) at a time until a level and dense surface is obtained. Other Cases iii) Hand-operated vibrating screed consisting of a normal type of hand tamper to which are attached pneumatic or electric vibrating units shall be used for compaction. It shall rest on side forms. Such screed when used shall be lowered vertically on to the concrete surface, evenly spread to the required level above the base, making due allowance for compaction , allowed to remain in position for a few seconds until compaction is complete, then lifted vertically and lowered on the adjacent strip of uncompacted concrete. The screed shall again be taken slowly over the surface sliding, with its axis slightly tilted away from the direction of sliding and the operation repeated until the required dense, close knit textured surface is obtained. Compaction of concrete slabs upto 12.5 cm. (5”) thickness may be done by means of vibrating screed alone, while for thicknesses greater than 12.5 cm (5”) thickness, internal vibrators and vibrating screeds shall be used with advantage for compacting the slab corners and edges. The working of the vibrators shall be regularly checked and standbyes shall always be maintained for emergency use. iv) Segregated particles of coarse aggregate which collect in front of the tamper of screed shall be thrown outside the forms or thoroughly mixed by hand with the mass of concrete already on the base. Under no circumstances shall such segregated particles be carried forward and pushed on to the base in front of the mass. v) Compaction by tamping or screeding shall be carried on till the mortar in the mix just works upto the surface. Care shall be exercised and the operation of tamping so controlled as to prevent an excess of mortar and water from being worked on to the top. Repeated operation other than to secure the necessary compaction and to eliminate voids shall be avoided. vi) Immediately after the tamping or screeding has been completed and before the concrete has hardened, i.e. while the concrete is still in a plastic stage, the surface shall be inspected for irregularities with a profile checking template and any needed correction made by adding or removing concrete followed by further compaction and finishing.

4.5.2 Floating

As soon as practicable after the concrete has been struck off and compacted it shall be further smoothened and compacted by means of a longitudinal float 1,200 mm. (4 ft.) long and 75 mm (3:) wide, operated from a foot bridge. The longitudinal float shall be worked with a sawing motion, while held in a floating position parallel to the carriageway centre line and passed gradually from one side of the pavement to the other. Movements ahead along the centre line of the carriageway shall be in successive advance of not more that one half the length of the float.

4.5.3 Straight-edging

After the longitudinal floating has been completed and excess water has disappeared, but while the concrete is still plastic, the slab surface shall be tested for trueness with a 3.0 m (10’) straight edge swung from handles 1m (3’) longer than one-half width of the slab. The straight edge shall be held in successive positions parallel to the road central line in contact with the surface and the whole area gone over from one side of the slab to the other. Advance along the road shall be in successive stages of not more than

Page 63 of 143

one-half length of the straight edge. Any depressions found shall be filled immediately with freshly mixed, concrete, struck compacted and refinished. High areas shall be cut down and refinished. The straight edging and refloating shall continue until the entire surface is found to be free from observable departures from the straight edge and the slab has the required grade and camber. The slab surface shall be retested for trueness, before the concrete begins to set, with the 3.0 m (10’) straight edge and the wedge gauge. The straight edge shall be placed on the surface, in successive positions, parallel to the carriageway centre line. Irregularities shall be measured with the help of the wedge moved transversely at various points until it touches both the straight edge and the concrete surface. At any point tested, the concrete shall not show a departure from the true surface, greater than 3 mm (1/8”) If at any place, the tolerance is greater than this, not more than 3 phases of the vibrating machine shall be allowed and the surface tested again in the specified manner. If the irregularity still exceeds the limit aforesaid, the concrete shall be removed to a depth of 50 mm (2”) or to the level of the top surface of the reinforcement, if any. The area to be removed shall be that represented by the length of the straight edge in the position of measurement across the full width of the slab. Where the point of measurement in default is less than 4.5 m (15’) from the transverse expansion joint, the whole area up to the joint shall be removed to the required depth. The concrete so removed shall not be re-used in the carriageway. Fresh concrete shall be placed, compacted and finished in the manner already described in these specifications and shall again be subjected to test for accuracy finish. The foregoing procedure shall be adopted at each shifting of the straight edge and the whole area shall be gone over from one side of the slab to the other. The straight edge shall advance longitudinally in successive stages of not more than one-half of the length of the straight edge. No extra payment shall be made for the removal of the rejected concrete and for laying fresh concrete. Although the concrete may be removed immediately following measurement of the irregularity and while it is still wet, this shall not mean any waiver from complying with the requirements of this clause, if for any reason the concrete to be removed has hardened ..After straight edging of the surface, it shall be finished by belting or brooming or by the combination of both. In the manner described in the following paragraphs.

4.5.4 Belting

Just before the concrete becomes non-plastic, the surface shall be belted with a two ply canvas belt not less than 200 mm (8”) wide and at least 1.0m (3’) longer than the width of the slab. Hand belts shall have suitable handles to permit controlled uniform manipulation. The belt shall be operated with short strokes transverse to the carriageway centre line and with a rapid advance parallel to the centre line.

4.5.5 Brooming

After belting and as soon as surplus water, if any, has risen to the surface, the pavement shall be given a broom finish with an approved steel or fibre broom not less than 450 mm (18”) wide. The broom shall be pulled gently over the surface of the pavement from edge to edge. Adjacent strokes shall be slightly overlapped. Brooming shall be perpendicular to the centre line of the pavement and so executed that the corrugations thus produced will be uniform in character and width, and not more than 1.5 mm (1/16”) deep. Brooming shall be completed before the concrete reaches such a stage that the surface is likely to be torn or unduly roughened by the operation. The broomed surface shall be free from porous or rough spots, irregularities, depressions, and small pockets, such as may be caused by accidentally disturbing particles of coarse aggregate embedded near the surface.

4.5.6 Edging

After belting and /or brooming have been completed, but before the concrete has taken its initial set the edges of the slab shall be carefully finished with an edger of 6 mm (1/4”) radius, and the pavement edge shall be left smooth and true to line.

4.6 Curing of Concrete

Immediately after finishing operations have been completed, the entire surface of the newly laid concrete shall be covered against rapid drying and cured in accordance with the following methods. Failure to provide sufficient cover material of whatever kind required, or inadequate supplies of water to take care of

Page 64 of 143

both curing and other requirements shall be adequate cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations.

4.6.1 Initial Curing

Immediately after completion of the finishing operations, the surface of the pavement shall be entirely covered with wetted burlap, cotton or jute mats. The mats used shall be such length (or width) that as laid they will extend at least 450 mm (18”) beyond the edges of the slab. The mates shall be placed so that the entire surface and both edges of the slab are completely covered. This covering shall be placed as soon as, in the judgement of the Engineer, the concrete has set sufficiently to prevent marring of the surface. Prior to being placed the mats shall be thoroughly saturated with water and shall be placed with the wettest side down. The mats shall so placed and weighed down as to cause them to remain in intimate contact with the surface covered and the covering shall be maintained fully wetted and in position for 24 hours after the concrete has been placed or until the concrete is sufficiently hard to be walked on without suffering damage. Water shall be gently sprayed so as to avoid damage to the fresh concrete. If it becomes necessary to remove a mat for any reason, the concrete slab shall not be exposed for a period of more than half an hour. Worn burlap or burlap with holes will not be permitted. Burlap reclaimed from previous use other than curing concrete shall be thoroughly washed prior to use for curing purposes. If burlap is finished in strips shall be laid to overlap at least 150 mm (6”).Burlap shall be placed from suitable bridges. Walking on freshly laid concrete to facilitate placing burlap will not be permitted.

4.6.2 Final Curing

Upon the removal of the burlap the slab shall be thoroughly wetted and then cured by one of the following methods of final curing. a) Curing with Wet Earth : Exposed edges of the slab shall be banked with substantial berm of earth. Upon the slab shall then be laid a system of transverse and longitudinal dykes of clay about 50 mm. (2’) high immediately covered with a blanket of sandy soil free from stones to prevent the drying up and cracking of clay. The rest of the slab shall then be covered with sufficient sandy soil so as to produce a blanket of earth not less than 37 cm. (1.5”) depth after wetting. The earth covering shall be thoroughly wetted while it is being placed on the surface and again with water for 14 days and thoroughly wetted down during the morning of the 15th day and shall thereafter remain in place until the concrete has attained the required strength and permission is given to open the pavement to traffic. If such permission is granted, the covering shall be removed and the pavement cleaned and swept. If the earth covering be displaced during the curing period, it shall be replaced to the original depth and re-saturated. b) Imprevious membrane method : The membrane shall consist of a practically colourless imprevious liquid of a type approved by the Engineer. The use of any membrane material which would impart a slippery surface to the pavement or alter its natural colour will not be permitted. Liquid shall be applied under pressure with a spray nozzle in such a manner as to cover the entire surface with a uniform film, and shall be of such character that it will harden within 30 minutes after application. The amount of liquid applied shall be ample to seal the surface of the pavement thoroughly. The liquid shall be applied immediately after the finishing of the surface and before the set of the cement has taken place, or, if the pavement is first covered with burlap, it may be applied upon removal of burlap. The impervious coating used shall be such that when applied to the surface of mortar test slabs in the manner prescribed for the use of the materials in the field, the mortar shall retain at least 90 per cent of the mixing water when exposed for 144 hours to temperatures between 32 to 38 degree C. (90 degree F and 130 degree F) at a relative humidity of 30 per cent to 50 per cent. The mortar test slab used shall be composed of one part Portland Cement, 1.71 part fine aggregate and 0.346 parts of water by weight. The slab shall be cast in non-absorbent watertight mould, and shall remain in the mould throughout the test. The slab shall be approximately 380 mm. (15”) long by 380 mm (15”) wide by 50 mm (2”) deep. The coating shall be applied to the exposed surface of the slab within 2 hours of the time the slab is cast. Materials for use as imprevious coatings will be approved by the Engineer on the basis of tests outlined above. The rate of application of such coatings will be prescribed by the Engineer

Page 65 of 143

on the basis of the same tests. This method of curing shall be carried out in locations where there is scarcity of water and in what sections as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

4.7 Final Surface Test

The final surface test shall be made after the curing period and after the removal of the material used for curing. The surface shall be of correct alignment, grade and contour specified. Any spots higher than 3 mm. (1/8”) and not higher than 6 mm (1/4”) above the correct surfaced, as shown by 3.0m (10’) straight edge and the wedge in the manner prescribed above, shall be ground down with an approved grinding tool to the required level. When deviation exceeds the foregoing limits, the slab shall be removed to full depth and replaced. The area of pavement to be removed and replaced shall be that represented by the transverse joints, immediately adjacent to the deviation, across the full width of the slab.

4.8 Removing Forms

Forms shall not be removed from freshly placed concrete until it has set at least 12 hours. They shall be carefully removed and in such a manner that no damage will be done to the edge of the pavement. After the forms have been removed, the ends of all joints shall be cleaned and the sides of the slab shall covered with earth to the level of the top of the slab. All ditches and drains shall be so placed as to provide effective drainage.

4.9 Concreting during Monsoon Months

When concrete is being placed during monsoon months and when it may be expected to rain, sufficient supply of tarpaulins or other waterproof cloth shall be provided along the line of the work. Any time when it rains all freshly laid concrete which has not been covered for curing purposes shall be adequately protected by means of tarpaulins or other waterproof cloth. Any concrete damaged by rain shall be removed and replaced.

4.10 Concreting in Hot Weather

As placing of concrete at temperature above 40 degree C (140 degree F) is attended with defects like loss of workability through accelerated setting, formation of plastic shrinkage cracks, etc. It is recommended that unless adequate precautions as detailed below were arranged, no concreting shall be done in temperatures exceeding 40 degree C. (140 degree F). Aggregates, cement and water shall be protected from the direct sun, and mixing operations shall also be carried out in shade. In addition portable shelters shall be provided to protect the concrete during placing and finishing operations. This may be in the form of frames to cover at least a length of 12.0 m (40’) of the roadway. The surfaces of the forms and sub grade coming in contact shall be treated to prevent absorption of mixing water. Since the setting time of concrete is considerably reduced under such temperatures, reinforcements to labour shall be made to minimise the time between mixing and placing of concrete. The protective cover shall be adequate to exclude exposure of the concrete directly to the sun and also eliminate contact with drying winds. Prior to removal of the portable shelters, the hardened concrete shall be covered with wet hession followed by one of the usual methods of curing like ponding, wet earth cover etc. In addition the moist curing period shall be extended to a minimum of 2 to 3 weeks depending upon the temperature.

4.12 Work on Gradients

The progress on gradient of all operations of placing, compacting and finishing of concrete should proceed from the lower to the higher reaches. The concrete mix shall be stiffer than used on level reaches.

4.13 Protection of Concrete

Page 66 of 143

Suitable barricades shall be erected and maintained and watchmen employed to exclude traffic from the newly constructed pavement for the period herein prescribed and these barriers shall be so arranged as not in any way to interfere with or impede traffic or any lane intended to be kept open and necessary signs and lights shall be maintained clearly indicating any lanes open to the public. Where as shown on the plans or indicated in the special provisions, it is necessary to provide for traffic across the pavement, suitable and substantial crossings to bridge over the concrete shall have to be provided. Such crossings, as constructed, shall be adequate for the traffic and satisfactory to the Engineer-in-charge. Any part of the pavement damaged by traffic or other causes occurring prior to its final acceptance shall be repaired or replaced in a matter satisfactory to the Engineer-in charge. The pavement shall be protected against all traffic usage including that of construction traffic.

4.14 Sealing of Joints

After the curing period is over and before the pavement is opened to traffic, the temporary seal or other intruded materials of all transverse expansion and contraction joints shall be removed completely and the slots filled with the approved joint sealing compound. The joint opening shall be throughly cleared of all foreign matter before the sealing material is placed. If necessary, the foreign matter shall be blown out. All contact faces of the joint shall be cleaned with a wire brush to remove loose material and shall be surface-dried when the sealing compound is poured. The edges of joints shall be printed with a thin bituminous paint which shall be allowed to dry before the sealing compound is applied. The primer shall be applied with a brush. The composition of the primer shall be as follows :- Percentage by weight I) 200-penetration bitumen 66 (Blended hot) ii) Light Creosote Oil 14 (Blended hot or cold) iii) Solvent Naptha 20 (Blended cold) The bitumen shall be melted and fluxed with the oil when cold, solvent naptha shall be added. Bituminous emulsions shall not be used as primers. Care Shall be taken to ensure that the sealing compound is not heated above 200 degree C (392 degree F) and the temperature does not exceed 180 degree C (356 degree F) for long periods (or other temperatures specified by the manufacturer of the compound). Sealing compound shall be poured into the joint opening in such a manner that the material will not be spilled on the exposed surface of the concrete. Any excess filler on the surface of the concrete pavement shall be removed immediately and the pavement surface cleaned. When required to prevent tackiness or pick up under traffic, the exposed surfaces of the sealing compound shall be dusted with hydrated lime. Other methods of preventing pick up under traffic may be used when approved by the Engineer.

4.15 Opening to Traffic

Traffic shall be excluded from the newly constructed pavement for a period of 28 days where ordinary Portland Cement, Portland Blast Furnace Slag Cement and Portland Pozzoland Cement are used or for a period of 7 days where rapid hardening cement is used. In all cases before the pavement is opened to traffic it shall be cleaned and the joints shall be filled and trimmed or topped out as required. The joint or line of separation between adjacent strips or slabs of con crete, when the pavement is constructed in lanes or strips shall be cleaned and filled with bituminous sealant as prescribed.

SPECIAL DIRECTIONS TO THE TENDERERS FOR ROAD WORKS.

1. Except stated otherwise, specifications given in Sections 600 of “Specification for Road and Bridge Works” - 3rd Revision (Ministry of Surface Transport), published by Indian Roads Congress shall govern for the Cement concrete roads. 2. Contactor must have a laboratory at site at his cost for performing various tests at his costs and the following machines and equipments at least shall be provided at site. a) Crushing strength machine (for cube tests) b) Apparatus for testing flexural tests of concrete c) Aggregate testing machine d) Set of sieves for finding fineness modulus and for aggregate grading.

Page 67 of 143

e) Laboratory weighing balance f) Aggregate drying equipment g) Equipment for testing of silt content in sand h) Aggregate impact value test machines I) Other machines as required by the Engineer All the test records shall be meticulously maintained in the site laboratory and made available as and when required. 3. The concrete cubes shall be tested for seven and twenty eight days strength as and when directed as a cross check or as directed. Contractor should possess adequate CUBE MOULDS. No charges for such surprise checks will be paid. 4. Mix design of adequate strength as required and specified by the Engineer shall be done by the Contractor and checked by the Engineer after every fresh lot of aggregates is brought at site by the Contractors. For this purpose gradation analysis of coarse and fine aggregate shall be performed and shall be maintained within prescribed limits. The results shall be displayed on graph paper and meticulously preserved. 5. The mix design should confirm to one of the methods specified in SP/23/1982. 6. Tenderers must submit detailed account of the various concrete roads constructed by them with controlled concrete in the past along with the cost of the work and the years in which they were constructed. 7 . The joints should be cut by mechanical means within 24 to 48 hours after the road slab is cast. Spacing of VATAS for CURING shall have to be done accordingly. 8 . Contractor’s Engineer should be qualified and experienced and well versed with concrete mix design and he should be thoroughly acquainted with the construction of concrete roads. 9 . Plate vibrators should be used for compaction of concrete mix in addition to needle and screed vibrators and as such contractors should have sufficient equipments of minimum two numbers of each machine such as mixers, plate vibrators, needle vibrators, screed vibrators and one extra number of each as stand by, for each site of work. 10. In case the cube test for 28 days period fails, Core Test of the concrete slab at the risk and cost of Contractors will be taken of upto 15 cm. dia cores for requisite depth as per IRC Code No. SP-11 of 1988 immediately and if it fails, no payment will be made till expiry of maintenance period and repair measures will be carried out by the Contractors to the satisfaction of the Engineer at his cost. 11. The distance between bottom concrete layer and top layer during concreting operation shall not exceed 2.5 meters, or 20 minutes whichever is lesser so as not to have cold joint. 12. The apparatus for keeping the dowel bars in straight and perpendicular conditions to the concrete cross sectional surface shall be provided and used to give the alignment as directed by the Engineer, by providing additional bulkhead at a specified distance. The bars should be straightened exactly perpendicular to finished concrete surface by means of adequate device to be approved by the Engineer. 13. Dowel bars should be painted with bitumen and wrapped with water proof paper and provided with expansion cap with glass wool backing as directed by the Engineer. 14. The concrete road panels must be in proper cross profile as per camber prescribed by the Engineer. 15. Whenever the needle vibrator is used in vertical or horizontal position the mason must follow with a trowel and punch frequently the portions of concrete from where the needle vibrator is withdrawn so as to ensure that no hollow portion remains in the stiff mass of concrete, plate vibrating shall also follow thereafter. 16. The machine cut joints and expansion joints must be air blown with forceful air jet so as to blow out complete dust, sand particles and foreign matter from the slots of the joints, before filling these with the filler material. 17. Necessary traffic signs and boards including provision of traffic cones, etc. for traffic diversion, closure of road, road work in progress, etc. as directed by the Engineer shall be provided by the Contractors at their cost. 18. Contractors shall go through I.R.C. - 43-1972 “Recommended practice for Tools, Equipments and appliances for concrete pavement construction” and I.R.C.-15-1981 for their guidance in executing concrete road works. They will have to abide by these specifications. 19. The dressing of joints should be maintained through out Guarantee period of the work. 20. Sand shall be of approved quality of fineness modulus between 2.4 to 3. In case of coarse sand the same will have to be screened and washed to reduce the silt content to the level of less than 4% by weight and bring it within the range of fineness modulus referred to above. Blending of sand of fine and

Page 68 of 143

coarse quality may be permitted if it is found to give desired qualities referred to above. In case stone dust is required to be used for mixing up with the sand for bringing the admixture within the desired range of fineness modulus, such stone dust shall be of approved quality with fines passing through 75 micron sieve limited to 15% or less. In case percentage of fines in stone dust is found to be more than 15% prescribed under I.S. Code 383 of 1970 the same will have to be washed and screened so as to bring it within the range of approved quality stone dust. The fine aggregate will be tested and retested as directed by the Engineer, till it satisfies required norms as per I.S.I. and as per specifications referred to above.

Page 69 of 143

SECTION - I: SCOPE OF WORK 1.00 General

The Scope of Works includes Construction, Completion & Maintenance of all the temporary works, dismantling of existing building / foundations / earthwork / landscaping, Construction of permanent works, water supply, surface drainage, site levelling, grading, site preparation and other ancillary works for the project.

2.00 Project Site

Proposed work site is situated at New Amod village Tal. Jhagadia, Dist Bharuch GUJARAT MINERAL DEVELOPMENTCORPORATION LIMITED

3.00 Mobilization and Demobilization

(a) Site Clearance and levelling (b) Housing for Contractor’s staff and Labourers – NOT ALLOWED within the site. (c) Temporary stores, sheds and other buildings or structures required for the proper and timely execution of the works. (d) All necessary plants, equipments and machinery required for the proper and timely execution of the works. (e) Water supply for construction, labour and staff, and site office.

CONTRACTOR will provide water as mentioned in Clause 3.0 of section- F. (f) Power required for construction, erection and lighting for site area. CONTRACTOR will provide power as Mentioned in Clause 3.0 of section –F. (g) Sanitary facilities for Contractor’s Personnel. (h) Surface drainage of site during construction. (I) Final cleaning of site and removal of all temporary works including site office, plant, equipments etc. on completion of the work. It is assumed that the cost of Mobilization and Demobilization is included in item rates. No separate price is payable for temporary works.

4.00 Permanent works; School building

Page 70 of 143

SECTION: J FORM OF AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT made on……………….…. of the year 2008. BETWEEN......…….........................................(hereinafter referred to as ("The Contractor") of the One Part AND GUJARAT MINERAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LIMITED, AHMEDABAD referred to as "The Employer") of the other part. WHEREAS the Employer desires to have the Construction works of Individual Production Unit, Compound wall and other infrastructures works GUJARAT MINERAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, (hereinafter referred to as "the Works") and has caused General Conditions of Contract, Drawings and Bills of Quantities showing and describing the work to be done prepared by or under the direction of M/S. ----------------- ., , (hereafter referred to as "The Engineer") AND WHEREAS the Contractor by his Tender based upon the Contract Documents mentioned above together with the Correspondence and Minutes appended hereto has offered to construct, complete and maintain such works upon the terms, within the period and in the manner mentioned therein. AND WHEREAS the Contractor has, as he hereby admits, acquainted himself with all matters and things which might effect him in carrying out the Contract and obtained his own information on all matters affecting the execution of the Works and has fully satisfied himself thereon. AND WHEREAS it has been agreed between the said parties that these presents shall be entered into by way of Contract and that on or before the date hereof the Contractor has secured for the due performance of the Contract by the joint and several bond of himself and..................................................................................................in the sum of Rs................................................. which bond has been handed over by the Contractor to the Employer. AND WHEREAS the Employer has accepted the Tender of the Contractor for the construction, completion and maintenance of the said Works for the Contract Price of Rs.(in figure) ............................................................. Rs.(in words) ............................... ................................................................. (as supported by bill of quantities and price schedule as annexed hereto) such other sum as may be determined in accordance with the Contract. NOW THIS DEED WITNESSETH and it is hereby agreed and declared as follows: .01 In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meaning as are respectively assigned to them in the Conditions of Contract hereinbefore referred, .02 That in consideration of the payment to be made the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer that the Contractor shall and will duly construct, complete and maintain the said Works and shall do and perform all other acts and things mentioned or described in the Contract or which are to be implied there from or may be reasonably necessary for the completion of the said Works within and at the time and in the manner and subject to the terms, conditions and stipulations mentioned in the Contract. .03 And in consideration of the due construction and completion of the Works and the maintenance thereof as aforesaid the Employer does hereby covenant with the Contractor that he, the Employer , will pay to the Contractor the Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable to the Contractor under the provisions of the Contract, such payments to be made at such time and in such manner as is provided by the Contract. .04 That on case of any dispute, it may be resolved through arbitration only. IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have hereunto set their respective hands and seals the day and year first above written. SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED FOR THE EMPLOYER BY ........................................ ...................................... in his capacity as

Page 71 of 143

in the presence of ...................................... SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED FOR THE EMPLOYER BY ........................................ ...................................... in his capacity as in the presence of ......................................

Page 72 of 143

SECTION KA: PREAMBLE General

The description of items in accompanying Bill of Quantities is kept short. A brief description of these items along with the specification for which the rates are required and mode of measurement (where called for) are given here under which should be read with corresponding item in Bill of Quantities. (Number given here under in this Preamble refers to the number for a trade or item in the Bill of Quantities) .

Consistent Unit Rates

Tenderer shall take care to insert one unit rate against an item appearing in different bills. In case of discrepancy in item rate inserted for a particular item in different bills, the lower value of rate shall be considered for all the bills and Contract Sum shall be corrected accordingly.

Tenderer to Notify mistake

If Tenderer notices any mistakes in these Bill of Quantities he shall draw attention to the mistake in his tender letter to the Employer, but the Tender price shall be based on these Bill of Quantities as they exist and not amended Bill of Quantities.

Item to be Priced Individually

All items of the Bill of Quantities shall be priced individually and not grouped together. Rate for each and every Item shall be workable and self supporting. The price shall, in addition, equal the sum filled in the schedule of price for Civil Works.

Unit Rate to Include

Rates indicated in the bills of Quantities shall be for finished items. Generally it shall include for material, plant & tools, scaffolding, labour, incidental materials, fixing media, fixing, conveying, delivery, unloading, storing, returning, packing, handling, hoisting, lowering, waste, cutting, establishment costs, temporary works, tests, preliminaries, overheads, royalties, all taxes including Service tax, VAT, profit and any other costs to complete the item in its final form and state. Also the unit rate indicated by the Tenderer in this Bill of Quantities shall include for all the obligations to be fulfilled by the Contractor as stated in various sections of the contract. In case of discrepancy between Unit Rate and the Amount, Unit Rate of the Item shall prevail over the Amount and shall be considered as valid and correct. The Amount shall be arithmetically modified and considered accordingly, either in scrutinizing and deciding upon the Tender or during the Contract period.

Quantities

The quantities set out in the Bill of Quantities are the estimated quantities for the works, and they are not to be taken as the actual and correct quantities of the works to be executed by the Contractor in fulfillment of his obligations under the Contract. The Employer reserves the right to increase or decrease any of the quantities to any extent or to totally omit any item of work and the Contractor shall not claim any extras or damages on these grounds.

Method of Measurement

The works shall be measured net, notwithstanding any general or local custom, except where otherwise provided for in the Contract.

LIST OF APPROVED MAKE / MANUFACTURER FOR CIVIL WORK MATERIALS

Page 73 of 143

GENERAL NOTES

a) The list of approved makes/ manufacturers is to guide the Contractor to a high quality of construction. b) Employer / Consultant reserve the right to decide on any of the approved make / vendor listed herein & also reserve their rights to add any particular make which is to be acceptable to the owner / consultant. c) Manufacturer’s specifications not meeting the requirements of tender items / specifications shall not be considered, even though they are listed herein. d) In case of materials, in the list, which cannot be made available at site, alternative vendor / make conforming to IS / BS, shall be suggested for approval of owner / consultant. 1 Coarse Aggregates 6mm to 40mm sizes Of Approved quality. 2 Stone, Rubbles & Gravels Of Approved quality. 3 Shuttering plywood Kitply, Anchor, Multiply 4 Marine plywood Conswood-Tata, Kitply, Anchor, Duro, Green,Multiply 5 Commercial plywood Duro, Green, Kitply, Multiply 6 Laminate sheet Formica, Greenlam, Alfa-ica, Decolam,Neoluxe 7 Bison Panel (cement bonded particle board) NCL Industries Ltd. 8 Flush door Kitply, Anchor, Sitapur 9 Pressed steel door frames AGEW steel Manufacturer (Pvt) Ltd. Trigon Perfect 10 Z-Section steel window & Ventilators AGEW steel manufacturer (Pvt) Ltd., Maan 11 MS & GI seamless flush door shutters including door frames AGEW steel manufacturer (Pvt) Ltd. Trigon,Perfect 12 Locks Godrej, Yale, Armour, Link 13 Float Glass Modi guard 14 Mirror Modi guard 15 MS Rolling shutter Sarvottam, Suryoday 16 Precast terrazo tiles & skirting (Mosaic) Alcock, Nitco, Hindustan, Dinesh tiles 17 Polished Kotah stone slab Approved quality of Ramganjmandi 18 Glazed tiles Johnsons, Somani 19 Ceramic tiles Kajaria, Bell, Johnson, Restile, Euro 20 Construction chemicals / concrete and MortarConTech, Roffee, Pidilite, Sika qualcrete, Fosroc, Dr.Beck Admixtures, Plasticizers waterproofing, Compound & coating, floor hardeners, sealant, Nonshrunk Grout & fillers, water repellent treatment 21 Joint Filler GE silicone, Cibatul, STP 22 Pre-coated steel roofing/ walling sheets Interarch, Nippon Denro 23 Paints ICI, Jenson Nicholson, Nerolac, Asian, Berger, Creamcem 24 Polish MRF, Asia, ICI 25 Waterstop Fixopan, Caliplast 26 Hardware Ferrari, Blum, EPPW, Palladium, Italia 27 Adhesives Fevicol, Kitcol, Araldite, BAL

1: EXCAVATION

Excavation in any kind of soil for foundations of walls, columns, piles, pile caps, raft, ducts, lift pit, basement, plinth beams, pipe trenches, etc. The rate to include shoring, strutting, refilling the trenches, foundation pits, plinth filling with selected excavated soil, ramming, watering, consolidating in 20-25 cm layers, removing and stacking simultaneously the excavated stuff as directed and/or for filling up pits, trenches, plinths, etc. anywhere within site, spreading spoils in layers on site as directed anywhere within site and compacting to achieve 95% Proctor density. Payment on the basis of net dimensions shown on drawing. Rates to include for extra space for shuttering or working. Plinth filling for an average height less than or equal to 75 cm shall be measured under this item.

Page 74 of 143

Surface dressing of ground with cutting and filling depth not more than 300mm including watering, ramming, levelling etc complete. and carting and spreading excavated earth within a radius of 100M as directed.

As per item no.101E but including compacting by mechanical roller /compactor for levelling the surface.

Rate to include for carting away surplus materials from site upto a lead of 1 km.Payment on the basis of truck measurement.

Filling in plinth, in plot, embankments, etc. with selected excavated earth from anywhere within site including ramming, watering to optimum moisture content, compacting in 15 cm layers using mechanical vibro-rollers, etc. complete. Compaction shall be carried out upto 100% Proctor density. Actual measurement of compacted fill for the total depth shall be considered. Filling in plinth, in plot, embankments or any other area with the site with selected earth brought from out side site, including freight, transportation, loading, unloading, taxes, royalty, screening, etc. Actual measurement of compacted fill shall be considered.

As per item 106 but filling includes for ramming, watering, consolidating in 20-25 cm layers.

As per item 106 but filling includes for ramming, watering to optimum moisture content, compacting in 15 cm layers using mechanical vibro-roller, etc. complete. Compaction shall be carried out upto 100% Proctor density. As per item 106 but for sand. Rate to include supply of rubble as per General Specifications and of approved quality, lay rubble packing with interstices filled with approved murrum or stone dust, or sand watered and rolled to compaction in line, level, gradient, etc. complete. Finished dimensions shall be measured. Pre construction anti-termite treatment to buildings shall be with emulsifiable insecticides as per IS:6313 (part II) (latest revision). The contractor shall carry out the work through an approved agency and provide a guarantee for seven years on a stamp paper from an approved agency. Only plinth area shall be measured for payment.

Bailing out of storm water normally is assumed to be included in the excavation rate. Rate in this item is to include use of pumps continuously as required for bailing out of under ground seepage water and discharge through pipes up to a lead of 100 m or otherwise as directed. Payment will be on the basis of horse-power rating of the pump/pumps, multiplied by the no. of hours in use. A record of the use of pump/pumps with respective rating and hours of operation will be maintained. Authorisation of the pumping shall be obtained from the Clerk-of-Work to avoid unnecessary expense and damage to the soil structure.

As per item no. 1 but using a complete well-point system for bailing out of under ground water. Excavation in any kind of soil to reduce levels as shown on drawing and where directed. The rate to include mechanical/manual excavation and carting, spreading, watering and compacting the excavated material within a radius of 500 m. Spreading and consolidation shall be in 250-300 mm layers. Compaction shall be carried out upto 95% proctor density. Payment shall be made on the basis of net dimensions shown on the drawing. Excavation for surface dressing in any kind of soil to reduce levels as directed by the Engineer in charge. The rate to include mechanical/manual excavation and carting, the excavated material within a radius of 1.0km. Excavating existing bund / mound of earth above ground level. The rate to include for filling with selected excavated soil, ramming, watering, consolidating in 20-25 cm layers, removing and stacking simultaneously the excavated stuff as directed and/or for filling up pits, trenches, plinths, etc. within a radius of 100M. Rate to include for dismantling any electrical / water supply / other services lines buried within the existing Bund. Payment on the basis of net dimensions excavated.

Page 75 of 143

200 CONCRETE

Generally all Concrete work shall be as per IS 456 and measured in M3. Structural concrete work is given separately for massive members such as foundations (203 & 206), linear members of any shape and size such as pedestals, columns, beams, pardis, fins, gutters, etc (204), horizontal /inclined planar members such as slabs, weather sheds, shelves, stair, etc (205). No allowance is made for thickness of members. Characteristic concrete strength (28 days) for items in 203, 204, and 205 shall be M20 or 20 N/sq.mm. For higher strengths such as M25(210), M30(211), etc., additional rate over the rate for M20 is required. The rate shall also include mix design for various strengths and cubes shall be taken from fresh concrete and tested as per the relevant IS code. No extra amount will be paid for admixtures to improve workability or to influence setting time or gain early strength, except for water proofing admixtures for which item is separately mentioned. The rates shall include for providing of all materials, mixing, placing, forming pockets for holding down bolts, placing inserts as shown in drawing at correct location, level, necessary changes in formwork, reinforcement, etc. complete with curing. All concrete shall be machine mixed and machine vibrated. Formwork and Reinforcement measured separately. The Contractor shall use minimum cement content of 240 kg, 280 kg, 340 kg, 380 kg and 410 kg per m3 of M10, M15, M20, M25 and M30 concrete respectively for designed concrete mix. Above minimum cement content is for 20mm nominal size aggregate and medium workability (i.e. limit of slump shall be 25-75mm).

It is mandatory for the Contractor to employ weigh batching plant / plants of adequate capacity at Site through out the Contract period. All concrete of grade M15 and above shall be produced by Weigh batching only. 201 The rate to include providing and laying plain cement concrete with 20mm and down size graded stone aggregate, machine mixed, consolidation, finishing, curing, etc.complete, as base or sub-base for masonary walls, piers, r.c.c. foundations, base for concrete floor, etc. The proportion of the mix for concrete shall be by volume. 202 HARDCORE cement concrete will be as per 201 except that 40mm and down size broken STONE IS used as aggregates in place of stone aggregate. 203 The rate to include for providing and laying M20 cement concrete with 20mm and down size graded stone aggregate, machine mixed, consolidation, finishing curing, etc. complete in foundations at any level. 204 M20 concrete in pedestals, columns, beams, brackets, walls, fins, pardis, gutters, pile caps, raft etc. 205 M20 concrete in floor slabs, weather sheds, shelves, stair/steps etc. 206 M20 concrete in machine foundations comprising footings, rafts, pedestals, columns, walls, beams, slabs, stairs, brackets, etc. complete below plinth or above plinth at any level. 207 Supply and lay precast concrete pavers 90 MM as aprons. The rate shall include for forming pavers in M20 concrete, lay in proper line and level, jointing with 1:3 cement sand mortar, curing, etc. complete. 208 The rate to include for non-shrink cement grout in 1:2 cement mortar under steel column bases, machinery bases, around foundation bolts, holding down bolts, etc. and including forming sides wherever necessary. 209 Same as item 204 but for M15 concrete at any height. 210 Extra over item No. 203, 204, 205, 206 for M25 over M20 211 Extra over item No. 203, 204, 205, 206 for M30 over M20 213 M20 precast drain as per drawing including form work. 214 Extra for use of plasticiser or other additive of approved make as per manufacturer's proportion over item No 203, 204, 205, 206 and 258. 215 The rate to include for supplying and fixing in position approved make PVC water stoppers of Caliplast or equivalent make for expansion joint etc. as directed. The size shall be 15 cm wide single bulb. 216 M20 concrete for shaft of water tank up to plinth. 217 M20 concrete for shaft, stair, columns, tie beams, slab, parapet etc. complete up to 15 m height from plinth. Rate to include for changing in formwork and reinforcement for necessary opening as per the drawings. 218 Extra over item No 217 for every additional 5m lift. 219 M20 concrete for water tank container of any shape having bottom height of up to 30 m. from plinth. 220 Extra over item No 219 for height of 30 m to 55 m.

Page 76 of 143

221 Extra over item No. 216, 217 and 218 for M25 concrete. 222 Extra over item no. 205 for Providing and laying reinforced cement concrete structural slab using Tremix system or equivalent including Poker vibration, Surface vibration, Vaccume de-watering, Power floating, trowelling, topping, making concrete joints (if required), etc. complete. Reinforcement/shuttering will be measured separately. 223 Extra over the rate of concrete for supplying and using Concrete Penetrating Corrosion Inhibitor (CPCI) as admixture. CPCI to be used as admixture into wet concrete along with batch water during the mixing of cement, sand and aggregates. The CPCI shall be both a Cathodic & anodic inhibitor & free from toxic nitrites / chromates and shall migrate over a distance in concrete to prevent corrosion of steel re-bars. Non-migrating contact inhibitors are excluded. The CPCI shall be nontoxic with minimum pH value of 9.5. The dosage & method of usage shall be as per the specifications of the approved Manufacturer. The CPCI shall be FerroGard-901 of Sika Qualcrete Ltd., or other such approved equivalent having minimum 2 years’ proven performance & field validation history in Indian conditions. 224 Extra over for providing and laying Ready mix concrete (RMC) from an automatic batching- mixing plant. For RMC, cement shall be supplied by the Contractor. Design mix of the Concrete shall be approved by the Engineer prior to usage of concrete at Site. Minimum Cement content shall be as specified in this Tender elsewhere. All batches of RMC supplied to the Site shall be accompanied by Manufacturer’s certificate containing time of mixing, time of leaving the Manufacturer’s site and mix proportion of that particular batch. The Employer / the Engineer shall have right to visit and inspect the concrete manufacturer’s premises at any stage of the Work. Rate to include for all equipments like pumps, concrete carrying trucks, etc., materials, labour, etc. complete. Measurement shall be on the basis of net quantity of concrete worked out from the dimensions/ details given in the drawing. Engineer shall have the full authority to decide whether to use RMC or concrete mixed at site for any particular pour. Generally, RMC shall not be used for concrete pour having total quantity less than 12 m3 in a day. 251 Dismantaling the R.C.C. (plastered or unplastered) beams, slabs, lintels, columns, pardis, walls, platforms, etc. at any level including finishing the broken surface to match with the surrounding, removing the debris as directed upto a lead of 1 km., cutting the reinforcement if any, etc. complete as directed by site engineer. 252 Same as item No.251 but dismantling and disposing machinery foundations only. 253 Chipping and removing of concrete cover for exposing reinforcement including cleaning the exposed reinforcement and concrete surfaces and making necessary arrangement for tying new reinforcement with exposed reinforcement at any level. Rate to include for removing the debris as directed up to lead of 1 km.. 254 The rate to include for providing and laying M20 cement concrete with 20mm and down size graded stone aggregates, machine mixed, consolidation, immediate finishing, curing, etc. complete at basement level of around 8.0m from plinth level. The concrete shall be laid over dry and clean surface. It also includes necessary shuttering for forming drain, sump, etc. as shown on drawing. 255 Providing single under-reamed piles including boring, M20 grade concreting, etc. complete as per drawings and specifications. Reinforcement shall be measured separately. 257 Providing gunniting treatment to ribs, slabs, beams, column etc. at any height including removing spalled concrete from members by light hammering, chiseling etc. cleaning the reinforcement of loose scale, rust etc. by means of wire brush, applying rust remover and rust convertor such as Rusticide SS or approved equivalent, tying additional reinforcement if required (m.s.), gunniting with 1:3 cement sand mortar (upto 40 mm thickness) in two course if required with air pressure of 40 to 50 psi in the nozzle, including scrapping of undulations of gunited surface using mason’s trowel. 258 Repairing RCC members like fins, slabs, columns, beams etc. at any height including removing cracked / worn-out concrete cleaning of reinforcement by means of wire brush, applying rust remover, preventer, tying additional reinforcement (m.s.) applying bondcoat ‘Conbond’ or equivalent, concreting with M20 grade concrete using suitable plasticizer, necessary formwork and finishing to match with the adjoining surface, curing with curing compound etc. complete as per instructions of Engineer in Charge. 259 Providing and applying ‘Conbond’ or other approved equivalent epoxy based bonding agent on chipped / exposed surfaces of concrete/ brickwork at any height. Include for cleaning of existing surface with blower and applying bonding agent as per Manufacturer’s instructions. Measurement shall be on the basis of width x height of the area over which the bonding agent is applied.

Page 77 of 143

260 Same as item No.251 but dismantling and disposing PCC only. 300 FORMWORK

Rate is inclusive with cement concrete works for all formwork, centering, boxing, shuttering, propping, including special nuts, bolts etc; in perfect line, level, plumb and, if required, to provide camber, slope and removal thereof. Forms shall be watertight and thoroughly cleaned before placing concrete. Colourless oil or grease of approved quality shall be applied to forms before placing steel. Rate to include for any shape including chamfers, residues, grooves, drip moulds etc; as directed. No measurements will be taken for any formwork

400 REINFORCEMENT

The rate shall include for supply, cutting, straightening, bending, lapping, placing, binding, fixing in proper position, at any height with 16 gauge annealed binding wire, necessary chairs for keeping the reinforcement in position and wastage, cement mortar cover blocks at proper positions to maintain necessary cover as shown in drawings. As the length of reinforcement required in various structural members may be more than the standard length of reinforcing bars available in the market, the Contractor shall carry out the lapping / welding of reinforcement as specified by the Engineer at no extra cost. Welding rods, labour and machine shall be Contractor's supply. Reinforcement shall be bent in accordance with the procedure stipulated in IS:2502. Standard weight shall be measured and paid for the net length of the bar. Material and Labour cost of laps will not be paid. 401 Mild steel reinforcement conforming to Grade I of IS:432 or equivalent having minimum characteristic strength fy = 250 N/mm2. 402 TMT High yield strength bars conforming to IS:1786 and IS:1139 with a minimum 0.2% proof stress of 415 N/mm2. 403 TMT High yield strength bars conforming to IS:1786 and IS:1139 with a minimum 0.2% proof stress of 500 N/mm2. 404 Rate to include for supply, cut and lay in position, supporting where necessary, welded wire mesh for concrete work. Include for lap of 150MM net and wastage.

500 CEMENT CONCRETE BLOCK MASONARY

The rate shall include for supply of all materials, labour, necessary scaffolding and plant etc. and for embedding electrical conduits, boxes, holdfasts of doors, windows, sanitary and water supply pipes, toothings, forming opening, racking out joints, curing etc.complete. The rate shall include for masonary work of any shape e.g. wall, pillaster, projection, columns, steps, curved or tappered walls, drip courses, parapet, load walls, etc. as per drawing. All materials, joints, bond, mortar, sampling, testing, placing, scaffolding and curing etc shall conform to IS:1905. Code of practice for structural safety of building. Masonary walls. Minimum crushing strength for block shall be 50 kg/cm2 unless otherwise specified. 501 Block masonary in 1:6 cement mortar with good approved quality blocks having strength of 50 kg/cm2 as per drawing in true line, level and plumb. Block masonary under this item shall be measured in M3. 507 Rate to include for Supply of all materials, labours, necessary scaffolding and plants etc. for Random Rubble masonary in walls, pilasters, projections, steps, etc. in 1:6 cement sand mortar with locally available good approved quality Rubbles as per drawing in true line, level and plumb up to plinth level including dressing of stone, wherever required, curing, scaffolding, wastage, etc. complete. Provide bond stone of fill width of the wall for every 0.5m2 area of wall. Minimum wall thickness will be 300 mm. Measurement shall be on the basis of average wall thickness 508 Hollow concrete block 300 x 150 x 150 mm masonary in 1:6 cement mortar as per drawing in true line, level and plumb. 551 Dismantling block masonary walls and partitions, plastered or unplastered, brick soling at any height as per instructions including finishing the broken surfaces to match with the surroundings, removing the

Page 78 of 143

debris as directed upto to a lead of 1 km., cutting the reinforcement, if any, etc. complete as directed by site engineer. 552 Same as item No.551 but dismantling and disposing only. 553 Same as item No.551 but dismantling and disposing rubble masonary.

600 WATER PROOFING

Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall carry out water proofing treatment in basements, terrace, water retaining structures, sunk portion/ floors of bath, W.C. and kitchen etc. through an approved firm like India Water Proofing Company. The Contractor shall provide a guarantee for Ten years on a stamp paper in an approved form. While tendering, the Contractor should specify the type of treatment proposed to be provided and the details of the specialist agency, who will carry out the treatment. Any defects/leakages noticed during the guarantee period shall have to be rectified within a week time free of cost by contractor including reinstating the surface to its original condition and finish. The rates shall include drying and cleaning the surface free of dust. The rates shall include for providing water proof lime/cement concrete terracing of adequate thickness to give desired slope for drainage of rain water from terrace. The actual area treated shall be measured and paid for. No extra shall be paid for any fillets, grooves or rounding. 601,602 Water proofing for basement including walls, floors, lift pits, etc. to prevent ingress/dampness from outside water. 603 Providing & laying cement water proofing of average 125mm thickness for terraces using cement mortar 1:5, arranging brickbats according to the slope, adding suitable water proofing chemical for water tightness and again providing on top cement mortar 1:4 including addition of water proofing chemical, finishing the top with neat cement @ 2.75 kg/ m2 and preparing the rough surface as per the direction. The treatment shall be carried out up to 300 mm height of parapet wall ( 75 mm. deep groove to be provided for this purpose in the parapet wall) with 75 mm round fillet at junction of terrace and the parapet wall. 604 Rate to include supply and use of water proofing additive Accoproof or equivalent of approved make in cement concrete or cement mortar as directed. 605 Supplying and laying damp-proof treatment using bitumen felts in accordance with IS:1609 (latest edition). 606 Supplying and applying water proofing treatment for basement including walls, floors, lift pits, etc. at any depth and also on walls above plinth by using High Build Epoxy coal tar coating (APCODUR 651 - OF ASIAN PAINTS brand or equivalent) as per manufacturer's requirements and as directed by Engineer- in-charge. 607 Providing & laying Chemical Water proofing in sunk slabs of bath, W.C., terrace etc.Provide 15 mm thick 1:3 cement mortar plaster with acrylic based water proofing compound ‘Hydroshield’ of ConTech Chemicals or other approved equivalent on vertical surfaces. Provide 40 mm thick IPS using 1:2:2 cement : sand : grit with acrylic based water proofing compound ‘Hydroshield’ of ConTech Chemicals or other approved equivalent on floor of the Sunk with a 75 mm fillet at junction of vertical surface and the floor.

608 Providing and laying Tar felt water proofing treatment over sloping roofs (AC/GI/Timber) as per IS:1346(1976) or latest. The rate shall also include covering bolts using bitumen felt washers.

609 Providing and laying Box Type Water proofing outside furnace foundation as per following specifications.

Horizontal surface:

Page 79 of 143

About 20 mm thick layer of cement mortar 1:4 mixed with approved waterproofing compound to be spread over good quality lean concrete. 6 mm down stone aggregates to be spread at random and to be embedded in the layer already provided. Rough quarry finished kotah stones (450mm x 300 mm, 25 mm thick) shall then be laid over the bed mortar leaving a gap of qpprox. 10 to 12 mm between stones. The joints so formed shall be grouted manually with cement slurry mixed with approved quality water proofing compound and coarse material. A final layer of approx. 18 mm thick cement mortar 1: 5 shall then be laid. Raft to be cast over this layer.

Vertical Surface: Kotah stone slabs (20 mm thick) to be placed on the face of wall leaving a gap of about average 12 mm between wall and inside face of the stone. The outer of the stone to be covered with 1:5 cement mortar (12 mm thick) after the gaps are filled with cement slurry and mixed with water proofing compound and coarse aggregate. Rough plaster to be finished smooth. Joint at intersection of horizontal and vertical surface will be finished with vata in rich mortar with coarse aggregates. 610 Filling in sunk slabs of toilets, kitchen, terrace or any other area with approved quality light weight material in layers, watering, ramming, etc. as directed. Include for freight, transportation, loading, unloading, taxes, royalty, screening, mixing, etc. Actual measurement of compacted fill shall be considered.

700 FLOORING

Rate shall include for supply of all material, labour, plant, fixing in position, providing falls for proper drainage, bedding, scaffolding, compacting, polishing if required, curing etc; complete. The rate shall include for work in any position, height and floors. The rates shall include for cutting, fitting and making good upto desired satisfaction of Engineer. Work under this item shall be measured in M2. All tiles/ flooring material shall be for first grade quality.

701 Providing and laying 50 MM thick I.P.S. flooring with under layer of 38 MM thick 1:2:4 cement concrete with 20 MM graded stone aggregate in alternate panels not more than 10 sq.m area and 12 MM thick 1:1 cement mortar with a suitable mineral pigment, as directed. The topping shall be mixed and laid in panels conforming to IS:2114. The rate to include for forms, machine mixing, curing, preparing grooves and finishing etc; complete.

702 As per item 701 but for replacing mineral pigment in top 12mm layer by metallic floor hardner (ironite or approved equivalent) as per manufacturer's specifications.

704 Rate to include for providing 20mm thick grano topping over freshly laid R.C.C. slab as per IS:2571 with mixing of improved Rockite or equivalent in cement as per manufacturer's specification and compacting, finishing, curing, etc. complete as directed.

705 Rate to include for supplying and laying 25mm thick mozaic tiles in flooring in average 30/50mm thick 1:2 lime mortar and in skirting or dado in average 20MM thick 1:2 Cement mortar bedding. Rate for desired size and colour make from good quality marble chips in grading No.3, 4 and 5 in desired proportion. Include for bedding topped with cement slurry closed joints and joints pointed with matching, colour cement slurry, including curing, machine polishing, washing and wax polishing as directed. Rate to include wastage also.

706 As per item 705, but providing in walls as dado/skirting including making jari and finishing the same. Dado/skirting shall not be projecting more than 12mm from plastered surface.

707 40MM thick marble chips flooring rubbed and polished to granolithic finish of approved colour under layer 31MM thick cement concrete 1:2:4 ( 1 cement, 2 coarse sand, 4 graded stone aggregate 12.5MM nominal size) and top layer 9MM thick with white, brown or white and brown marble chips of size from

Page 80 of 143

4MM to 7MM nominal size laid in cement marble powder mix 3:1 (3 cement, 1 marble powder) by weight in proportion of 4:7 (4 cement marble powder mix: 7 marble chips) by volume including cement slurry rounding of edges and glass/pvc strips (treads) (40mm x 4mm) nosing of steps etc. complete. Rate to include for using white cement only.

708 Same as per item 705, but supplying and laying marble flooring with ordinary polish.

709 Same as per item 708, but with mirror polish.

710 Providing and laying in position 6MM thick glazed tiles of first quality Johnson & Johnson or Somani Pilkinton or approved equivalent ceramic tiles or marble tiles in floors, skirting, dado, sills, jambs and channel in cement slurry over minimum 12MM thick 1:4 cement mortar bedding. Rate to include for laying in proper position, slope and level, closed jointed and painted with white cement including curing, acid cleaning etc. complete as directed.

711 Providing and laying 25MM thick rough kotah stone of approved quality with selected and sorted for uniform colour in floors, platforms, ottas, sills etc. as directed. Rate to include for 1:6 cement mortar bedding, properly jointed and curing etc. complete.

712 Providing and laying green polished kotah stone of approved quality having size not larger than 600 mm, selected and sorted for uniform colour in floors, dado, ottas, jambs, window sills, parapet top, etc. as per design with nominal pattern and as directed. Rate to include for necessary bedding in 1:6 cement mortar, jointing, polishing with oxalic acid (3 or more coats as required), curing, daily moping with water & kerosene for at least 15 days, etc. complete. 713 Same as per item 712 but for providing 25 mm thick polished kota stone on walls including making jari and finishing the same. Include for making 8 mm size groove in plaster just above the stone and finishing the skirting flush with the wall plaster.714 Providing and laying in position 25 mm thick polished kotah stone of uniform color and sorted out for green colour in single piece for steps, risers and landing of staircase as per drawing including providing necessary cement mortar 1:2 bedding with cement slurry, forming grooves as per details, rounded edges, curing, polishing with oxalic acid ( 3 coats or more as required), daily moping with water & kerosene for at least 15 days, etc. complete.

715 Providing and fixing 25 mm thick green single polished kota stone of uniform size and colour in single pieces for platforms, sinks, shelves ( double polished), morry, etc. in dado or facia including necessary edges machine cut (uniform thickness), rounded edges, necessary cement mortar bedding, cement slurry, cement jointing, polishing with oxalic acid ( 3 coats or more as required), daily moping with water & kerosene for at least 15 days, etc. complete. 716 Same as per item 708, but supplying and laying granite in flooring and walls. 717 Providing and laying 20mm to 25mm thick natural rough "Dholpur" red stone in dado, flooring, skirting in required sizes, shapes as directed. Rates to include for necessary cement slurry, 1:4 cement mortar bedding, jointing in cement slurry mixed with pigment of approved shade, forming grooves, pointing, curing etc. complete. 718 Rate to include for Immediate finish with Cement slurry and Steel trowel to concrete surfaces of slabs, lofts, shelves etc in line and level complete.

719 Supplying, laying and fixing well burnt first quality manglore tiles on slopping slab with 12mm bedding of C:M 1:2. Rate to include ridge pieces, wastage laps valley piece etc. complete. Rate shall be paid on the basis of surface area of basic element. 720 As per item No. 707 but using grey cement.

Page 81 of 143

721 Marble chips skirting/dado 21mm thick with under layer 15mm thick cement plaster rubbed and polished to granolitic finish of approved colour, top layers 6mm thick with white, brown or white & brown marble chips of sizes from smallest to 4mm nominal size laid in cement marble powder mix 3:1 (3 cement, 1 marble powder) by weight in proportion of 4:7 (4 cement marble powder mix : 7 marble chips) by volume (including risers). Rate to include for using white cement only. 722 As per item no. 721 but using grey cement. 723 As per item 715 but using polished cuddappa stone. 724 As per item 715 but using polished Chittor stone. 725 Providing and laying over well compacted ground, 50mm to 65mm thick rough red stone of approved quality as directed. Rate to include for compaction of soil and 1:6 cement mortar bedding, properly jointed and cured etc. complete.

726 Brick on edge paving with 1:6 cement mortar as sub base of flooring in line and level including curing, providing falls for proper slop etc. complete as per drawing and design.

727 P.V.C. Tiles - Supply and lay P.V.C. tiles of approved make, colour and pattern with thickness not less than 1.6mm. Use adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Remove undulations in screed before laying tiles. Include for all cutting and fitting around socket outlets and other fittings. Also include two coats of water/wax emulsion polish as per manufacturer's recommendations. 728 Supplying, laying and fixing well burnt first quality manglore tiles on sloping structural steel roof. Rate to include for ridge pieces, valley pieces, wastage, laps etc. complete. Rate shall be paid on the basis of surface area of basic element. Structural steel members measured separately. 729 Providing & fixing in position at any height 6 mm. thick broken glazed tiles in size 12 mm to 20 mm, of odd sizes and shapes laid in approved crazy pattern ( with one or more color in pattern, as directed) for floor/ dado having plain or curved surfaces, in cement mortar 1:3 proportion with cement, floating, joints finished with white or approved colour cement including tamping, watering, curing, cleaning with oxalic acid, etc. complete as per the Engineer’s instructions.

730 Providing and fixing double polish kota flooring 25mm to 40mm thick over 25mm cement mortar (1:2) bedding and cement slurry, size of kota stone 60 cm x 60 cm using 25 mm white marble/jaislemer stone strip or as detailed drawing or as per direction of the Engineer’s, joining with gray cement slurry mixed with pigment for matching the shade of the stone, curing, rubbing, machine polishing, wax polishing etc. complete as directed.

731 Providing and fixing double polish green kota stone flooring 25mm to 40mm thick over 25mm cement mortar (1:2) bedding and cement slurry, size of kota stone 60 cm x 60 cm as per detailed drawing or as per direction of the Engineer’s, joining with gray cement slurry mixed with pigment for matching the shade of the stone, curing, rubbing, machine polishing, wax polishing, etc complete as directed.

732 Providing & fixing rough dressed kota stone of 25 mm to 40 mm thick over 25 mm cement mortar 1:2 bedding and cement slurry, size of kota stone of not exceeding 600 mm as directed, joining with gray cement slurry mixed with pigment.

733 Providing and laying 38 mm to 50 mm thick cc (1:2:4) for Indian Pattern Stone flooring as and where directed, with 50 mm kota stone strip as joint, with top smooth or checkered finish with necessary construction joints, curing etc. complete.

734 As per item no 701 but using white cement of approved make.

735 As per item no 701 but 60mm thick with two layers of 24 gauge chicken mesh.

Page 82 of 143

736 Providing and fixing single polished Jesalmer yellow stone combined with marble stripes with pattern as per drawing or as per direction of the Engineer’s,( Approximate area of Jesalmer 80% and marble 20%) in flooring, dado 25mm thick over 25mm cement mortar (1:2) bedding and cement slurry, joining with gray cement slurry mixed with pigment for maching the shade of the stone, curing, rubbing, polishing and finish as directed. 737 Same as per item 736 but providing on walls including making jari and finishing the same.

738 Providing and laying in position 20 to 25mm thick single polished Red Dholpur stone of uniform and sorted out for colour in single piece for steps, risers and landing of staircase as per drawing including providing necessary cement slurry, 1:4 cement mortar, bedding jointing in cement slurry mixed with pigment of approved shade, forming grooves, pointing, curing etc. complete.

739 Providing and laying 55mm thick medium duty Paver blocks of KARNAVATI or other approved equivalent (minimum Comp. Strength 250 kg/cm2) of approved shape and colour as per architectural pattern. (25% Coloured and 75% gray). Special pieces to make straight edges at corners / edges shall be produced and no cutting / adjustment shall be allowed at site. Measurement shall be on square meter basis of the finished paved area.

740 Providing and laying in position average 10MM thick homogenous, full body vitrified tiles of first quality with polish first grade finish ( P-1), Bell, Johnson & Johnson EURO or Restile make, in floors, sills, jambs , of approved make, color and size , in cement slurry over minimum 15MM thick 1:4 cement mortar bedding. Tiles shall be without any chamfer at the edges (jointless type), shall have scratch hardness of min. 7 on Mho’s scale and shall meet chemical resistance standards of relevant ASTM/ DIN. Rate toinclude for laying in proper position, slope and level, grouting / painting of joints with white cement and matching pigment, curing, acid cleaning etc. complete as directed.

741 Same as per item 740 but providing on walls with 6 mm thick backing, including making jari and finishing the same. Include for making 8 mm size groove just above the tiles and finishing flush with the wall plaster.

742 Same as item 740 but for 75 mm high skirting. Rate to include for 8 mm groove in the plaster just above the skirting and making the skirting flush with the plaster.

743 Extra over for providing mirror finish polish on kota / marble flooring using 500 to 2000 grit emery, polishing in six stages and final finishing with 2000 emery grit, tin oxide and felt pads. Work to be carried out with vibration free polishing machine having rubber mounted wheels.

744 Extra over for providing mirror finish polish to kota / marble skirtings using 500 to 2000 grit emery, polishing in six stages and final finishing with 2000 emery grit, tin oxide and felt pads.

745 Same as item 715 but with approved quality 20 mm thick Granite.

746 Providing & laying 3 mm thick 3 pack self levelling Epoxy floor such as Nitoflor SL 2000 of Fosroc or approved equivalent over kota stone floor as per manufacturer’s instructions. Include for preparing the surface, application of primer and epoxy resin, base and hardner, quartz filler material, making groove in the joints of kota stone floor and sealing them with epoxy, etc. complete. Measurement shall be on the basis of plan area covered.

747 Providing & making coving of 100 mm x 100 mm with 3 pack epoxy mortar of approved make at doors and window jambs. The thickness of coating shall be minimum 2 mm. Measurement shall be on the basis of actual length of coving provided. 748 Providing & laying Nitoflor Hardtop ( @ 3 kg/sq.m.) or other approved equivalent non-metallic monolithic surface floor hardening compound over fresh concrete ( vaccume dewatered surface) as per

Page 83 of 143

the Manufacturer’s instructions. Moh’s hardness of the aggregates of the Compound shall not be less than 8. Include for all labour, wastage, curing, finishing, etc.complete.

751 Removing existing flooring including polished kota stone / IPS / tiles, bedding etc.complete. Include for removing the debris as directed by Site Engineer upto a lead of 200m.

752 Same as item no 712 but with Jeselmer stone flooring. Joint filling with white cement

753 Same as item no 713 but with Jeselmer stone skirting. Joint filling with white cement

754 Same as item no 711 but Rough Jeselemer stone flooring. Joint filling with white cement 755 Providing & laying 25mm thick Crazy Rough Kota Stone flooring including filling the gaps with light shed pigments with white Cement marble powder mixture (3 parts of white cement : 1 part of marble powder) by weight in proportion 4:7 (4 cement marble powder mix :7 white, black or white and black marble chips of sizes from 1mm to 5mm nominal size by volume) and under layer 25mm thick cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement :2 coarse sand : 44 graded stone aggregate 12.5mm nominal size) rubbing, polishing and cement slurry etc. complete.

756 Providing & laying 50mm thick River bed pebbles flooring including filling the gaps with light shed pigments with white cement marble powder mixture (3 parts of white cement : 1 part of marble powder) etc. complete.

757 Stone Pergola 758 Stone zali

800 DOORS AND WINDOWS

801 Providing and fixing in position composite door and window frames in finished 120 x 63MM size section from best approved quality seasoned "Teak Wood" including double grooves on both sides, two rebates for shutters / grill, plaining, sand papering, making the edges rounded, hold fast, screw, nails, gluing materials, concrete lugs all as per drawing and direction. Rate to include for painting all timber faces in contact with wall surfaces with applying two coats of approved wood preservative and anti-insecticide paint before fixing in position and one under coat and two coats of enamel paint of approved make to exposed faces. Rate shall be paid on the basis of area of opening.

802 As per 801 but for Teak Wood door shutters with styles 100MM wide and 35MM thick, lock rail 175MM x 35MM, bottom rail 150MM x 35MM and top rail 100MM x 35MM and T & G boarding of 100 mm wide x 20mm thick with oxidised steel hinges 3 nos of heavy quality of 4" size per leaf, Stainless Steel fitting and lock of heavy quality as directed, including teak wood panels with necessary moulding in rails and styles as per drawing. Rate shall be paid on basis of area of opening. Rate shall also include for one undercoat and 2 coats of enamel paint of approved make.

803 As per 801 but with Teak Wood window shutters with 75MM x 30MM thick styles, intermediate top and bottom rails of 75MM x 30MM including moulding in rails and styles as per drawing and 4MM thick clear transperant glass of approved make, oxidised steel hinges minimum 2 nos of 3" size per leaf with Stainless Steel fixtures, fittings of best quality as per drawing. (Grill measured separately). Rate shall be paid on basis of area of opening. Rate shall also include for one undercoat and two coats of enamel paint of approved make.

804 Rate to include for 40 mm thick solid cored approved quality flush door faced with 4 mm thick water proof plywood of approved make to receive paint with 16 mm teakwood lipping tounged into door edges all round, single or double leaves. Also include for three 100 mm butt hinges and necessary fixtures like

Page 84 of 143

rubber door stop, stopper, mortice lock with two keys, etc. complete. Include for one under coat and two coats of enamel paint of approved make. 805 Providing and fixing Teak Wood first quality hand rail in position including plaining,tappering, moulding, gluing, screwing in position. Rate shall be paid for visible finished section in cubic metre. Rate shall also include for one undercoat and two coats of enamel paint of approved make.

806 Supply & fix Steel openable glazed windows and ventilators of 'AGEW' make or equivalent make conforming to IS:1361 with standard "Z" steel frame and shutter with 4MM thick clear glass, fixing, screws, lugs, hinges, stays, holders etc. with all necessary approved fixtures complete. Rate to include for 10MM square M.S. burglar bars at spacing not exceeding 125MM welded with window frames and two coats of enamel paint over one coat of red oxide. 807 As per 806 but for fixed glass louvers windows and ventilators. 808 Supplying and fixing in position glazed, openable, double or single leaf anodized aluminium doors with aluminium frame of Indal/ Jindal / Hindalco make having min. section sizes as given in separate table attached herewith, size and shape as per details, including supplying and fixing necessary hold fasts, all fixtures and fastenings of anodized aluminium as per requirement with 5.MM thick MODI float glass, EPDM special gasket felt and aluminium beading, with all accessories like handle, 125mm long SS hinges, flush tower bolts, locking arrangement, etc., labour and materials complete as per details and direction of Engineer. Include for rough ground on top and sides of the door and approved quality silicone sealant at joints and on all sides. (Measurement on the basis of out to out dimensions of the frame). 809 As per item no. 808 but with exterior grade Novapan for infill panels ( 6 mm thick compact panel)

810 Supplying and fixing openable, sliding single or double aluminium anodized windows with minimum section thickness of 1.6 mm. and design as per details including all fittings and fixtures with 5 MM thick plate glass fixed with special EPDM gasket and wool felt and aluminium beading of approved make with all materials and labour etc. complete.

811 Supplying and fixing 40mm thick cement concrete jali made from 1:3 cement mortar, weld mesh and having atleast 25% openings. Including filling joints with 1:2 cement mortar and necessary scaffolding curing etc. complete.

812 Push and pull type rolling shutter made of 18 gauge black lathe, with providing and fixing M.S. pressed side guide, door suspension shaft, rolling spring, enclosing hood, brackets, bearings, locking arrangement and other necessary accessories for proper working etc. complete with hand operated system. Rate to include for one coat of red oxide and two coats of approved enamel paint. Rate shall be paid for opening size only in sq.mt. 813 Extra rate for mechanically operated rolling shutter is to be required over item no. 812. 814 Supply and fix steel door made of 16 gauge steel sheet and sections confirming to IS:1038 and IS:1361. Include for three hold-fast, door frame of adequate strength, four T hinges to be fixed with frame, aldrop with locking arrangement, stopper, etc. complete. Also include for one coat of red oxide and two coats of approved enamel paint.

815 Supplying and fixing teak wood double or single leaf doors including bedding / moulding as per detailed drawings. Shutter made of 12mm thick particle board (IS:3097) fixed in 35mm thick teak wood frame having 100 mm wide top rail and stile with bottom rail of 200 mm width and lock rail of 150 mm width including painting 2 coats with enamel paint of ISI approved specifications cover one coat of approved primer so as to give an even shade after making the surface clean and smooth. Rate shall also include for one number anodised alluminium tower bolt of best quality having 10 mm dia rod of minimum 225 mm long, one no. Anodised alluminium Aldrop without locking arrangement to be fixed inside of the door, one number anodised alluminium aldrop of 250 mm length and 15mm thickness or rod of best quality, two numbers anodized alluminium handles of 150 mm length, three numbers ISI approved iron

Page 85 of 143

butt hinges 100 mm size for one leaf, one number anodised alluminium door stopper and six numbers M.S. hold fast of size 150 mm x 40 mm x 6mm embedded in cement concrete blocks of 175 mm x 100 mm and width as per the thickness of wall in ratio of 1:3:6 complete in all respects.

816 Supplying and fixing PVC doors " SINTEX " brand or equivalent made from plastic family for use in bath rooms/toilets etc. posses water proof, weather proof, termite proof, etc. properties. Rate shall include for PVC door frame, non -corroded hinges, handle, locking arrangement, etc. complete in all respects.

817 Supplying and fixing of an approved quality "Z" section steel frame for door confirming to IS:1361. Rate shall include for one under coat and two coats of enamel paint of approved make, holdfasts, chipping in floor, etc. Rate shall be paid on the basis of area of opening.

818 Fabricating and fixing of M.S. sliding gate as per drawing made from M.S. C.R. sheet (gauge as shown on drawing) welded with frame work of angles, flats etc. Rate shall include for M.S.pipe guide, brackets for hanging gates, rails, pulleys, ball bearings, nuts, bolts, washers etc. complete. Rate shall include for one under coat of Red Oxide and two coats of enamel paint. Measurement shall be on the basis of length of section as per drawings and standard weight as per IS. Pulley and bearing weight shall be considered as per manufacturer/actual data.

819 Extra over item no. 806 for supplying & providing 5mm thick clear glass in place of 4mm thick clear glass.

820 Extra over 806 for supplying & providing 4mm thick toughned glass in place of 4mm thick clear glass of ordinary quality. 821 Supplying & fixing 10mm square M.S. burglar bars and welded with steel window frame as shown on the drawing.

822 Only fixing Doors, Windows, ventilations. 823 Providing & fixing 4mm thick clear glass, fixing, screw, lugs, hinges, stay, holders etc.with all necessary approved fixtures complete. Window frame, shutters with two coats of enamel paint over one coat of red oxide.

824 Supplying and fixing fixed glazed, aluminium anodized windows with minimum section sizes as given in separate table attached herewith, of ‘Indal’ / ‘Jindal’ make and design as per details including all fittings and fixtures with Double glass ( insulated glass unit made of 5 mm thick float glass + 12 mm air gap with aluminium spacer frame duly molecular sieve + 5 mm thick float glass) fixed with special EPDM gasket felt and aluminium beading of approved make with all materials and labour etc. complete. Include for rough ground on top and sides of the window and approved quality silicone sealant at joints and on all sides externally and internally.

825 Supplying and fixing fixed type glazing of 8 mm thick clear float glass with aluminium framing of min. section sizes as given in separate table attached herewith, of Indal / Jindal make as per details. Include for fixing of glass with special EPDM gasket felt and approved aluminium beading with all materials and labour. Include for rough ground on top and sides of the framing and approved quality silicone sealant at joints and on all sides externally and internally.

826 Same as item no. 824 but for fixed type aluminium louver frame with 4 mm. thick glass louvers. 827 Providing and fixing hydraulic door closure of required size and approved make, conforming to IS 3564.

828 Providing and fixing aluminium floor mounted hydraulic spring type door closure of approved quality and make. Rate to include cutting of floor for fixing the spring, making it good, etc. complete.

Page 86 of 143

829 Supplying and fixing 50 micron thick Polyester films such as Sun Control Garware films over glazing (m.s) as per Manufacturer’s instructions. Film shall be such that it will reject about 70 % solar energy, shall reduce harmful UV radiation by 97 % and shall eliminate 70 % of sun glare.

830 Same as 824 but Sliding window having 2/ 3 track with glass of 5 mm thickness.

831 Supply & fix fixed / openable glazed windows and ventilators at any height with steel frame of rectangular / square hollow sections of approved make and with 5MM thick clear glass, fixing, screws, lugs, hinges, stays, holders etc. with all necessary approved fixtures complete. Rate to include for two coats of enamel paint over one coat of red oxide.

832 Same as 831 but using existing window / ventilator frame dismantled (dismantling measured separately) from existing locations. Include for minor repairing of the frame, if necessary. Only frame will be used from the existing window / ventilator. Include for all other materials including supply of 5 mm thick glass, paint, etc. and labour required to complete the item.

833 Same as 817 but using rectangular/ square hollow steel sections of approved make in place of Z section.

900 PLASTERING

Rates to include for supply of labour, materials, plant, necessary scaffolding, compacting, curing etc. complete as directed at any level, height, position and floor. Rates shall also include for racking and/or brush hammering to form key for plaster and for spatter dash treatment as and where necessary. Rates also include for rounded angles, chamferred angles, grooves and for making good after all trades. Contractor shall get the approval of sample plaster (1m x 1m) before proceeding for the work.

901 Providing and laying 15MM to 20MM thick steel trowelled cement finish plaster in 1:4 cement mortar with neeru (Lime putty screened and then gauged with minimum 40 p.c cement by volume evenly applied and trovelled smooth to produce a perfectly smooth and even surface gray in colour) finishing and corners/jams in cement finish including scaffolding, curing, making grooves, pattas, drip moulds etc. complete as directed.

902 Providing and laying 20MM thick Double coat sand faced plaster with backing coat of 1:4 cement mortar with rough finish and second coat in 1:2 cement mortar evenly applied and trowelled of uniform grains and shade of coarse sand in two coats, including drip moulds, pattas, grooves, watering etc. complete as directed.

903 Providing and fixing hexagonal chicken mesh at the junction of concrete and brick work or at junction of two different materials.

904 20MM thick smooth steel trowelled waterproof plaster in 1:4 cement mortar with waterproofing agent as per manufacturer's instructions to the surfaces as directed.

905 Flush and ruled pointing on rubble uncoursed stone masonary with mortar 1:3 (1cement : 3 fine sand). 906 Flush and ruled pointing on concrete block walls with cement sand mortar 1:3 (1cement : 3 fine sand). 907 Flush and ruled pointing on brick masonary walls with cement sand mortar 1:3 (1cement : 3 fine sand). 908 Providing and laying 20MM thick steel trowelled cement finish Mala plaster in two coats. First coat in 1:4 cement mortar with rough finish and second coat in 1:2 cement mortar evenly applied and trowelled smooth (to produce a perfectly smooth and even surface gray in colour) with finishing at corners/jambs including scaffolding, curing, making grooves, pattas, drip moulds etc. complete as directed.

Page 87 of 143

909 Providing and fixing single polished Jesalmer yellow stone of uniform and stored out for colour in single piece for name plate as per drawing including providing necessary cement slurry, cement mortar (1:2) bedding, jointing in cement slurry mixed with pigment of approved shade, curing, rubbing, polishing etc as directed.

910 Providing & laying Bansi Pahadpur stone in cladding for plain and curved surfaces, laid over cement mortar bedding of 1:3 proportion, having required adhesives, fixtures like bolts, screws etc. to plain or slope. The tiles tamped to bring mortar cream up to surface, including rounding of junctions, any pattern or design as per drawing and direction, including curing, cleaning with water etc. complete.

911 Providing & laying Red Dholpuri stone in cladding for plain and curved surfaces, laid over cement mortar bedding of 1:3 proportion, having required adhesives, fixtures like bolts, screws etc. to plain or slope. The tiles tamped to bring mortar cream up to surface, including rounding of junctions, any pattern or design as per drawing and direction, including curing, cleaning with water etc. complete. 912 Providing & laying Khantu stone in cladding for plain and curved surfaces, laid over cement mortar bedding of 1:3 proportion, having required adhesives, fixtures like bolts, screws etc. to plain or slope. The tiles tamped to bring mortar cream up to surface, including rounding of junctions, any pattern or design as per drawing and direction, including curing, cleaning with water and 2 coats of silicon mixed with water in 1:9 shall be applied with brush on Khantu stone after finishing etc. complete.

913 Providing and making 100 mm x 100 mm size coving at junction of wall and floor with M15 concrete with fine polished finish. Measurement shall be on the basis of actual length of coving provided.

914 Providing and making 100 mm x 100 mm size coving at wall to wall junctions with cement mortar 1:4 and finished smooth as directed. Measurement shall be on the basis of actual length of coving provided.

915 Providing and making 100 mm x 100 mm size coving at wall to ceiling junctions with plaster of paris with PVC fiber reinforcement and finished smooth as directed. Measurement shall be on the basis of actual length of coving provided. 916 Same as item no. 908 but single coat Mala plaster (steel trowelled finish) in 1:4 cement mortar and having thickness of 12 mm to 15 mm.

1000 PAINTING

Rate shall include for supply of materials, equipments, skill labours, necessary scaffolding and removal thereof, supply of brushes etc. as required. The work shall include for cleaning of surfaces, removal of dirts, dust, filling in crevices at any level to complete the work as directed. Samples shall be got approved before execution of work. Even though the number of coat specified against item of work, any additional coat shall be given without any extra cost to bring surface to the desired finish. 1001 Providing and applying two coats of white or colour wash to walls, ceiling etc. at any level include for adding glue of Pidilite co. or equivalent as per their specifications with brush as directed.

1002 Providing and applying two coats of oil bound distemper of approved make and shade over a coat of cement primer including scaffolding etc. complete at any level.

1003 As per 1001 but applying two coats of white wash to A/C roofing sheets, cladding etc.as directed. The measurement shall be on the basis of net roof area painted, irrespective of the corrugations. 1004 Providing and applying three coats of flat enamel paint of I.C.I. or equivalent approved make over primer coat on ceilings, flase ceiling boards, plastered surfaces, etc. Rate to include for preparing surfaces by applying putty where required etc. complete at any level as directed. 1005 As per 1004 but for wood work surfaces.

Page 88 of 143

1006 Providing and applying oil water polishing for solignum polish with necessary pigment including finishing and making the surfaces smooth at the required degree of fineness and matness etc. complete at any level as directed.

1007 Providing and applying three coats of cement based paint "Snow-cem" or equivalent approved make and shade over a coat of cement primer including scaffolding, watering etc. complete at any level as directed. 1008 Providing and applying three coats of approved make enamel paint to the steel sections of doors and windows with one coat of metal primer, one under coat and two finishing coat. 1009 Providing three or more finishing coats of plastic emulsion paint of approved make and shade to walls and ceilings applied evenly to give approved uniform finish. Allow for preparation of surface and a coat of primer as specified by the Manufacturer. 1010 Providing and applying three coats of acrylic based exterior paint “Snowcryl” or equivalent approved make and shade including scaffolding, watering etc. complete at any level and any surface as directed.

1011 Same as item 1007 but with two coats of acrylic based weather proof exterior paint like ‘APEX’ or equivalent.

1013 Providing and applying aliphatic acrylate coating for anti-corrosive & anti – carbonation application over concrete surface at any level. No. of coats, method of surface preparation & usage of the coating system etc. shall be as per the specifications of the approved Manufacturer. The coating to be Monopol – 456 of Krishna Conchem Products Pvt. Ltd. or other such approved equivalent having approved shade and minimum 2 years’ proven performance & field validation history in Indian conditions. Measurement for the payment purpose shall be on the basis of net area painted.

1014 Providing and applying aliphatic acrylate coating for anti-corrosive & anti – carbonation application over concrete surface at any level. No. of coats, method of surface preparation & usage of the coating system etc. shall be as per the specifications of the approved Manufacturer. The coating to be Polycon S 100 of Caltech India or other such approved equivalent having approved shade and minimum 2 years’ proven performance & field validation history in Indian conditions. Measurement for the payment purpose shall be on the basis of net area painted.

1015 Providing and applying solvent based colourless Silicone paint ‘Nitocote SN522’ of Fosroc or other approved equivalent make over exposed concrete surfaces with minimum 5 years’ guarantee as per manufacturer’s instructions at any height. Measurement shall be on the basis of net area painted. 1016 Providing and applying two coats of Heritage surface texture – lacquered / granuled / flaked, of desired shade of Bakelite Hylam or other approved equivalent on exterior surfaces at any height. Finish to give an even shade, including thoroughly brushing the surface free from mortar droppings and other foreign matters, applying a coat of primer and putty and sand papered smooth. The surface texture shall be applied on mala finish plaster (measured separately).

1100 ROOFING AND CLADDING

1101 Supplying, laying and fixing of 6MM thick gray corrugated asbestoses "Everest Brand" or equivalent sheets in roof with G.I. "J" or "U" or cranked bolts of 8MM dia with G.I. and bitumen washers, nuts including cutting, lap, wastage, breakage etc. complete. Measurement shall be on net area. The Contractor shall carry out the work for laying and fixing of roofing/cladding sheets as per manufacturer's instructions. Side lap shall be 1.5 times the dimension of corrugation.

1102 As per 1101 but for side cladding and louvers. 1103 Supplying, laying and fixing of 1.6 mm thick (approx) fibre reinforced plastic (FRP) translucent corrugated sheets in roof with G.I. "J" or "U" or cranked bolts of 8MM dia with G.I. and bitumen washers,

Page 89 of 143

nuts including cutting, lap, wastage, breakage etc.complete. Measurement shall be on net area. The Contractor shall carry out the work for laying and fixing of roofing/cladding sheets as per manufacturer's instructions. Corrugations to match with A.C. corrugated/traford sheet or G.I. corrugated sheet or Aluminium corrugated or profile sheets. 1104 Supplying and fixing in proper position of asbestose cement ridges corner pieces, apron pieces etc.including cutting, lap, wastage, breakage etc. complete as directed. Measurement shall be on net length. 1105 Supply and fix A.C. half round gutter including fixtures, nozzles, drop end with spigot or sockets, stop end, union clips, clamps etc. complete as directed. Rate for Everest Brand or approved equivalent.

1106 As per item 1105 but for A.C. boundary wall or Eaves gutters.

1107 As per item 1105 but for A.C. valley gutters.

1108 Supply and fix A.C. rain water pipe including fixing brackets, clamps, collar, shoe etc. complete.

1109 Supply, fabricate and fix in proper position, galvanised iron 18 gauge sheet gutter as per drawing include for dropend, stopend, clamps, two coats of buitumen paint (inside) etc. complete. 1110 Rain water pipes formed from 18 gauge galvanised iron sheet. Include for fixing, brackets, clamps, splay cut at end, etc. complete. Also include for bending or diverting in case pipe fouling with steel member while bringing down from gutter. 1111 Rate to include for supply, fabricate and erect in proper position, with required slope of 3mm thick Black sheet Rain water gutter as per the Section shown in the drawing. Rate to include for supplying and applying one coat of red oxide and two coats of enamel paint on outer surfaces and two coats of bitumen paint on inner surface. Also include for stopends, dropends, clamps, etc. complete. 1112 Supplying, cutting, laying and fixing in position 0.71mm (22 gauge) industrial troughed aluminium sheets "JINDAL" Brand or equivelant (Stucco finish) for roofing including bolting, rivetting, temporary scaffolding, if required, etc. complete as per specifications and as directed. Rate shall also include for laps, wastage, aluminium fasteners such as hook bolts, seam bolts, washers, nuts, pressure sensitives butyl sealing tape on all the joints to assure water tightness. Measurement shall be on net area. The Contractor shall carry out the work for laying and fixing of roofing/cladding sheets as per manufacturer's instructions.

1113 Rate to include for supply & fixing in position GRAVENT ventilation system having throat size 200 mm type RGV200 0f 2500 long manufactured in m.s. plates with approved epoxy anti-corrosive paint. Rate to include for providing and fixing its valances and mounting strips etc.as complete installation with end caps.

1114 Fixed wire glass glazing, supply a fix 6mm thick wire glass in northlight trusses. Include for fixing screws, lugs, special metal sash putty of approved make, wastage etc.structural steel T bars, runners etc measured separately.

1115 Supplying, laying & fixing of 22 B.W.G. galvanised corrugated iron sheets of approved quality and make in roof with 8mm dia in G.I. J or U bolts with G.I. limpet, bitumen washers, nuts, laps, wastage, including cutting, etc. complete as per ISI specifications. Measurement shall be on net area.

1116 As per item 1115 but for side cladding.

1117 Supplying, making, laying and fixing in proper position of 22 B.W.G. galvanised iron sheets in ridges including cutting, laps, wastages, etc. complete. Measurement shall beon net length.

1118 As per item 1117 but for apron piece, corner piece, flashings, louvers etc.

Page 90 of 143

1119 Extra over item 1101/1115 & 1103 for providing & laying asphalt impregnated hession cloth 100mm wide interposed in the overlapping of sheets. Extra rate shall include for cost of over lapping of sheets by one and half corrugations.

1120 As per item no. 1112 but using 0.56mm (24 gauge) for side claddings.

1121 Supplying, making, cutting, laying and fixing in proper position 0.71mm (22 gauge) aluminium sheets in ridges, northlight curve, apron piece, corner piece, flashing, louvers etc. including laps, wastage, etc. complete as directed. Measurement shall be on net length.

1122 Providing and fixing of G.I. 40mm x 5mm flat (as wind tie) in A.C.roof sheeting at ridge level and eaves level as shown in drawing. Include for drilling holes, cutting etc.

1123 Providing, laying and fixing of PVC "Supreme" brand or equivalent rain water down take pipe line of 6 kg/cm2 pressure rating, as per lay-out, details and requirement including all necessary specials such as bends, Ys, Ts, offsets, plugs, reducers, pipe clips, etc.and jointing with solution as per manufacturer's instructions etc. complete.

1124 Removing existing A.C./FRP/G.I roofing/ cladding sheets from its original position from any height and stacking the same as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.

1125 Removing existing A.C./FRP/G.I ridges, corner pieces, apron pieces, gutters, etc. from its original position from any height and stacking the same as directed by Engineer-in- Charge.

1126 Supplying and fixing in proper position asbestose cement Extractor in roof including fixtures complete. Rate for Everest Brand or approved equivalent. 1127 Providing and fixing P.V.C pipelines of best quality including necessary bends, joints, hinged clamps inspective plugs leads joints, with necessary taste etc .complete.

1128 Supplying, laying and fixing at any height of 0.6MM thick Pre coated colour G.I Corrugated / Industrial Trough sheets of approved make in roof and side cladding with G.I. "J" or "U" or cranked bolts or self tapping screws of 8MM dia with G.I. and bitumen washers, nuts including cutting, lap, wastage, breakage etc. complete. Sample and shade of the sheets shall be got approved from the Engineer prior to the procurement. Measurement shall be on net area covered. The Contractor shall carry out the work for laying and fixing of roofing/cladding sheets as per manufacturer's instructions.

1129 Supplying, laying and fixing at any height of 0.6mm thick Pre coated colour G.I. sheet (plain or to match with the profile of roofing/ cladding sheets) in proper position of ridges, corner pieces, apron pieces etc. including cutting, lap, wastage, breakage etc. complete as directed. Measurement shall be on net length.

1130 Supplying and fixing 3 mm thick polycarbonate sheet of approved make and design in skylights/ roof at any height with step flange including fixing with brass screws / self tapping screws as per manufacturer’s instructions, neoprene gaskets, silicone neutral grade sealant, etc. complete

1131 Same as per 1128 but using dismantled roofing / side cladding sheets. Include for all other materials and labour required to complete the item in its totality.

1132 Same as per 1129 but but using dismantled material. Include for all other materials and labour required to complete the item in its totality.

1133 Supplying, laying and fixing at any height 50mm thick (24kg/m3 density) glass fiber insulation of ‘KIMMCO’ or other approved equivalent make ( bonded with thermosetting resins) having single side facing of reflective vapour barrier of Kraft laminate( FSK) below the roofing sheets ( above the purlins). Include for providing G.I. chicken mesh below the entire area of insulation. Fixing as per manufacturer’s instructions.

Page 91 of 143

1200 STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK

1201 Supplying, fabricating, erecting, aligning and fixing in proper position mild steel portal frames, plate girder, gantry girder, trestles, trusses, columns, purlins, ties, bracing, sag bars, grills, etc. complete at site. Rate shall include for splices and supplying all materials such as ISI Mark make welding rods, bolts, nuts, etc and like labour for the work of straightening, cutting, drilling holes, necessary plants/equipments for assembling, bolting, welding, erecting, etc. complete as directed. Rate shall include for one coat of red oxide and two coats of approved enamel paint after thorough cleaning of surfaces. Measurement of steel shall be on the basis of length of the sections as per drawings and standard weight as per IS code. Weight of bolt / welding shall not be considered for payment.

1202 Rate to include for supplying, fabricating, welding, aligning, and fixing insert in positions, etc. complete as per drawings. Include for necessary changes required in form work. Other details same as per item no. 1201.

1203 Supply and fix in position holding down bolts with 70 mm threaded portion with nuts, washers and M.S. plate complete as shown in drawing. Bolts shall be fixed in the pockets in position. Include for 100 dia M.S. pipe sleeve having half of the bolt length. Bolt together with sleeve shall be placed and fixed securely in position and level as shown while pouring of foundation/pedestal concrete. 1204 As per 1201 but for chequered plate. 1205 As per 1201 but for grill over compound wall. 1206 As per 1201 but for sliding gate including rollers, guide rails etc. complete. 1207 As per 1201, but for wicket gate as per drg including hinges etc. complete. 1208 As per 1201, but for window grills as per drawing including all necessary fittings and fixtures. 1209 Extra over item no. 1201 for providing composite aluminium-pigmented metal primer and two finished coats of aluminium paint over the mild steel surfaces where there is direct contact with aluminium roofing/cladding sheets likewise purlins, cladding runners, etc. Other surfaces of purlins, runners, etc; which are not in contact with aluminium sheets, shall be painted as per item no. 1201. 1210 As per item no. 1203 but with 75mm dia M.S. pipe sleeve as shown on drawing. Bolt fixing while pouring of foundation concrete. 1211 Supplying, cutting and fixing in proper position welded wire mesh as shown on drawing including spot welding to structural steel members complete. Rate shall include for one coat of red oxide and two coats of approved enamel paint. Item shall be measured in Sq.mt. Structural steel members measured separately.

1212 Supplying, fabricating, bending, erecting, aligning and fixing in proper position M.S.black sheet (H.R.) for the purpose of rain water gutter, cladding, flashing, apron, etc. as shown on the drawings. Rate shall include for supplying all materials such as ISI mark welding rods, bolts, nuts, etc. and like labour for the work of straightening, cutting, drilling holes, necessary plants/equipments for assembling, bolting, welding, erecting, laps, wastage, etc. complete as directed. Rate shall include for one coat of red oxide and two coats of approved enamel paint after thorough cleaning of surfaces. Measurement of sheet shall be on net area (sq.m) basis.

1213 As per item No.1201 but for roof ventilation work at ridge level as shown on drawing. 1214 Supplying, cutting, fixing in proper position medium class M.S. pipe as shown on drawing.

1215 Removing existing fabricated structural steel like portal frames, trusses, gantry girders, trestles, storage bins/silos, stairs, railings, columns, purlins, runners, ties, bracing, sag bars, grills, fabricated

Page 92 of 143

girders, welded wire mesh, etc. having welded/bolted/riveted joints from any height and handling/stacking the same as directed by Engineer in Charge. Rate shall include for using necessary plants/equipments for cutting the sections and like labours, etc. Dismantling scheme shall be got approved from the Engineer in charge prior to taking up this particular work. 1216 Item same as 1201 but for supplying, fabricating, erecting, aligning, fixing in position etc. complete for furnace grillage and other furnace steel work as shown on the drawings. Rate does not include any red oxide or enamel paint.

1217 Providing & applying one coat of red oxide primer over structural steel work after thorough cleaning of surface. 1218 Providing & applying two coats of approved first quality synthetic enamel paint over structural steel work.

1219 Providing & applying two coats of heat resistant Shalimar or equivalent paint after applying required primer over structural steel surfaces.

1220 As per Item no.1201 but with Cold rolled sections like Z / C section, Hollow sections etc. 1221 Erecting, aligning and fixing in proper position mild steel portal frames, plate girder, gantry girder, trestles, storage bins, trusses, columns, purlins, runners, ties, bracing, sag bars, grills, etc. ( structural steel supplied free of cost by the Client) complete at site. Rate shall include for supplying all materials required for erection such as ISI Mark welding rods, bolts, nuts, etc and like labour for the work of straightening, cutting, drilling holes, necessary plants/equipments for assembling, bolting, welding, erecting, etc. complete as directed. Rate shall include for one coat of red oxide and two coats of approved enamel paint after thorough cleaning of surfaces. Measurement of steel shall be on the basis of length of the sections as per drawings and standard weight as per IS code. 1222 Strengthening of existing framed/ unframed structural steel members like trusses, ties, beams, columns, gussets, battens, lacings, bracings, brackets, etc. at any height by welding / bolting additional steel sections/ plates with the existing members as per details. Rate to include for supplying all fasteners & consumables such as bolts, welding rods, nuts etc., necessary plants & equipments, cleaning of existing corroded surfaces etc. complete. Measurement shall be made on the basis of unit weight of new sections/ plates used in the strengthening.

1223 Strengthening work same as item no.1222 but using standard tubular sections like pipes, etc of approved make at existing space frame structure.

1224 Structural steel work same as item no.1201 but using standard tubular sections like rectangular / square / circular hollow sections, etc of approved make.

1225 As per item no 1201 but Epoxy paint 1226 Item same as 1201 but for supplying, fabricating, erecting, aligning, fixing in position etc. complete for Storage bins, silos steel work as shown on the drawings. Rate does not include any red oxide or enamel paint.

1227 Painting to structural steel – Providing & applying one coat of Epilux 610 Epoxy primer ( Berger make) and two coats of Epilux 4 chemical resisting paint ( Berger make) over the structural steel members, framed/ unframed at any height. Include for complete cleaning of the surface with wire brush / sandpaper and as per the Paint manufacturer’s instructions, removing all loose rust, dust and other such foreign materials before application of Paint. Standard weight as per IS code shall be considered for payment purpose. Weight shall be calculated as per relevant IS code.

Page 93 of 143

1228 Providing and fixing HILTI / Fischer make anchor fastner bolt of specified diameter at any height and in any material. Include for necessary drilling, cleaning, scaffolding, tools/ tackles, wastage, etc. complete.

1229 Same as 1201 but for supplying, erecting, aligning, fixing plates in position etc. complete for Circular tank and its roof.

1230 Extra over 1229 for providing approved quality non toxic epoxy paint of approved manufacturer to the internal surfaces of the tank instead of two coats of enamel paint.

1300 WATER SUPPLY - SANITARY & MISC. All fittings/ fixtures like bib taps, flush cocks, stop cocks, towel rails, shower rose, paper roll holders, etc. for toilets, kitchens and other areas shall be of ‘Jaquar’ make, Continental range as given below – Sr. No. Model No. Description 1 11 Pillar Cock 2 37 Bib Cock 3 97 Stop Cock female end 4 309 Sink mixer with swinging casted spout (wall mounted model) 5 429 Bath tub spout with wall flange 6 477 Shower arm 7 53 Angle cock 8 87 Concealed stop cock 9 767 Bottle trap 10 51011 Sensor Faucet for wash basin complete with control box (battery operated) 11 51077 Sensor Flushing Valve for Urinals (s.s. finish / matt chrome) All sanitary fixtures shall be of CERA,HINDWARE or EURO make. All fixtures having sensors shall be ‘TOSHI’ make or approved equivalent.

1301 Rate to include supplying, laying, jointing and testing of C-class G.I. pipes TATA brand or equivalent for water supply distribution system including all ISI marked fittings such as bends, tees, elbows, unions couplings etc. with spun yarn for pipes and Teflon tape for fittings and fixtures, cutting, making holes and chasing wall, floors etc. and making good the same to original condition etc. complete as directed and specified. Include for two coats of anti corrosive bitumastic paint of approved quality.

1302 Rate to include supplying, laying, jointing and testing of First grade quality salt glazed stone-ware pipe in line, level and proper slopes including all fittings, specials, hydraulic test, excavation and refilling the trenches, spreading the surplus earth, watering etc.complete as directed.

1303 Rate to include supplying, laying and jointing Heavy duty C.I. pipe line for water supply or waste water or anti syphonage pipe or soil waste pipe including necessary C.I. specials like plain bends, door bends, collars junctions with hinged clamps, inspection plugs, cowl with mica flap valve, etc. including jointing with spun yarn and cement mortar, M seal sealant, necessary excavations, chasing and restoring to original condition, testing etc. complete as specified and directed.

1304 Rate to include supplying and fixing of approved make C.I. Nanitrap, having at least 75 mm waste seal with S.S. Jali on top including necessary cement for bedding, finishing etc. complete as directed.

1305 Rate to include providing and fixing in position 150mm x 150 mm clear inside best quality approved salt glazed stone ware gully trap including embedding trap in cement concrete, C.I. grating, and C.I. cover, housing the trap in brick masonry chamber 230mmx 230mm with 150 mm thick in cement mortar 1:3 over a bed of 100 mm thick 1:4:8 B.B.C.C., plastering both side and necessary excavation, curing etc. complete.

Page 94 of 143

1306 Rate to include providing and fixing of 150 mm dia sewer trap as directed.

1307 Rate to include supplying and laying heavy C.I. cowl at top of with mica flap valve ventilating pipe complete as directed.

1308 Rate to include supplying and fixing first quality wash basin PARRY / HINDUSTAN brand or equivalent comprising white glazed earthenwares basin, 32 mm dia c.p. waste coupling, c.p. bottle trap, chain with plug, c.p. stop cock, PVC connection, ISI Mark approved C.P. pillar cock and supporting brackets etc. complete with 32mm dia GI waste water pipe upto 900 mm long.1309 Rate to include supplying and fixing of first quality orissa pan w.c. Pan 600 x 400 mm size CERA / HINDUSTAN brand or equivalent including set of foot rest, trap and all necessary specials etc. complete. 1310 As per item 1309, but for orissa type w.c pan. 1311 Rate to include for supplying and fixing of first quality Anglo Indian Type W.C. PARRY / HINDUSTAN brand or equivalent including trap, seat & cover, concealed stop cock with jet and all necessary specials etc. complete but without flushing tank.

1312 Rate to include supplying and fixing first quality european type w.c pan PARRY / HINDUSTAN brand or of an equivalent brand, wall hung / floor supported, including low level ceramic flushing cistern, black seat & cover, concealed stop cock with jet, C.P. cock & PVC connection trap and all necessary specials etc. complete.

1313 As per item 1312, but with high level cistern.

1314 Rate to include for supplying and fixing of first quality ceramic recessed type soap dish PARRY / HINDUSTAN equivalent brand.

1315 Rate to include supplying and fixing first quality 450 x 360 x 290 mm size PARRY / HINDUSTAN or equivalent urinals including 12 mm dia G.I. pipe (C-class) connection at top with C.P. stop cock and waste water couplings and G.I. pipe. connection at bottom etc. complete.

1316 Rate to include providing and fixing heavy ISI Mark approved quality 15mm c.p. water taps with washer etc. complete as specified and directed.

1317 Providing and fixing heavy approved quality gun metal 'ZOLOTO' brand or equivalent sluice valve. 1318 Providing and fixing 25MM dia C.P. turning type flush cock (weight not less than 1.5 kg) of an ISI Mark approved quality including washer etc. complete as specified and as directed. 1319 Providing and fixing good quality MODI or equivalent mirror with approved PVC or Timber framing in position. Rate to include necessary screws and fixtures. 1320 Providing and fixing approved quality GMT or equivalent chromium plated shower rose of 125 mm size with chromium plated disc, bend, etc. complete.

1321 Providing and fixing approved quality GMT or equivalent chromium plated hot and cold mixer assembly for shower.

1322 Providing and fixing C.P. brass towel rail 600mm x 20mm complete with C.P. brass brackets fixed to wooden cleats with C.P. brass screws.

1323 Rate to include construction of Inspection chamber of 600 x 750 x 600 mm deep with 230 mm thick brick wall with foundation in 1:4 cement mortar over a bed of 1:4:8 p.c.c. 150 mm thick, plastering both side with 1:3 CM with smooth cement finish internally, forming, benching, Channeling, fixing medium duty

Page 95 of 143

C.I.frame and cover of 600 x 450 mm in top 100 thick R.C.C. slab. Include for necessary excavation and back filling etc. complete in all respect as directed.

1324 Rate to include construction of Manhole of 750 x 1050 mm and upto 1500 mm depth with 230 mm thick brick wall with foundation in 1:4 cement mortar over a bed of 1:4:8 P.C.C. 150 mm thick, R.C.C.top cover slab, plastering both side with 1:3 CM with smooth cement finish internally, forming, benching, channeling, fixing C.I. frame and cover of 600 x 600 mm heavy duty and M.S. rungs. Include for necessary excavation and backfilling etc. complete in all respect as directed.

1325 Rate to include construction of septic tank in brick walls plastered both side with bottom 1:2:4 P.C.C. 100 mm thick over 75mm thick B.B.C.C. and top slab (R.C.C) with heavy duty C.I. manhole cover and frames M.S. rungs, central divider walls, baffle walls, 75mm C.I. vent pipe (3m long) with cowl & mica flap valve. Include for necessary excavation, backfilling and spreading of earth as directed. 1326 Rate to include construction of soak well 2000/2500 mm dia 4000/5000 mm deep internally from 350mm thick honeycombed brick wall for bottom 3m/4m depth, 1:4:8 concrete base, R.C.C. top slab, medium duty C.I. manhole cover and frames 600 x 600 mm and 75mm dia C.I. vent pipe (3m long) with cowl & mica flap valve at top. Include for necessary excavation, blasting if necessary, backfilling and spreading of surplus earth, brick bat filling as directed.

1327 Extra over item no. 1308 for providing Pillar cock with sensor of ‘TOSHI ‘ or equivalent make having automatic operation by alkaline batteries.

1328 Extra over item no. 1315 for providing sensor flusher of ‘TOSHI ‘ or equivalent make having automatic operation by alkaline batteries and having stainless steel front plate.

1329 Providing and fixing in position 75 mm dia. oulet type Amul trap of stainless steel make including embedding trap in cement concrete, S.S. grating and housing the trap in brick masonry chamber 450mm x 450mm with 300 mm deep in cement mortar 1:3 over a bed of 100 mm thick 1:4:8 B.B.C.C., plastering both side and necessary excavation, curing etc. complete

1330 Providing and fixing Pharma drain trap of S.S. make as per the attached sketch. Rate to include for fixing the trap in concrete.

1331 Providing and fixing Soap dispenser of ‘toshi’ or equivalent make having ABS body and transparent look. Soap storage capacity to be more than 500 ml.

1332 Providing and fixing chromium plated Paper roll holder of Jaquar or equivalent approved make. Rate to include for all materials, labour, fixing, etc. complete.

1333 Providing and fixing Stainless steel single bowl Kitchen sink of ‘Nirali’ / ‘Krishna’ or other approved equivalent make with side drain board. Bowl size to be not less than 15” x 18”. Rate to include for fixing of the Sink over platform ( m.s.), 32 mm dia c.p. waste coupling, c.p. bottle trap, etc. complete.

1334 Supplying, laying, jointing and testing of HDPE pipes of Dutron / Nocil or equivalent for effluent collection system including all fittings, jointing as per manufacturer’s instructions, embedding in concrete floors etc. HDPE pipes shall be of PE 63 grade virgin material of HOSTALEN GM 1050 and shall conform to IS - 4984 latest revision.

1335 Supplying and fixing “Sintex” or approved equivalent water tank with necessary inlet, out let, overflow connection including necessary ball cock, and washout valve.

1400 ROADWORK

1401 Same as Item no.101 but for/in roadway (i.e in carriageways and / or footpath) in soil of any types, including hard murrum upto specified depths. Any excess excavation shall be backfilled with suitable,

Page 96 of 143

approved material and throughly compacted in an approved manner. Payments to be made on net measurement.

1402 Sub-grade Compaction Compact sub grade by power driven road roller of 8 to 12 tonne or 2 to 4 tonne vibrating roller with minimum 5 passes. Relative compaction required at sub grade is 98% of maximum compaction at optimum moisture content. Rates to include for trimming sub grade to the levels, watering, longitudinal and cross falls as specified, making good any undulation developed during rolling by earth and rerolling of that particular part. 1403 Supply, lay and pack stones shoulder to shoulder with the grater dimension vertical and the flatter short side at bottom, to form a layer not less than the specified thickness. Rates to include for placing smaller stones in the interstices and hammering house until voids are filled sufficiently for compaction, rolling with a 8 to 10 t roller until stones are throughly keyed and no further movement takes place, spreading, brushing and compacting stone screening etc. complete. The specified thickness shall be attained after compaction.

1404 Supply, lay and pack coarse aggregate 50mm size and downgrade as per Grading III of Table 400-7 of MOST Specifications, to depth of 110mm thick and consoildating the same to 75mm thickness by means of 8 t to 10 t rollers. Include for placing screening / good murrum/smaller sized aggregate as per the requirements in the interstices until the layer is throughly keyed and no further movement takes place on movement of compaction equipments and making the layer water bound mecadam as directed.

1405 Supply, lay and pack coarse aggregate 60mm size and downgrade as per Grading II of Table 400-7 of MOST Specifications, to depth of 110mm thick and consoildating the same to 75mm thickness by means of 8 t to 10 t rollers. Include for placing screening / good murrum / smaller sized aggregate as per the requirements in the interstices until the layer is throughly keyed and no further movement takes place on movement of compaction equipments and making the layer water bound mecadam as directed. DENSE BITUMEN MECADAM (PREMIX) 1406 Tack coat - Apply evenly a tack coat of bitumen emulsion or paving bitumen to the prepared dry base at the rate of 0.75 kg/m2 of the surface. Include for removing of any dirt, loose and foreign material etc. before laying of the tack coat. 1407 Base Coarse - Provide minimum 50 mm thick base course with 25 mm single size aggregates coated with 4 to 5% by weight, of straight run bitumen having penetration grade 80/100. Contractor to include in his rates drying of aggregates, mixing with bitumen at 140 to 160 degree C until mix of uniform composition is achieved spreading while hot and rolling to provide specified thickness.

1408 Wearing Course - Provide minimum 15 mm thick wearing course with 12 mm single size aggregate coated with 5 to 6% by weight, of straight run bitumen having penetration grade 60/70. Include drying of aggregates, mixing with bitumen at specified temperature, spreading while hot, and rolling by 8 to 10 t roller to provide specified thickness. 1409 Edging - Supply and lay stone/brick /Concrete - approx. 230 high at the edges of road surface. Include excavation, backfilling, compaction and jointing in 1:4 cement mortar, curing etc. complete.

1410 Providing, laying and jointing NP2 grade concrete hume pipe in line and level as shown on drawings.(or as directed). Rate shall include for laying in slope, jointing with cement mortar (1:2), collar, curing etc complete. Only excavation in pipe trenches and backfilling/spreading surplus material and PCC at top of pipe shall be measured separately.

1411 Providing and laying cement concrete M20 in unreinforced, dowel jointed pavement including form work mixing in a mechanical mixer, compacting by internal and surface vibrators, finishing, curing, etc. complete as specified and as directed. Cement consumption minimum 7.5 bags of 50kg each/m3 of concrete.

Page 97 of 143

1412 Dressing the dummy and longitudinal joints of concrete slabs with hot bitumen of 10/20 or 30/40 penetration and providing a layer of stone dust or sand over the hot bitumen including cleaning the joints and ramming over the stone dust layer etc. complete.

1413 Providing and fixing in position premoulded asphalt filler 20 mm thick confirming to I.S.1838 of 1983 for expansion joints, put to the required depth and 25 mm below the camber and as directed including punching of holes to accomodate the dowels.

1414 Providing and fixing in position high yield strength deformed steel in tie bars of 10 mm dia, 35 cm long and at 45 cm c/c. wherever directed including applying bitumen, handling, fixing straightening, necessary cutting, wastage, saddles to keep bars firmly in position etc. complete in all respect. 1415 Providing and fixing in position mild steel in dowel bars of 25 mm dia, 50 cm long and placed as directed including handling, fixing, straightening, necessary cutting, wastage saddles to keep bars firmly in position etc. complete. No extra payment will be made for applying bitumen / grease to dowel bars, warping waterproofing paper etc. as per drawing of expansion joint complete as directed. 1416 Providing and laying waterproof paper including overlaps (to be not less than 10 cm) etc. complete as specified and as directed.

1417 Cutting construction and dummy joints of the concrete slabs by mechanical means upto any depth and 6 mm wide as directed by the Engineer.

1418 Providing 75 mm long high density polythene pipe around the dowel bars, left at the end of expansion joints, duly greased inside the pipe and around the pipe and the pipe duly worked with glass wool at the end as directed.

1500 MISCELLANEOUS

1501 Providing and fixing 12mm thick novateak ceiling boards in panels of approximate 1.2M x 3.0M with V joint all round. Boards shall be fixed on 50MM x 50MM sqwn timber runners @ 0.6M c/c & 50M x 150MM @ 0.5M c/c. Runners and battens shall be painted with three coats pf plastic emulsion paint. Rate shall also include the cost of 25MM x 50MM splayed cedar cornic as per details. 1502 Providing & fixing of 2.10M high wooden partition with 75 x 50mm sag framing, 0.9M high plywood panel of approved quality, 1.20M high wire mesh jali of approved quality, polishing etc. complete, doors & door closeres shall be considered saperately.

1503 Rate to include for construction of cement grit vata along all the edges between parapet and slab, over chhaja, water tank, etc. as per drawing in true line and level. 1504 Supplying and fixing built in steel cup-board in given recess in wall of approximate size 2000 mm high x 1050 mm width x 500 mm depth including 20 gauge steel frame fixing on wall. Rate to include for providing 20 gauge steel double shutter doors, 22 gauge steel horizontal or vertical shelves, with one built-in locker, hanging rod, a tiebar, necessary locking arrangement, etc. complete. Rate to include for one coat of red oxide and two coats of approved enamel paint. Rate shall be paid on in to in size of frame. 1505 Providing and fixing Lightening arrestor on the top of the tank as per IS:2309 Code of Practice for the protection of the building and allied structures against lightening. Position and height of lightening arrestor shall be such that the whole strutures shall be enclosed with in cone having its apex at top end of the arrestor and generated by a line inclined at 60 degree to the vertical. The arrestor shall be suitably earthened. 1506 Providing and fixing "U" type air vent 450mm long made out of 80mm dia, C.I. pipe including welding at the junction of two bend and pipe and fixing the same with wiremesh in top slab of water tank with making the hole in the slab and filling the outlet gap with (1:4) cement mortar. Rate shall include for one coat of red oxide and two coats of approved enamel paint.

1507 Supplying and erecting barbed wire fencing with M.S angle 50x50x6 post at every 3m centres and G.I.barbed wires weighing 9.38 kg per 100m (minimum) strained and fixed to the post. Rate shall be for

Page 98 of 143

unit length of fence having number of horizontal wires and number of diagonals as specified/shown. Rate shall also include for excavation of post hole 450x450x500mm embedding angle post in concrete 1:2:4 in bottom three fourth depth of the hole, curing, backfilling and spreading of surplus excavated material, applying one coat of red oxide and two coats of enamel paint to angle post, etc. complete.

1508 Provisional sum for electrical installation for lighting in offices, laboratory, canteen, time office, toilets, housing flats, etc. 1509 Supply and lay 50 mm thick bitumen-sand (1:5) in line and levels as specified. Include for drying sand, mixing with hot bitumen, spreading, compacting by hand rammers and cleaning of surfaces before laying.

1510 Provisional sum for laboratory platforms and racks.

1511 Brick soling - Supply and lay bricks on wide edge on prepared sub grade. Include for jointing with 1: 6 cement mortar, curing etc. complete.

1512 Provisional sum for demolition of General Store, canteen, time office, workshop, house over cane cutter, offices, etc. etc.

1513 Laying and jointing of concrete non pressure pipes. Rate to include for trimming of trench bottom, jointing with 1:4 mortar, curing, etc. complete in line and level as shown on drawing. (Concrete pipes and collar shall be supplied by the Employer, pipe shall be in pieces 2500 mm long x 1500 mm internal dia).

1514 Providing and fixing chain link fencing as per following details. (a) Providing and fixing 50 x 50 x 6mm angle post 2000 mm long at 3m c/c, 500mm length of angle shall be grouted in cc 1:2:4 block of size 450 x 450 x 500 mm below finished G.L. (b) Necessary excavation for grouting of angle post. (c) Chain link of 50 x 50 mm of 10 gauge and 3 numbers 3mm dia horizontal standard wires fixing with & vertical angle with bolts etc. complete. Height of chain link shall be 1500 mm from finished ground level. (d) Painting the chain link and angles with two coats of enamel paint over a coat of primer. 1515 Forming of 75 mm x 75 mm groove in brick work in line and level as shown on drawing. Include for fixing of tarfelt with cement mortar (1 cement, 1 sand and 2 grit). Include for finishing of exposed surface of cement mortar to match with wall finishing in line and level.

1516 Supplying, fabricating and erecting M.S. railing fabricated from M.S. pipes or angles, flats, plates, square bars etc. Rate shall include for cutting, bending, drilling holes, bolts, nuts, welding etc. complete with one coat of red oxide and two coats of enamel paint. Measurement shall be on the basis of actual length of members and weight as per IS.

1517 Rate to include supply and erect horizontal and diagonal lines of galvanised steel barbed wire weighing 9.38 kg per 100 m (minimum) strained and fixed to the posts. Each strand of barbed wire shall be measured.

1518 Provisional sum for external drainage works to include inspection chambers, manholes, septic tanks, soak pits, sewrage line etc. 1519 Provisional sum for external water supply to include for water supply main, valves, over head water tank etc.

1520 Provisional sum for approach roads and other site developments works.

1521 Providing and fixing 12mm/10mm dia bar in RCC slab/beam, etc. for fan hooks.

1522 Providing & applying Tractor oil primer ASIAN brand or equivalent and two finished coats of polyurethane water proof coating (TECHCOAT - 61P) ASIAN brand or equivalent shall be applied inside the M.S. gutters.

Page 99 of 143

1523 Provisional sum for Misc.works like repairs of existing drains etc.complete.

1525 Provisional sum for Caneyard development.

1526 Supply and lay 1000 gauge black heavy duty single layer of polythene sheet of approved make spread over 40mm thick sand bed in sides slopes and bed of lagoon. Including for sealing joints by thermal welding (heat sealing) or adhesive tapes. Measurement shall be on the basis of net area covered. 1527 Providing and applying 3 coats of approved quality modified epoxy based molasses resisting anticorrosive paint to footings, columns and plinth beams below ground. Include for any additional excavation, preparation of surface etc. complete. The paint shall be stored, mixed and applied as per the manufacturer's instructions. 1528 Provisional sum for water supply system from Over Head Tanks

1531 Removing barbed wire fencing including removal of angle post, barbed wire etc. complete and stacking the same as directed by site engineer. The removed fencing and posts shall be the property of the Employer.

1532 3mm dia x 50 mm mesh galvanised chain link fencing to 2.1 m above ground level having 3 nos. 3mm dia galvanised tension wire and wire strainers including angle iron posts of 65mm x 6mm th. Size at 2.8m centers having holes for tension wire, one end fish tailed and embedded in concrete ( concrete m.s) other end cranked 450mm holed and provided with 3nos. barbed wire (2 ply – 12 gauge) including intermediate posts, corner posts and struts. Also include for 1 coat of red oxide and 2 coats of enamel paint to the posts struts. 1536 Dismantling existing doors/ windows of any type at any level. Rate to include for carefully removing the shutters of door/windows and dismantling of the frame and grill of the door / window thereafter. Include for minor dismantling of wall / floor required to dismantle the frame, repairing the damaged surface of wall /floor good again to make it match with the existing surrounding surface, cleaning of debris, etc. complete. Dismantled frame, shutter and grill shall be the property of Employer and the contractor shall deposite the same to Employer’s store. Measurement on the basis of out to out dimensions of the frame dismantled.

1537 Dismantling existing false ceiling of any type at any level. Rate to include for carefully removing the ceiling material and supporting members. Include for minor dismantling of wall required to dismantle the false ceiling, repairing the damaged surface of wall /floor good again to make it match with the existing surrounding surface, cleaning of debris, etc. complete. Dismantled material shall be the property of Employer and the contractor shall deposite the same to Employer’s store. Measurement on the basis of out to out dimensions of the plan area of false ceiling dismantled. 1538 Brick soling - Supply and lay bricks on wide edge on prepared sub grade below the mudmate, grade slab etc., Include for joint filling with silver sand, etc. complete. 1539 Providing and fixing 6mm thick gypsum boards in false ceiling in panels of approximate 1.2M x 0.6M with V-joint all round. Boards shall be fixed on 40MM x 40MM sawn timber runners @ 0.6M c/c & 50M x 150MM @ 0.6M c/c. Runners and battens shall be painted with three coats of plastic emulsion paint. Rate shall also include the cost of 25MM x 50MM splayed teakwood cornice as per details. 1542 Dismantle the existing toilet having brick walls & RCC slab. The rate shall be for dismantling of the existing structure on “as is where is” basis. In this regard the Tenderer is advised to visit the site and obtain his own particulars of the type of structure prior to submission of his offer. It is understood that Tenderer has visited the site and acquainted himself with the site conditions, type of structure, total area to be dismantled, etc, prior to submission of his offer and no claims and /or time extension shall be entertained in this regards. Rate to include –

Page 100 of 143

a) Dismantling of complete structure upto 300mm below the existing G.L. and removal of all debris from site. b) Removal of doors, windows / vents, hardware fixtures, fittings, existing water supply & drainage line, etc. prior to taking up the dismantling of structure and submitting the dismantled materials to Client’s Store. 1543 Removing at any height broken glasses in existing doors/windows and Supplying and fixing 6mm thick wire glass to the same. Rate to include putty, battens etc. complete

1544 Same as 1543 but 4mm clear glass

1545 Painting to structural steel - apply one coat of red oxide and two coats of approved enamel paint to the existing structural steel members, framed/ unframed at any height. Include for complete cleaning of the surface with wire brush / sandpaper, removing all loose rust, dust and other such foreign materials before applying the red oxide. Standard weight as per IS code shall be considered for payment purpose. Contractor to make a sketch of the structure painted showing all the members with respective length. Weight shall be calculated as per relevant IS code. 1546 Providing and fixing Gypsum board false ceiling suitable for 60 pascal pressure made up of 12.0 mm thick Gypsum Board as per QED Type. The rate to include SISCO make G.I. perimeter channel of size 0.55 mm thick having size of 28 x 18 x 26 mm along the perimeter of ceiling fixed to brick wall / RCC face with the help of nylon sleeves and screws, at 610 mm c/c. Suspending G.I. intermediate channel’s of size 45 mm, 0.9 mm thick with two flange of 15 mm each from the soffit at 900 mm c/c fixed with MS flat of size 50 x 3 mm. (two nut bolts fixed with MS flat to soffit cleat and with intermediate channel). MS flat suspenders should be with one coat of red oxide. Ceiling section of 0.55 mm thickness having knurled web of 50.0 mm and two flanges of 26 mm each with lips of 10.5 mm are to be fixed to the intermediate channel by using connecting clip at right angle to the intermediate channel at 600 mm c/c. Above this framing, fix 12.0 mm thick square edge QED board (conforming IS – 2095 – 1982) with 25 mm dry wall screw at 230 mm c/c. Screw fixing to be done mechanically either with screw driver or drilling machine with suitable attachment. Finish joints with stucco compound so as to have a flush look. Rate to include making cut outs for light fittings, grills diffusers, etc with necessary G.I. framing around the cut outs to make it strong & stable (Heavy Duty type).

1547 Same as 1546 but false ceiling with Calcinated gypsum reinforced boards.

1548 Providing and fixing 150 wide PVC / CI rungs in RCC / brick walls in staggered fashion as per drawings. Rate to include for placing, keeping in position, breaking wall, embedding in wall and making good, etc. complete. 1549 Providing & fixing ‘Garden green‘ net of Netlon or other approved equivalent at any height as temporary barricade over the steel structure ( m.s.) 1550 Provisional sum for Under Ground Water Tank 1551 Provisional sum for Over Head Water Tank 1552 Provisional sum for Recycling of Waste water

Page 101 of 143

Page 102 of 143

SECTION L : DAY WORK SCHEDULE

1.00 GENERAL The Contractor shall be paid in accordance with this day works schedules for works that can not be properly measured. Such works shall be valued at the rates for labour, plant and materials as filled by him in the schedules of basic prices in following section. Percentages for profit shall be added in accordance with those given in Section 2.00 below.

2.00 Percentages for profit, etc.

The following percentages will be added to the basic net cost of labour, plant and material for overheads, profits and any other man-material or plant required to complete the day works. Percentage indicated by the Tenderer shall include for any increase and escalation cost upto the time of execution of contract. A) Labour % B) Plant % C) Materials %

3.00 Schedule of Basic Prices

The Tenderer must insert against each item the basic price as defined hereunder and the Tenderer's Bills of Quantities rates will be deemed to be based on these prices. The basic prices is defined as the market price or rate prevailing on the day of submission of Tenders and applicable for GUJARAT MINERAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LTD. AT The Consultant reserves the right by mutual agreement to fix or alter any of the basic rates or prices inserted in this schedule by the Tenderer if, in his opinion, they do not comply with the above or are considered by him to be unreasonable or unrealistic. The size and quantity of all materials shall confirm to the specifications contained in this Document.

3.01 Labour Rate per hr. Rs.

(a) Unskilled labour b) Skilled or semi-skilled 1) Mason 2) Carpenter 3) Brick layer 4) Concretor 5) Plasterer 6) Steel bender and fixer 7) Scaffolder 8) Joiner 9) Glazier 10) Pavor 11) Plumber 12) Painter 13) Electrician 14) Welder

3.02 Plant and Machinery Description Capacity Per hr.of use

1) Tractor with trailer 2) Smooth wheel roller 3) Small hand propelled vibrating roller

Page 103 of 143

4) Vibrating plate compactor 5) Concrete mixer 6) Concrete needle vibrator 7) Compressor with jake hammer 8) Vibrating screed

3.03 Materials Description Unit Rate

1) Ordinary Portland cement Bag of 50 kg 2) Building sand M3 3) Aggregate -60mm M3 -50mm M3 -40 mm M3 -20 mm M3 -12 mm M3 4) Quarry dust M3 5) Rubble 150 mm (maximum) M3 230 mm (maximum) M3 6) Reinforcing steel bars 6 mm dia M.S. bars Tonne 8 mm to 32 mm dia tor steel Tonne 8 mm to 32 mm dia TMT bars fe 415 Tonne 8 mm to 32 mm dia TMT fe 500 Tonne 7) Structural Steel M.S. angles Tonne M.S. Channels Tonne M.S. 'I' beams Tonne M.S. flats & plates Tonne M.S. black sheets Tonne G.I. plain sheets Tonne 8) 22 gauge g.i.corrugated sheet 3.00 m long No 2.5 m long No 9) 1.6mm thick translucent sheet M2 10) Red burnt clay bricks 1000 Nos 11) 250x250x25mm thick mozaic tiles with marble chips and white cement 100 Nos 12) -do- but with gray cement 100 Nos 13) 150x150x6mm thick white glazed tiles 12 Nos 14) PKS stone 600 x 450 mm 20mm thick M2 600 X 600MM 20MM thick M2 15) Fully vitrified tiles – 600mm x600mm M2 16) Ceramic tiles M2 17) Distemper Kg 18) Flat enamel paint Litre 19) Paint – Luxol silk of Berger of Asian paint Litre Arcylic base Exterior paint (Apex) Litre 20) Snowcem Kg 21) Red Oxide Litre 22) G.I. Pipes 12mm dia M 20mm dia M

Page 104 of 143

25mm dia M 32mm dia M 40mm dia M 50mm dia M 65mm dia M 75mm dia M 100mm dia M 23) C.I. Pipes 75mm dia M 100mm dia M 150mm dia M 24) Stone ware pipes 100mm dia M 150mm dia M 230mm dia M 25) HDPE pipe 75mm dia 6kg/cm2 M 100mm dia 6kg/cm2 M 150mm dia 6 kg/cm2 M 26) PVC pipe 100mm dia 6kg/cm2 M 150mm dia 6 kg/cm2 M 200mm dia 6kg/cm2 M 27) ISI mark welding rods Kg 28) Steel windows without glazing M2 29) Rolling shutter (18 gauge) M2 30) Flush doors shutter M2 31) 6mm thick A.C. Corrugated Sheet a) 1.50m long No b) 1.75m long No c) 2.00m long No d) 2.50m long No e) 3.00m long No 32) Plain Glass a) 4mm thick M2 b) 5mm thick M2 c) 5.5mm thick M2 d) 6mm thick M2 e) 12mm thick M2 33) Gypsum board false ceiling a) 12mm thick M2 34) Aluminimum section – 3mm thick kg of Jindal / Indal

Page 105 of 143

CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT - ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION WORK

• The work should be executed as per latest Indian / International standards and latest electricity rules. • The quantities mentioned in the tender are approximate and may vary. The rates quoted in the tender shall be applicable for the quantity required to execute the work as per Architects & consultants designs and drawings. • Electrical contractor will have to meet the project schedule. • The electrical installation work is with material for two pole structure, Transformer, L.T. Panels, cables, MCB Distribution Boards, PVC conduits, accessories, electric wires, telephone wires, Computer wires, switch box, plate & Earthing material is to be considered in the scope of the contractor. Client will only provide Light fixture & fans as free issue item. • Electrical wiring shall be done in a concealed manner. PVC Conduits for Light point, fan point, 5/15A plug point, A.C. etc. shall be laid in slab whereas conduits for Telephone wire & computer data wire shall be laid in floor. • The Electrical Contractor shall submit Conduit layout for each area prior to laying of conduits in slab and get the same approved from the consultant / engineer-in charge. The lay out shall contain sizes and route of the conduit, number and size of wires in each conduit, pull and junction box locations. • Conduit layout for pipes to be laid in floor shall be submitted by the contractor and approval of consultants shall be taken prior to laying of pipes in floor. • It is the contractor’s responsibility to estimate the quantity of material required for the project and also estimate material to be given as free issue item by client and submit the requirements to the client well in advance so that client can procure the material and provide the same to the contractor when it is required. • The Electrical contractor shall do all drilling, cutting and patch work related to the work. The rates quoted against each item shall be valid for execution of that item with the rate quoted at any height/depth, at any floor, inside or outside the building, unless otherwise specifically noted in the description of item in BOQ. • Electrical contractor shall co-ordinate with Architects, Consultants, Client, Engineer-in-charge, Civil contractor and other agencies working for the project such that work is done smoothly and as per the construction schedule. • The contractor shall provide a competent, experienced full time Electrical Engineer to direct the work of Electrical installation in accordance with the drawing and specifications. • Timely progress reports and construction schedules shall also be worked out to complete the work in specified time limits. • Any extra items not stated in the Bills of Quantity but required for the project shall be furnished with rate analysis. • The unit rates shall be inclusive of all Government taxes, duties, Octroi and no extra amount will be paid for the same. • All quantities mentioned in the Bills of Quantity are tentative and the contractor shall not claim extra for any variation or omission of any item. • The contractor shall take necessary insurance like Fire, damage, workmen compensation. • The contractor shall provide proper and adequate storage facilities to protect the material and equipment including those supplied by the client. • It is the Contractor’s responsibility to do liaison work with local Electricity Company for availing required Electric Power in time at project site, to obtain approval of the Electrical Inspector and to obtain approval for Electrical installation. • The contractor shall obtain permissions required for the installation of the work. On completion of the work, the Contractor shall obtain certificate of final inspection and approval by the local Electric supply authority and Electrical Inspector. • Once the Installation work is over, the contractor shall provide all As Built drawings showing the routes and locations of all the Electrical Equipment installed in the project. As-built drawings shall be submitted as soft copy on CD and one set of hard copy.

Page 106 of 143

• After completion of the electrical installation, the contractor shall test the entire installation according to the requirements of Electricity Company and shall furnish test & connection certificate in prescribed manner of Electricity company • The contractor shall give in writing Guarantee for 12 months from the date of Commissioning against the material used and workmanship for the installation work. • The contractor shall be fully responsible for reinstallation, replacement at free of cost to the client as under: 1. Any defective material or work supplied by the contractor. 2. Any material/equipment supplied by the client but damaged as a result of defective workmanship.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - ELECTRICAL ERECTION, TESTING & COMISSIONING OF ELECRICAL INSTALLATION SCOPE

This specification covers the requirements for the installation, testing and commissioning of the electrical system like H.T. Vacuum circuit Breaker, Transformer, Power and Motor control centers, Distribution board, Capacitor banks, APFCR panels, power and control cables and Motors. Requirements are specified in bill of quantities/ Drawings/technical specifications. These standards also include supply of all labour, materials, appliances, superintendence and other services required to construct and install complete Electrical system. All work under the scope of Electrical contractor shall be performed under direct supervision of qualified person appointed by him and regularly engaged in the installation. The Electrical controller shall provide an In-charge of the work at all times a qualified and experienced senior Electronically engineer who shall be responsible for keeping the liaison and co-ordination between Owner’s person and his own men at site. He shall also send progress reports at every 15 days or at intervals desired by the owner. The Electrical Controller shall give the list of full time personal planned to put up at site along with the offer. As per following details: Senior Electrical Engineer : Licensed electrical Supervisor : Licensed wireman : Rigger : Skilled labour : Unskilled Labour : Welder & fitter

TOOLS & TESTING EQUIPMENTS

Following list of tools and testing equipment is recommended for carrying the work. The electrical contractor shall bring other tools and equipment necessary to carry out the work. 1000 Volts Meggar 500 Volts Meggar Earth tester Welding sets Cutting tools Electrical blower Drilling machines Cable crimping tool Tong tester Portable voltmeter Phase sequence indicator Portable test lamps with prongs Pipe bending machine Constant pressure type continuity tester Tachometer Wireman kits

SYSTEM OF WORKING

Page 107 of 143

The work shall be carried out in a proper sequence and order. Priorities of work shall be fixed in consultation with the Engineer-in-charge at site. These priorities shall be strictly adhered to.

PROTECTION

The contractor shall furnish and place proper guards for prevention of accidents. He shall provide and maintain any other necessary construction required to ensure safety of life and property involved in the area of his work.

STANDARDS

The work shall be carried out in the best workman like manner in conformity with this specification, the relevant specification/codes of practice of the Indian Standards Institution ,approved drawings and the instructions issued by the Engineer-in-charge from time to time. In addition to the Indian Standards all works shall also conform to the requirement of the followings: Indian Electricity Act and Rules. Fire Insurance association Tariff advisory committee rules Regulations laid down by the Chief Electrical Inspector of the state/state Electricity Board/Union Territory. Regulations laid down by the Factory Inspector of the State. Any other regulation laid down by the local authorities. Installation & operation manuals of the original manufacturers of the equipment.

EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES SPECIFICATIONS

All materials, accessories, consumable to be supplied by the contractor shall be selected from the list of specified make and shall confirm to the specification given here under. The equipment shall be manufactured in accordance with current Indian Standard Specifications. In the absence of any specification, the material shall be get approved by the CLIENT. All similar materials and removable parts shall be uniform and interchangeable with one another. Makes of bought out items selected by the contractor must be furnished by him.

SUBSTATION AND AUXILIARY INSTALLATION

The scope of work shall cover the following : Installation, testing & commissioning H.T.VCB panel. Laying, Connection ,termination & Testing of HV cables. Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Transformer. Supply, Installation, testing & commissioning of PCC, MCC, LDB, APFCR, DB, PDB Supply, Laying, connection ,Termination & testing of Medium voltage cables. Substation earthing ,interlocks, safety accessories . Electrical Contractor shall carry out the installation of Substation as per the relevant drawings in consulation with consultant’s/Client’s Engineer and in conformity with the recommendations of Electrical Inspector.

H.T.VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

The installation shall be carried out in accordance with IS latest edition and under supervision and instructions from the supplier of the same. Inspect the switchgear thoroughly and check during unpacking that all items stated in the packing list are included and no damage has occurred to any part including all instruments, relay etc. It is particularly important to inspect the moving mechanism part as well as items of insulating material of the breakers. If the switchgear is supplied in sections, assembly of the same will be of Electrical Contractor’s responsibility. Relays and instruments supplied loose shall also be installed By the contractor. During installation, the circuit breaker and opening mechanism will be in open position. The closing springs should not be charged. Lubricate the circuit breaker gears and other sliding surfaces, shaft etc. with lubricating oil. The spring closing mechanism must not be subject to any distortion. The

Page 108 of 143

springs should not be altered without consulting manufacturer. The switch board shall be installed at location shown in the appropriate drawing, checking its alignments and level and the same shall be tag welded or bolted as per the drawings/instruction of the Site-in-charge/recommendations of the manufacturer.

H.T.CABLING

H.T.cabling shall be in accordance with IS:1255 and IS:692.All H.T.cables shall be XLPE type conforming to IS:692-1965 and suitable for 3 ph. 50 Hz earthed neutral system. cables shall be laid and joined in accordance with IS:1225. Cables shall be laid in the route marked in the drawings. Cables shall be bent to a radius ,not less than 20 times the over all diameter. Cables laid above ground shall be suitably protected to meet the approval of the Electrical Inspector and other statutory regulations. cables run on wall/ceiling or readymade masonry trenches shall be supported on spacers and saddles which shall be painted with two coats of approved colours on 2 coats of red oxide. Plastic identification tags shall be provided at the ends and along the length of cables @ 20 m centers.

TRANSFORMERS

The installation shall be carried out in a accordance with IS:1886 and IS:6600 Transformer complete with radiators,bushings,conservator and miscellaneous accessories shall be thoroughly inspected and any damage noticed shall be reported to the Engineerin-charge.Check whether all parts and accessories are supplied as per the manufacturer’s packing list and the purchase order and report to the Engineer-in-charge. Before erection of transformer, the level of rails on foundation shall be checked and minor corrections if necessary shall be carried out. The transformers shall be mounted on a concrete plinth and steel rails(Plinth & steel rails shall be prepared by CIVIL)After installation, the rollers shall be prepared by locked by wedges or stoppers to prevent accidental movement of transformers.

Install oil conservator, explosion vent ,Buchholz relay, Breather ,Thermometer ,Oil level indicator ,Marshalling box if supplied loose along with Treansformer.In such case ,rinse and wash conservator, explosion vent ,Bucchholz relay with Transformer oil and then install.

All loosely supplied fittings / accessories shall be cleaned and mounted on the transformer and connections made. After completely assembling ,installation the transformer shall be cleaned. All cover bolts shall be checked for proper tightness. Transformers should be lifted by lugs provided for the purpose and simultaneous use should be made of all such lugs in order to avoid any unbalance in lifting. Before lifting the complete transformer, it should be ensured that all cover bolts are tightened. The installation shall be carried out under supervision & instructions of the Manufacturer of the Transformer.

SUBSTATION EARTHING

All equipment in the substation shall be earthed as shown below. H.T.VCB :Two Separate connection to earth bus. TRANSFORMER : Neutral :Two separated & distinct earth connections to independent electrodes. Body :Two distinct connections to earth bus.

ERECTION OF EQUIPMENT

The contractor shall make his own arrangement for safe transportation of all the items to the erection site and also carry out complete loading/unloading during transportation. Equipment shall not be removed from packing cases unless the floor has been made ready for installing them. The cases shall be opened in presence of the Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative. The empty packing cases shall be returned to the stores and any document if found with the equipment shall be handed over to the Engineer-in charge. Any damage or shortage noticed shall be reported to the Engineer-in-charge in writing immediately after opening of packing cases.

Page 109 of 143

POWER CONTROL CENTRES/MOTOR CONTROL CENTRER & DISTRIBUTION BOARDS.

Switchgears and control relay panels shall be installed in accordance with IS:3072 and the MANUFACTURER ‘s instructions. Electrical panels will be delivered in convenient shipping section by the client. The contractor shall make his own arrangement for safe transportation of all the items to the erection site and also carry out complete loading/unloading during transportation. The contractor shall be responsible for final assembly and inter connection of bus bars/wiring. The switchgear/panels shall be installed on finished surfaces or concrete or steel sills. The correct level shall be ascertained before final grouting. The Electrical Contractor shall be required to install and align any channel sills which form part of the foundations. In joining shipping sections of the switchgear/panels/control centers together, adjacent housing or panel section provided shall be bolted together after alignment has been completed. Power bus, enclosures, ground and control splices of conventional nature shall be cleaned and bolted together, being drawn up with torque wrench of proper size or by other approved means. Tape or compound shall be applied where called for by the Manufacturer’s drawings. The Electrical contractor shall take utmost care in handling instruments, relays and other delicate mechanisms. Where the instruments and relays are supplied separately, they shall be mounted only after the panels have been erected and aligned. The blocking materials/mechanism employed for the safe transit of the instruments and relays shall be removed after ensuring that the panels have been completely installed and no further movement of the same would be necessary. Any damage to relays and instruments shall be immediately reported to the Purchaser. The Electrical Contractor shall carry out the cleaning of internal parts like chambers, insulators by vacuum cleaners. The drying of equipments in case of low insulation resistance. Installation of switchgear shall conform to IS-3072. After erection the switchboard shall be inspected for dust and vermin proof ness. Any hole, which might allow dust or vermin etc. to enter the panel, shall be plugged suitably at no extra cost. The contractor shall fix the cable glands after drilling the bottom/top plates of all switchboards with suitable holes at no extra cost. Range of overload relays/timers etc. shall be checked with requirement of motor actually to be connected at site and if the same is under-sized/over sized, it shall be brought to the notice of Engineer-in-charge, who shall arrange procurement of correct rated components. However, the contractor shall not charge anything extra for labour for such replacements.

INSTALLATION OF CABLE AND WIRES

Installation of wires and cables shall be in accordance with I.S.732.All wires shall be run from box without splices. Sharp bends shall be avoided. It shall be pulled in or laid in such a manner that the insulation will not be damaged at the time of installed or in service. Care shall be exercised to avoid any moisture/entering in terminations. The wire/cable shall be in one length and no straight joint shall be allowed in between. Before laying cables, these shall be tested for physical damage, continuity ,absence of cross phasing, insulation resistance to earth and between conductors. Insulation resistance tests shall be carried out with 1000 volt megger.

OUTSOURCE ADVANTAGE ENGINEERS PVT.LTD. AHMEDABAD

Insulations shall be removed for making termination in such a manner that the Conductor is not damaged. Conductors shall that the conductor is not damaged. Conductors shall be clean and free from burrs. Contractor’s scope of work include unloading, laying, fixing, jointing, bending and terminating of cables/wires. The Electrical Contractor shall also supply all the necessary hardware for jointing and terminating of cables/wires. Cables shall be laid directly buried in the earth, on cable racks, in built-up trenches, on cable trays and supports in conduits and ducts or bare on walls, ceiling etc. Where specification cable layouts are not shown in the drawing, the Electrical Contractor shall route these cables as directed by the Client/Engineer-in-charge. Soldering type/crimping type lugs shall be used for termination the cables at equipments. The current carrying capacity of these lugs shall be adequate to carry rated current after termination. Solder and soldering flux. if used ,shall be non-corrosive and approved by the cable or wire manufacturer. It is the Electrical Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that he acquaints himself with the nature of the

Page 110 of 143

ground conditions of the project site. Markers shall be installed at all road crossing and joint positions. Their provision and installations. Their provision and installation shall be included in the areas. Armoured cables shall never be concealed in walls/floors/roads without GI pipes, conduits or RCC pipes. Joints in the cable throughout its length of lying shall be avoided as far as possible and if unavoidable, prior approval of site engineer shall be taken. If allowed, proper straight through epoxy resin type joint shall be made, without any additional cost. A minimum loop of 3 M shall be provided on both ends of the cable, or after every 150 M of unjointed length of cable, and on both ends of straight through cable joint. This additional length shall be used for fresh termination in future. Cable for this loop shall be paid for supply and laying. Cable shall be neatly arranged in the trenches/trays in such manner so that criss-crossing is avoided and final take off to the motor/switchgear is facilitated. Arrangement of cables within the trenches/trays shall be the responsibility of the contractor. All cable routes shall be carefully measured and cable cut to the required lengths and undue wastage of cables to be avoided. The routes indicated in the drawings are indicative only and the same may be rechecked with the Engineer-in-charge before cutting of cables. While selecting cable routes, interference with structures, foundations, pipeline, future expansion of buildings, etc. should be avoided. All temporary ends of cables must be protected against dirt and moisture to prevent damage to the insulation. For this purpose, ends of all PVC insulated cables shall be taped with an approved PVC or rubber insulating tapes. Use of friction type or other fabric type tape is not permitted. Lead sheathed cables shall be plumbed with lead alloy. Where cable rises from underground/concrete/masonry trenches to motors/switch gears/push buttons, these shall be taken in G.I. pipes of suitable size, for mechanical protection up to 300 mm distance of concerned cable gland or as instructed by the Engineer-in-charge. All cable work and the allied apparatus shall be designed and arranged to reduce the risk of fire and any damage that may cause in the event of fire. Wherever cables pass through any floor or wall opening suitable bushes supplied shall be sealed using fire-resisting materials to prevent fire spreading. Standard cable installation tools shall be utilized for cable pulling. Maximum pull tension shall not exceed the manufacturer’s recommended value. Cable grips, rells or pulleys used shall be properly lubricated. The lubricant shall not injure the overall covering and shall not set up undesirable conditions of electrostatic stress. Power and Control cables shall be laid in separate cable trays. Cable shall be laid at least 300mm. away from steam or other hot lines. When laid asbestos barrier shall be used between steam pipe and wire. The Armour of all armoured cables shall be electrically continuous from switchgear to equipment and shall be terminated by an appropriate gland fitting and grounded at both ends. Minimum bending radius shall be 12 times the outer diameter of the cable in case of multi core diameter of cable incase of single core cable upto voltage rating upto 11 KV and multi core cable above voltage rating of 1.1 KV. Where groups of HV and LV and control cables are to be laid along the same route, suitable barriers to segregate them physically shall be employed. Where cables cross roads and water, oil, gas or sewage pipes the cables shall be laid in reinforce spun concrete pipes. For road crossing the pipe for the cable shall be buried at not less than one meter depth. To facilitate visual tracing, cables in trays shall be laid only in single layers where design permits. Cables shall be laid in proper sequence so as to avoid unnecessary crossing of other cables upon entering or leaving a run of tray. Cable splices shall not be permitted. Cable jointing shall be in accordance with relevant Indian Standard Codes of practice and Manufacturer’s special instructions. Materials and tools required for cable jointing work shall be supplied by the Electrical Contractor. Cable shall be firmly clamped on either sides of a straight through joint at not more than 300 mm away from the joints. Identification tags shall be provided at each joint and at all cable terminations. Single core cable joints shall be marked so that phase identity at each joint can be determined easily. The joints shall be located at most suitable places. When two or more cables are laid together, joints shall be arranged to be staggered by about three meters. Before jointing, insulation resistance of both sections of cables to be jointed shall be checked. Metal sheath and armour of the cables shall be bonded to the earthing system of the station. Each cable shall be identified with its designation number as indicated in the drawings. Cable clamps shall be of 3mm thick galvanized M.S. spaced at every 2.00 M interval.

BURIED CABLES

Cables shall be so laid in ground that these will not interfere with other underground structures. All water pipes, sewage lines or other structures which became exposed by excavation shall be properly supported and protected from injury until the filling has been rammed solidly in places under and around them. Any

Page 111 of 143

telephone or other cables coming in the way are to be properly shielded. Cables shall be laid at minimum depth of 750 mm incase of LT in places under and 1200mm incase of HT, from ground level. Excavation will be generally in ordinary alluvial soil. The width of the trench shall be sufficient for laying of required number of cables. Send bedding 75mm thick shall be made below and above the cables. A layer of bricks (full size) shall be laid on the edge, above sand bedding on the sides of cables and a flat brick to cover cable completely. More than one cable can be laid in the same trench by providing a brick on edge between two cables. However, the relative location of cables in trench shall be maintained till termination. The surface of the ground after back filling the earth shall be made good so as to conform in all respects to the surrounded ground and to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. For all underground cables, route markers should be used. Separate route markers should be used for LT & HT cables. Route makers should be grounded in ground with 1:2:4 cement concrete pedestal size 230x230x300mm cable markers should be installed at an interval not exceeding 30 Mr. along the straight routes of cables at a distance of 0.5 M away from center of cable with the arrow marked on the cable markers plate indicating the location of cable. Cable markers should also be used to identify change in direction of cable route and for location of every joint in underground cable. RCC hume pipe for crossing road in cable laying shall be provided by employer. No deduction shall be made for cable laying in hume pipe for not providing bricks, sand and excavation. RCC hume pipe at the ends shall be sealed by bituminous compound after laying and testing of cables by electrical contractor without any extra charge.

LAYING OF CABLES UNDER FLOORS

GI class “A” pipe shall be used for laying of outgoing cables from distribution boards to motors, isolators/junction boxes of motors, starter of motors and push button stations. Preferably one cable shall be drawn through one pipe. Size of pipe shall be such that after drawing of cable 40% area is free. If length of pipe is more than 30 M,free area may be increased to 50%.Uses of elbows are not allowed at all and number of bends shall be kept minimum. Instead of using bends with sockets, pipe bending machine shall be used for making long smooth bends at site. Ends of pipe shall be sealed temporarily while laying with cotton/jute/rubber stopper etc.to avoid entry of building material. Exact location of equipment /motor /isolator/push buttons etc. shall be ascertained prior to laying of pipe.

LAYING OF CABLE IN MASONRY TRENCHES.

Masonry /concrete trenches for laying of cable shall be provided by client. However, steel members such as M.S. angles /flats etc. shall be provided & grouted by electrical contractor to support the cables without any extra charge. Cables shall be clamped to these supports with aluminum saddles/clamps. More than one tier of cables can be provided in the same trench if the number of cables are more. Entry of cables in trenches shall be sealed with bituminous MASTIC compound to stop entry of water in trenches.

LAYING OF CABLES IN CABLE TRAYS

Cable Trays and steel members such as M.S. angle / channel/ flats etc. shall be provided and fixed in cable trays in single tier formulation and cables shall be clamped with aluminum flat clamps and galvanized bolts/nuts. Earthing flat/wire can also be laid in same cable tray along with cables. After laying of cables minimum 20% area shall be spare cable trays shall either run in concrete trenches or on cable rack above the pipe rack or overhead supports from building steel, floor slab, etc. Cable shall be clamped to the cable trays in both horizontal runs and vertical runs by suitable site fabricated clamps. Cable trays shall be suitably supported at an interval of 2 Mtrs.

LAYING OF CABLES ON BUILDING SURFACE / STRUCTURE

Page 112 of 143

Such type of cable laying shall be avoided as far as possible and will be allowed only for individual cables or small group of cables which run along structure. Cables shall be rigidly supported on structural steel/masonry using individual cast/malleable iron galvanized saddles and these supports shall be approximately 400-500 mm for cables up to 25 mm diameter and maximum 1000 mm for cables larger than

OUTSOURCE ADVANTAGE ENGINEERS PVT.LTD. AHMEDABAD

25mm. Unsightly sagging of cables shall be prevented. Only aluminum/GI clamps with GI bolts/nuts shall be used. If drilling of steel structure must be resorted to, approval must be secured from the Engineer-in-charge and steel must be drilled where the minimum weakening of the structure will result.

CABLE ROUTE MARKERS

These shall be galvanized cast Iron plate with marking (LT/HT) diameter 150 mm with 600mm long 25x25 mm M.S angle riveted /bolted with this plate.

TERMINATION AND JOINTING OF CABLES:

For HT cables suitable size of termination kit shall be used. All PVC cables up to unarmoured shall be terminated at the equipment/junction box/isolators/push buttons/control accessories, etc .by means of suitable size single/double compression type brass, chrome plated Glands. These shall have a screwed nipple with conduit electrical thread and check nut. These shall be suitable for armoured/unarmoured cables, which are being used. Armour of cables shall be connected to earth point. The contractor shall drill holes for fixing glands whenever necessary. Wherever threaded cable gland is to be galvanized threaded reducing bushing shall be used of approved type. In case of termination of cables at the bottom of the panel over a cable trench having no access from the bottom, a close fit holes should be drilled in the bottom plate for all the cables in one line, then bottom plate should be split in two parts along the center line of holes. After installation of bottom plate and cables with glands, it shall be sealed with cold sealing compound.

CABLE CONNECTORS.

Cable connectors, lugs/sockets shall be of copper/aluminum alloy, suitably tinned, solder less, crimping type. These shall be suitable for the cable being connected and type of function (such as power, control or connection to instrument etc.) All cable leads shall be terminated at the equipment terminals, by means of crimped type solder-less connectors unless the terminals at the equipment ends are suitable for direct jointing without lugs/sockets. The following is the recommended procedure for crimped joints and the same shall be followed: Strip off the insulation of the cables and with every precaution, not to damage any strand. All insulations to be removed from the stripped portion of the conductor and ends of the insulation should be clean and square.

The cable should be kept clean as far as possible before assembling it with the terminal/socket. For preventing the ingress of moisture and possibility of re-oxidation after crimping of the aluminum conductors, the socket should be filled with corrosion inhabiting compound. This compound should also be applied over the stripped portion of the conductor and the palm surface of socket. Correct size and type of socket/ferrule/lug should be selected depending on size of conductor, and type of connection should be made Make the crimped joint by suitable crimping tool. If after crimping the conductor in socket /lug, some portion of the conductor remains without insulation the same should be covered sufficiently with PVC tape.

DRESSING OF CABLE INSIDE THE EQUIPMENT:

After fixing of cable glands, the individual cores of cable shall be dressed and taken along the cable ways (if provided) or shall be fixed to the panels with polyethylene straps. Cable shall be dressed in such a

Page 113 of 143

manner that small loop of each core available inside the panel. For motors of 20 HP and above, terminal box if found not suitable for proper dressing of aluminum cables, the erector shall modify the same without any additional cost. Cables inside the equipment shall be measured and paid for.

IDENTIFICATION OF CABLES/WIRES/CORES.

Power cables shall be identified with red, yellow and blue PVC tapes. For trip circuit’s identification, additional red ferrules shall be used only in the particular cores of control cable at the termination and control switches. In case of control cables all cores shall be identified at both ends by their wire numbers by means of PVC ferrules or self sticking cable markers, wire numbers shall be as per schematic / connection drawing. For power circuit also, wire numbers shall be provided if required as per the drawings of switchgear manufacturer/supplier.

PRECOMMISSIONING & FIELD TESTS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENTS

The Electrical contractor shall provide all necessary meters; instruments and labour perform required tests on Electrical equipments. Inspection and tests shall be carried out to ensure that the material and equipment has been installed as per the requirements of the manufacturer, as per the relevant latest Indian Standards, codes, IE rules, Fire Insurance Association, Tariff advisory committee regulations, chief Electrical Inspector and any other statutory requirements. Before the Electrical equipments are energized, the contractor shall carry out suitable tests to establish to the satisfaction of engineer-in-charge that all equipments have been correctly installed. All the test shall be performed under direct supervision of contractor’s men qualified for inspection and testing in the presence of the Engineer-in-charge. All test results shall be recorded on the prescribed test format and shall be jointly signed by contractor & engineer-in-charge. Test report shall also include date of test and person in charge of the tests. Before commencement of any test, all equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned by blower and checked for proper and rigid connection of termination and it should be determined that the equipment is ready for the tests.

H.T.VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER

The insulation resistance of each bus shall be measured from phase to phase and from phase to earth by 2500 V D.C.meggar before energizing the equipment. Measurements shall be repeated with circuit breaker in operating position and contacts open. Minimum meggar reading shall be 10 Megohms. Insulation resistance of all D.C. control circuits shall be measured from phase to earth.Minimum acceptable value of 1, Megohms. Each adjustable protective relays shall be set, calibrated and tested as per the requirements of the manufacturer. Test all current transformer secondary circuit by applying current to the current transformer secondary windings and verify that the relay or meter operate properly. (Secondary injection test) Test all potential transformer secondary circuit by applying voltage to potential transformer secondary winding and verifying relay & meter operation. Following tests shall be performed on all circuit breaker before they are operated. Circuit breaker shall be drawn outside of the cubicle and closed manually and its insulation resistance shall be measured from phase to phase and from phase to earth. All adjustable direct acting trip devices shall be set using values given in the approved relays setting. Close & trip circuit breaker from its control switch ,push button or operating handle.

OUTSOURCE ADVANTAGE ENGINEERS PVT.LTD. AHMEDABAD

Trip each Electricity operated circuit breaker with its mechanical trip device. Trip the breaker by manual operation or by secondary injection method. Inspection of all parts for breakages and mechanical performance.

Page 114 of 143

TRANSFORMERS

Check all units for proper rating and size. Inspect earth connections, terminations on H.T. & L.T. side, check for oil leaks at fittings and connections, check for thermometer, breather and other safety devices. Check oil level and color of silica-gel. Measure the di-electric strength of Transformer oil in accordance with IS 335.The oil should withstand at least 40 KV for 1 minute. Carry out the test operation of fault pressure relay in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Check Transformer name plate. Insulation resistance test with 1000 V meggar. Between H.T.to earth. Between L.T. to earth Between H.T.& L.T. Measure Winding Resistance of H.T.wdg. & L.T.wdg. Operation of the tap changer. Polarity marking and phase sequence. Earth resistance : Neutral Tank. After satisfactory testing as above, the transformer shall be energized on no-load and maintained on no-load for a period of 8 hours. Thereafter the full load shall be built-up progressively over a period of another 8 hours.

EARTHING SYSTEM :

The following earth resistance values shall be measured with an approved earth meggar and recorded. Each Earthing Station Earthing system as a whole Earth continuity conductors

L.T. PANEL BOARDS

Before electrical panel is energized, the insulation resistance of each bus shall be measured from phase to ground. Measurement shall be repeated with circuit breakers in operating positions and contacts open. Before switchgear is energized, the insulation resistance of all control circuits shall be measured from line to ground. Test all current transformer secondary circuits by applying current to current transformer secondary windings and verify relay/meter operations. (Secondary injection test) The following tests shall be performed on all circuit breakers during erection. Contact alignment shall be checked and adjusted where necessary in accordance with the breaker manufacturer’s instructions. Each circuit breaker shall be drawn out of its cubicles, closed manually and its insulation resistance measured from phase to phase and phase to ground. All adjustable direct acting trip devices shall be set using values given by the Engineer in- charge/manufacturer. Before switchgear is energized the following tests shall be performed on each circuit breaker in its test position. Close and trip the circuit breaker from its local control switch push button or operating handle. Switchgear control bus may be energized to permit test operation of circuit breaker with AC closing with prior permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Test tripping of the electrically operated circuit breaker by operating mechanical trip device. Test proper operation of lock-out device in the closing circuit. Whenever provided by simulating conditions which would cause a lock-out to occur. Trip breaker either manually or by applying current or voltage to each of its associated protective relays. Before switchgear is energized, the tests covered above shall be repeated with each breaker in its normal operating position. Capacitor banks shall be tested as per manufacturer’s instructions. In addition, test for output and /or capacitance, Insulation resistance test and test for efficiency of discharge device shall be carried out. All electrical equipment alarms shall be tested for proper operation by causing alarms to sound under simulated abnormal conditions. All control circuit; automatic operation and interlocks shall be tested. Insulation resistance test (contacts open, Breaker racked in position). Between each phase of bus : Mega ohm

Page 115 of 143

Between each phase & earth : Mega ohm DC and AC control & auxiliary circuits : Mega ohm CT ratio. CT secondary resistance. CT polarity check. Check for contract alignment and wipe. Check / Test all releases / relays. Check mechanical interlocks. Check electrical interlocks. Check switch gear/control panel wiring. Check breaker / contractor circuit for: Closing-local and remote (wherever applicable) Tripping-local and remote (wherever applicable) Opening time of breaker /contractor. Closing time of breaker /contractor.

H.T.CABLES

H.T.cables shall be tested upon installation with a 1000 V insulation resistance tester and the following readings established. Continuity on all phases. Insulation Resistance i) between conductor & ii) all conductors and ground High potential Testing if required by the local electrical Inspectorate. Cables shall be installed in final position, with all through splices complete. Terminations shall be kept unfinished so that meter, switchgear etc.are not subjected to the test voltage.

OUTSOURCE ADVANTAGE ENGINEERS PVT.LTD. AHMEDABAD

The test voltage ,duration of test and test procedures shall be in accordance with IS 4288 for 1.1 KV grade PVC armoured cable and IS 1255 for H.T.Xlpe cables.

TESTING OF CABLES: Drum No. from which cable taken. Cable from to Length of run of this cable metre

I NSULATION RESISTANCE TEST

Between core-1 to earth mega ohm Between core-2 to earth mega ohm Between core-3 to earth mega ohm Between core-1 to core-2 mega ohm Between core-2 to core-3 mega ohm Between core-3 to core-1 mega ohm High voltage test voltage Duration. Between core an earth. Between individual cores shall be installed with sufficient slack in the trench along the cable length.

COMPLETION TESTS

After supply and installation of complete project or a particular building/area, the contractor shall carry out following tests before switching on the power to installation and the results shall be recovered and submitted to the site engineer. If results are not satisfactory/as per standard set herewith, the contractor shall rectify the same. Nothing extra shall be paid for carrying out these tests and contractor has to arrange all necessary instruments.

Page 116 of 143

INSULATION RESISTANCE TO EARTH

This should be measured with all fuse links in place, all switches on, all lamps and appliances in position by applying a voltage not less than twice the working voltage (subject to a limit of 500 v). Insulation resistance of the whole or any part of the

OUTSOURCE ADVANTAGE ENGINEERS PVT.LTD. AHMEDABAD

installation to earth must not be less than 50 Megohms divided by the number of outlets (points and switch positions) extent that it need not exceed 1 megaohm for the whole installation.

INSULATION RESISTNACE BETWEEN CONDUCTORS

Test to be made between all the conductors connected to one pole or phase conductor of the supply and all the conductors connected to the middle wire or neutral or the other pole or phase conductors of the supply. For this test, all lamps shall be removed and all switches put on. The result of the test must be 50 Megaohm divided by the number of outlets (points and switch Positions) but need not exceed one Megaohm for the whole installation.

TESTING AND COMMISSIONING:

All checks and tests as per the Manufacturer’s drawings/manuals, relevant code of installation and the enclosed commissioning check lists for various types of equipment e.g. transformers, breakers, isolators, CTs, PTs, motors, relays, meters, etc. shall be carried out by the CONTRACTOR as part of the installation work. The Client may ask for such additional tests on site as in his opinion are necessary to determine that the works comply with the specification, Manufacturer’s guarantee/instructions or the applicable code of installation. The CONTRACTOR shall carryout such additional tests also. The CONTRACTOR shall perform operating tests on all switchgear and panels to verify satisfactory operation of switchgear/panels and correctness of the interconnections between various items of the equipment. This shall be done by applying normal A.C./ D.C.voltage to the circuits and operating the equipment for functional checking o of all control circuits, e.g. closing, tripping, and control interlock, alarm and supervision circuits. All connections in possible grounds or short circuit. Installation resistance tests shall be carried out by the following rating meggers: Control circuits up to 220 v by 500-v megger. Power circuits, bus bars, Connections upto 11KV.by 1000v megger. Client’s authorized representative shall be present during every test as called for by the Client. The ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR shall record all test values and furnish the required copies of the test data to the client. Electrical circuits and equipments shall be energized or used at nominal operating voltage only after such reports have been accepted as satisfactory by the client/Electrical inspector.

OUTSOURCE ADVANTAGE ENGINEERS PVT.LTD. AHMEDABAD

H.T. CABLE ( 11 KV XLPE) :

The cross linked polyethylene (XLPE) cable shall be aluminium conductor PVC outer sheath steel strip armoured over inner sheath construction. XLPE cable shall conform to testing in accordance with IS : 7098 - Part 1 -1977 & Part 2 –1973. The screening shall be done on individual cover. The armouring applied over the common covering shall be flat steel wires. Cable shall be subject to routine tests as per Indian standards. The termination and jointing techniques for XLPE cables shall be by using heat shrinkable or push on cable jointing kits. The HT cable shall be laid at least 1200 mm below the ground level. While laying underground cables care should be taken so that any underground structures such as sewerage lines, water pipes are not damaged. After laying and jointing work is over a high voltage test

Page 117 of 143

shall be performed and test results shall be submitted for Approval to ensure that they have not been damaged during or after the laying operation. In case the test results are unsatisfactory, the cost of all repairs and replacement and all extra work of removal will be made by the contractor without any extra cost.

L. T. CABLES STANDARDS.

All equipments and materials shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable Indian Standards (IS) except where modified and/or supplemented by this specification The equipment shall meet the requirements of Indian Electricity Rules as amended upto date and relevant IS Codes of practice, Fire Insurance Association and all statutory regulations and safety codes In addition, other rules and regulations as applicable to the work shall be followed. In case of any discrepancy, the more restrictive rule shall be binding.

GENERAL & TECHINCAL REQUIREMENT

Power cables shall be 1100volts grade, multicore constructed as per IS : 1554 – I as follows : Stranded Aluminium / copper conductor Extruded PVC insulation Core laid up Lapped PVC inner sheath Galvanized steel wire armoured Extruded PVC outer sheath

inner & outer sheath shall be applied by extrusion and lapping up process only. Armouring shall be galvanized steel wire / flat. Repaired cables shall not used. Current ratings of the cables shall be as IS : 3961. Long lengthed cables shall be supplied in non returnable wooden drums as per IS :10418. Both ends of the cables shall be properly sealed with PVC/RUBBER caps so as to eliminate ingress of water during transportation, storage & erection.

TESTS & TEST REPORTS

Cables shall be subjected to type tests, acceptance tests & routine tests as per IS : 1554 & IS : 10810. The owner reserved the right to witness any or all the tests. Copies of test reports shall be submitted for approval.

INSTALLATION OF L. V. CABLES

LV cable shall be inspected and meggered not only prior to laying but also after laying. Cables shall be fixed rigidly, supported on structural steel, beams, columns, walls, RCC work, tray etc. by providing proper GI clamps / aluminium saddles etc. at proper intervals. The minimum safe bending radius shall be 12 times O.D. of respective cable. Crossing & over lapping of cables shall be avoided. Each cable shall be in one-piece length i.e. straight joint of the cable will not be permitted. Cable identification Aluminium Tag shall be provided at both ends and also at an interval of 10 mtrs. along the length. Cable crossing the road shall pass through RCC hume pipes. The recommendations of the cable manufacturer with regard to jointing and sealing shall be strictly followed. All cable shall be inspected upon receipt at site and checked for any damage during transit.

PROXIMITY TO COMMUNICATION CABLES

Power and communication cables shall as far as possible cross at right angles. Where power cables are laid in proximity to communication cables the horizontal and vertical clearances shall not normally be less than 600 mm.

Page 118 of 143

LAYING METHODS

Cables shall be laid direct in ground, in pipes / closed ducts, in open ducts or on cables trays depending on environmental and site conditions. For under ground cables, a trench will have a minimum depth of 750 mm from the ground. After laying the cable, a layer of sand followed by bricks over it. The earth will be back filled and rammed properly. In case of under ground cables, a route marker shall be provided. Route marker shall be made out of 100 × 100 × 5 mm G.I. plate welded or bolted to 35 × 35.5 mm – 600 mm long MS angle. The word ‘cable’ and other details such as voltage grade shall be inscribed on the marker. Cable shall be run in trenches, walls, trays. Cables shall be dressed & clamped by means of GI strap saddles. Cables shall be kept away from wall / ceiling by 6 mm GI spacers. All cable entry openings in the wall shall be properly closed. Cable tags will be provided on cables as per the cable schedule.

CABLE END TERMINATION

Cable will be terminated in the switch / panel / distribution board using proper size of single compression type cable gland and copper / aluminium crimping type cable socket to suit the terminal where cable is to be connected. Proper crimping die as per the manufacturer will be used for crimping. Control cables will be terminated as above. Proper ferruling will be done on the each core of the control cable giving details like cable number, core number & terminal number as per respective panels / P.B. All contact surface shall be coated with petroleum conducting jelly before connections are made.

MCB DISTRIBUTION BOARDS MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS BOARDS

Miniature circuit breaker shall be of moulded design and shall be housed in totally enclosed, dust and vermin proof hinged door distribution box. The fault level of MCB shall not be less than 10KA at 230 volts AC supply. They shall mainly comply to IS : 8828-1996 / IEC 608998 and shall be of quick make and break type. The housing of MCBs shall be such that they shall be totally heat resistance and shall withstand all mechanical stresses operation. The contacts of the MCB on both the sides shall be made up of either nickel silver alloy and / or graphite silver alloy. All MCB Distribution Boards shall be manufactured by the MCB manufacturer only. All MCB, D.B.s shall be in Double Door Construction. All lighting and power distribution board and sub – distribution board shall comply with all relevant sections of ISS and shall be factory wires and assembled and tested by MCB manufacturer only. Earthing studs shall be brought out and connected to the main earth bus of the installation The adequate mounting foundation frames fabricated out of steel structure like angles, flats etc. for wall mounting shall be provided for all MCB D B.s. All MCB DBs, Switch boxes & Socket boxes will be provided with metal labels as per drawings. Adequate space will be provided for termination of incoming cable of minimum size 4 × 35 sqmm Aluminium conductor

INTERNAL WIRING SCOPE

This section covers supply, installation, connection, testing and commissioning of point wiring for light points, ceiling & exhaust fan points, 5 A plug points, 15/20 A power plug points including fixing of light fixtures, ceiling fan, exhaust fan etc.

STANDARDS

All equipments and materials shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable Indian Standards (IS) except where modified and/or supplemented by this specification The equipment shall meet the requirements of Indian Electricity Rules as amended upto date and relevant IS Codes of practice, Fire Insurance Association and all statutory regulations and safety codes In addition,

Page 119 of 143

other rules and regulations as applicable to the work shall be followed. In case of any discrepancy, the more restrictive rule shall be binding.

POINT WIRING

A point shall consist of the branch wiring from the distribution board together with a switch as required, including the ceiling rose or pendant holder or swan holder, or ceiling fan box or socket or suitable termination. A point shall include, in addition, the earth continuity conductor /Wire from the distribution board to the earth pin /stud of the outlet/switch box and to the outlet points. The point wiring shall be carried out in the under mentioned manner: Supply, installation, fixing of conduits with necessary accessories, junction/pull/inspection/switch boxes & outlet boxes. Supplying and drawing of wires of required size including earth continuity wire. Supply, installation and connection of flush type switches, sockets cover plates, switch plates and fixing fan regulator etc. The point shall be complete with the branch wiring from the distribution board to the outlet point. Through switch board, conduit with accessories, junction, pull, inspection boxes, control switch, socket, outlet boxes, ceiling roses, button/swan holder, connector etc.

POINT RATE

The rate per point shall include supply, installation, connection, testing and commissioning of points as described under “point wiring”.

SYSTEM OF WIRING

Unless otherwise mentioned on the drawings, the system of point wiring shall be as follows: The system of wiring shall consist of single core, PVC insulated, 1100 volt grade, standard copper conductor wires /cables laid through concealed/exposed PVC conduits/caping as directed.Rigid non-metallic, PVC conduit shall be used for concealed/embedded installation while steel conduits shall be used for surface installation and shall have stove enameled finished surface except installation in damp/wet area, the steel conduit shall be M.S.conduits.

GENERAL

Prior to laying of conduits/Casing Caping, the contractor shall submit for approval, drawing for conduit layout indicating the route of the conduits, casing caping, number and size of the conduits/Casing Caping, location of junction/inspection/pull/outlet boxes, size and location of switch boxes, numbers and size of wires pulled through each conduit and all other necessary relevant details. Only after the drawings are approved, the contractor shall proceed the work of laying of conduits.

MATERIALS P.V.C CONDUITS/CASING CAPING

All non-metallic PVC conduits/oval casing caping shall confirm to IS: 9537. The conduit shall be plain end type as specified accessories (Refer IS: 3419 specification for fittings for rigid non PVC metallic conduits). PVC conduits shall be rigid unplasticised, medium gauge having 1.5 mm wall thickness.

M.S. CONDUITS

Conduits shall confirm to IS: 1653, finished with galvanized or stove enameled surface no steel conduit less than 19 mm in diameter shall be used. Conduits shall be solid drawn of lap-welded type, with minimum wall thickness of 1.5 mm. The conduits shall be delivered to the site of construction in original bundles and each length of conduit shall bear the label of manufacturers. The conduit accessories such as bends, coupling etc. shall be conforming to the relevant Indian Standard specifications.

Page 120 of 143

BOXES

All the boxes for switches , sockets and other receptacles, junction boxes , pull boxes and outlet boxes shall be fabricated from 2.0 mm thick mild sheet steels duty painted with two coats of rex-oxide and then two coats of enamel paints as called for. Color of the paints shall be as approved by the client. The boxes shall have smooth external and internal finished surface. Boxes in contact with earth or exposed to the weather shall be of 2 mm thick mild steel and hot dip galvanized after fabrication. Separate screwed earth terminal shall be provided in the box for earthing purpose. All boxes shall have adequate no. Of knock out holes of required diameter for conduit entry. Switch boxes to receive switches, socket outlets, power out lets, telephone outlets, fan regulators, etc. shall be fabricated to the approved shape and size to accommodate all the devices without overcrowding. Out let boxes to receive ceiling fan shall be fitted with adequately sized rod/hook to fix ceiling fan. The boxes shall be of a minimum depth of 65 mm. Boxes installed for concealed wiring shall be provided with suitable extension rings or plaster covers as required. Boxes for use in masonry block or tiled walls shall be square cornered tile type, or standard boxes having square cornered tile type covers. These boxes shall be installed in the center of the masonry block or tiles. Cast metal boxes installed in wet locations and boxes installed flush with the outside of exterior surface shall be gasketed.

COVER PLATE

The cover plate of the boxes to receive out let points shall be of best-anodized sheet cut to shape and size as approved by the client. For factory building shall be covered with standard plates, and junction boxes, pull boxes, boxes shall be provided with 3 mm thick anodized sheet cover.

WIRES

The wires shall confirm to IS: 694. For all internal wiring PVC insulated wires of 1100 volts grade, single core shall be used. The conductors shall be plain annealed copper conductor comply in with IS: 1554 The conductor shall be circular stranded copper conductor. The minimum number and diameter of wires for circular stranded conductor shall meet the requirements ser out in the relevant Indian Standards. The insulation shall be PVC compound complying with the requirements of IS: 694.It shall be as set out in the relevant standards. Means of identifying the manufacturer shall be provided throughout the length of cable. Unless otherwise specified in the drawings the size of the cables used for internal wiring shall be as follows: In case of circuit wiring for lights, exhaust fans, ceiling fans and 5 Amp. Plug points:- 2.5 Sq.mm -From D.B. to switch boards. 1.5 Sq.mm -From switchboards to out let points 1.5 Sq.mm -Size of Earth Wire. In case of 5/15 Amp. Plug point circuit. 4.0 Sq.mm – From switchboards to outlet point 2.5 Sq.mm. – Size of Earth wire.

SWITCHES

Switches shall confirm to IS: 3854,IS; 1293 and IS: 4615. The switches shall be single pole, single or two way and shown on the drawings or as specified. They shall be of the molded type rated for 250 Volts, and of full 5/15 Amp capacity. They shall be provided with insulated dollies and covers. The switches shall be rocker operated with a quite operating mechanism with bounce free snap action mechanism enclosed in an arc resistance chamber. The switches shall have pure silver and silver cadmium contacts. The switches shall be flush modular type. The make of the switches shall be as indicated in the drawings or BOQ or as suggested and approved by the client. The switches installed in outdoor area shall be industrial, metal clad type, and shall be provided in weatherproof enclosures, complete with weatherproof gasketed covers.

Page 121 of 143

PLUG POINT

The sockets shall confirm to IS: 1293. Each socket shall be provided with switch of appropriate rating. The sockets shall be moulded type, rated for 250 volts, and either of full 5 Amp. Or 15 Amp. Capacity, as maintained on the drawings. Sockets shall be of three-pin type, the third pin being connected to earth continuity conductor. The socket shall be flush modular type. The sockets installed in machine room, plant room or wet/damp area shall be metal clad weather proof type .The finishing and make of all the sockets shall be same as light switch. The socket shall have fully sprung socket contacts and solid brass shrouded terminals to ensure positive electrical connections. The sockets shall be provided with automatic shutters, which opens only when earth pin of the plug inserts in the socket. The socket shall be provided with three pin of the plug top suitable to the socket and of the same make as socket.

LIGHTING FIXTURS, FANS, EXHAUST FANS

The light fixtures and fittings shall be assembled and installed in position complete and ready for service, in accordance with details, drawings, and manufacturer’s instructions and to the satisfaction of the client. Pendant fixtures specified with overall lengths are subject to change and shall be checked with conditions on the job and installed as directed. All suspended fixtures shall be mounted rigid and fixed in position in accordance with drawings, instructions and to the approval of the client. Fixtures shall be suspended true to alignment, plumb, in level and capable of resisting all lateral and vertical forces and shall be fixed as required. All suspended light fixture, fans etc. shall be provided with concealed suspension arrangement in the /roof members. It is the duty of the contractor to make these provisions at the appropriate stage of construction. Exhaust fans shall be fixed at later stage. They shall be plugged to a socket outlet installed at a convenient location near the fan. ALL switch and outlet boxes, for fans and light fittings shall be bounded to earth with 1.5 mm PVC insulated copper conductor wire or equivalent stranded copper wire. Wires shall be connected to all fixtures through connector blocks. Wires brought out from junction boxes / outlet boxes shall be encased in G.I. flexible pipes for connecting to fixtures concealed in suspended ceiling. The flexible pipes shall be fixed to the junction /outlet boxes and at the fixtures with brass bush and double-check nut. The G.I. flexible pipes, wherever used shall be of make and quality approved by the client.

INSTALLATION FIXING OF CONDUITS

Conduits shall be so arranged as to facilitate easy drawing of wires through them. Entire conduit layout shall be done in such a way as to avoid additional junction boxes other than light points. The wiring shall be done in either switch boxes or outlet boxes. Looping in junction or pull boxes are strictly not allowed where conduits cross building expansion joints, Adequate expansion fittings or other approved devices shall be used to take care of any relative movement. All conduits shall be installed so as to avoid steam and hot water pipes. Conduits shall be installed in such a way that the junction, derivation and pull boxes shall always be accessible for repairs and maintenance work on the shop drawings and approved by the client. No run of conduit shall exceed ten meters between adjacent draw in pints nor shall it contain more than two right angle bends, or other derivation from the straight line. The entire conduits system including boxes shall be thoroughly cleaned after completion of installations and before drawings of wires. Conduit system shall be erect and straight as far as possible. Traps where water may accumulate from condensation are to be avoided and if unavoidable, suitable provision for draining the water shall be made.

CONDUIT JOINTS

Page 122 of 143

Conduits shall be joined by means of plain couplers. Where there are long runs of straight conduit, inspection type couplers shall be provided at intervals, as approved by the client. The conduits shall be thoroughly cleaned before making the joints. In case of plain coupler joints, proper jointing material like a vinyl solvent cement (gray in colour) or any material as recommended by the manufacturer shall be used.

BENDS IN CONDUITS

Wherever necessary, bends or diversions may be achieved by bending the conduits or by employing normal bends. No bends shall have radius less than 2.5 times outside diameter of the conduits. Heat may be used to soften the PVC conduit for bending, but while applying heat to the conduit, the conduit shall be filled with sand to avoid any damage to the conduit.

OUTLETS

All the outlets for fittings, switches etc. shall be boxes of substantial construction. In order to minimize condensation or sweating inside the conduits, all outlets of conduit system shall be properly drained and ventilated but in such a manner as to prevent the entry of insects, etc. Fixing between conduit and boxes, outlet boxes, switch boxes and the like must be provided with entry spouts and smooth PVC bushes. Joints between conduit and any type of boxes shall be affected by means of conduit couplers in to each of which shall be coupled smooth PVC bush from inside the box. In any case all the joints shall be fully watertight.

BUNCHING OF CABLES

Cables of AC supply of different phase shall be bunched in separate conduits. The number of insulated wires/cables that may be drawn into the conduits shall be as per the following table. Conduits having lesser than 19 mm diameter shall not be used.

MAXIMUM NUMBER OF 1100-VOLT GRADE SINGLE CORE WIRES IN RIGID PVC CONDUITS.

- 1.5 Sq.mm. – 4 wires in 19 mm conduit. – 8 wires in 25 mm conduit. – 12 wires in 32 mm conduit. - 2.5 Sq.mm – 4 wires in 19 mm conduit. – 6 wires in 25 mm conduit. – 10 wires in 32 mm conduit.

OUTSOURCE ADVANTAGE ENGINEERS PVT.LTD. AHMEDABAD

-4.0 Sq.mm. – 2 wires in 19 mm conduit. – 4 wires in 25 mm conduit. – 8 wires in 32 mm conduit. Wires carrying current shall be so bunched in the conduit that the outgoing and return wires are drawn into the same conduit. Wires origination from two different phases shall not be run in the same conduit.

WIRING SYSTEM WITH RIGID STEEL CONDIUTS

All conduits and it’s accessories shall be of threaded type and under no circumstances pin grip type or clamp type accessories be used.

FIXING OF CONDUITS

Conduit pipe shall be fixed by heavy gauge spacer bar saddles. The saddles shall be of 3 mm x 19 mm galvanized mild steel flat, properly treated with primer and painted, securely fixed to support by means of nuts and bolts/raw bolts, brass machine screws, as mentioned, at an internal of not more than one meter but on either side of couplers, or bends, or junction /pull/outlet boxes or similar fittings, saddles shall be

Page 123 of 143

fixed at a distance of 30 cm from the center of such fittings. Draw boxes shall be located at convenient location for easy drawing of wires. Every mains and sub mains shall run in an independent conduit with an independent earth wire of specified capacity along the entire length of conduit. The conduit to be installed shall be of ample cross-section area to facilitate the drawing of wires. The diameter of the conduit shall be selected as per table specified in this specifications. But in no case it shall be less than 19 mm diameter. Entire conduit layout shall be done such as to avoid additional junctions boxes other than for outlet points. Conduits shall be free from sharp edge and burrs. Conduits shall be laid in a neat and organized manner as directed and approved by the client/ conduits run shall be planned so as not to conflict with any other services pipe, lines/duct. All conduits shall be given two coats of self-etching zinc chromate primer before they are installed. Than after the conduit shall be painted with two coats of enamel paints, color as approved by the client. The entire conduits system shall be electrically and mechanically continuous and shall be bonded, together by means of approved type earthing clamp and earthed through a bare copper conductor of 14 SWG to the earthing terminals on the nearest distribution board. If required, connection between PVC and steel conduits shall be through a junction box. Direct connection between PVC and steel conduits are not allowed. Where exposed conduits are suspended from the structure, they shall be clamped firmly and rigidly to hangers of design to be approved by the client. Where hangers are to be anchored to reinforced concrete, appropriate inserts and necessary devices for their fixing shall be left in position at the time of concreting, making holes and opening in the concrete will generally not be allowed. In case, it is unavoidable, prior permission of the client shall be obtained.

CONDUITS JOINTS

Conduits pipes shall be jointed by means of screwed couplers and screwed accessories, as per IS: 2667. The threads shall be free from grease or oil. In long distanced straight runs of conduit, inspection type couplers two-way junction boxes at reasonable intervals shall be provided or running threads with couplers and lock nuts shall be provided or running threads with coupler and lock nuts shall be provided. The bare threaded portion shall be treated with anti-corrosive paints. Threads on conduit pipes in all cases shall be between 11 mm to 27 mm long, sufficient to accommodate pipes to full threaded portion of couplers or accessories. Cut ends of conduit pipes shall have neither sharp edges nor any burrs left, to avoid damage to the insulation of conductors while pulling them through such pipes. Brass female bushes shall be used in each conduit termination in a switch box, outlet box. Electrical panel or any other box. Conduit shall be secured in each outlet box switch box, electrical panel or any other box by means of one brass hexagonal lock nut and bush, outside and inside the box. At each building, expansion joints approved oil tight double wire wound flexible steel conduits or any other approved method shall be used. This shall be united on both sides with the rigid conduits by suitable union. Conduits installed in the plant room for mechanical equipment shall be through oil tight double wire wound flexible steel conduit. In any case the length of the flexible conduit shall be properly clamped with the body of the equipment. They shall not in any case be clamped with any cover or any removable parts of the equipment.

BENDS IN CONDUITS

All necessary bends in the system including diversion shall be done by bending pipes or by inserting suitable solid or circular inspection type normal box or similar fittings. conduit fittings shall be avoided as far as possible on conduit system exposed to weather, where necessary , solid type fittings shall be used. Radius of each bends in conduits shall be not less than 75 mm. No length of conduit shall have more than the equivalent of fourquarter bends from outlet, the bends at the outlets not being counted.

PROTECTION AGAINST DAMPNESS

In order to minimize condensation or sweating inside the conduit, all outlets of conduit system shall be properly drained and ventilated, but in such a manner as to prevent the entry of insects, as far as possible.

Page 124 of 143

PROTECTION OF CONDUIT AGAINST RUST

The outer surface of the conduits including bends, junction boxes, etc., forming part of the conduit system shall be adequately protected against rust, particularly when such system is exposed to weather. In all cases, no bare/ threaded portion of conduit pipe shall be allowed unless such bare threaded portion is treated with anti-corrosive coating or covered with approved plastic compound. All screwed and socketed connections shall be adequately made fully water tight by the use of proper joining material i.e. white lead doe metal conduits.

BUNCHING OF CABLES

Unless otherwise specified, insulated conductors of different phases shall be bunched in separate conduit. Wires carrying current shall be so bunched in the conduit that the outgoing and return wires are drawn in to the same conduit. Wires originating from two different phases shall not be run in the same conduit MAXIMUM NUMBER OF 1100-VOLT GRADE SINGLE CORE WIRES IN RIGID STEEL CONDUITS. -1.5 Sq.mm. –5 wires in 20 mm conduit. –10 wires in 25 mm conduit –14 wires in 32 mm conduit -2.5 Sq.mm. –5 wires in 20 mm conduit. –8 wires in 25 mm conduit. –12 wires in 32 mm conduit. -4.0 Sq.mm. –3 wires in 20 mm conduit. –6 wires in 25 mm conduit. –10 wires in 32 mm conduit.

SWITCH AND SOCKET

Switches shall be installed at 1200 mm above finished floor level unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. The switch controlling the light point or fan shall be connected on to the phase wire of the circuit and neutral shall be continuous, having no fuse or switch installed in the line except at the switch installed in the line except at the switch boxes on adjustable flat M.S. strips/plates with tapped holes and brass machine screws, leaving ample space at the back and sides for accommodating wires. The cover plates to the switch box shall be fixed by means of sunk head brass cadmium screws. Where two or more switches and fan regulators are in stalled together, they shall be provided with one gang of switches, sockets and regulators. The switch controlling the socket outlet shall be on the phase wire of the circuit. The third pin of the socket shall be connected to the earth continuity conductor of the circuit. The switch boxes, installed back-to-back in the same wall shall be offset from each other, 150 mm horizontally, to preclude noise transmission.

DRAWING OF CONDUCTORS

The drawing and joining of copper conductor or wires shall be executed with due regard to the following precautions, while drawing insulated wires into the conduits, care shall be taken to avoid c\scratches and kinks which may cause breakage of conductors. There shall be no sharp beds. Insulation shall be shaved off for a length of 15 mm at the end of wire like sharpening of a pencil and it shall not be removed by cutting it square or ringing. PVC insulated copper conductor wire ends before connection shall be properly soldered (at least 15 mm length) with soldering flux/copper solder, for copper conductor. Strands of wires shall not be cut for connecting to the end before connection. The connecting brass-screws shall have flat ends. All looped joints shall be soldered and connected through terminals block/connectors. The pressure applied to tighten terminal screws shall be just adequate, neither too much nor too less. Conductors having nominal cross section area exceeding 4

Page 125 of 143

Sq.mm shall always be provided with crimping type cable sockets. At all bolted terminals, brass flat washer of large area and approved steel spring washers shall be used. Brass nuts and bolts shall be used for all connections. Only certified wireman and cable jointers shall be employed to do joining work .For all internal wiring PVC insulated wires of 650/1100 volts grade shall be used. The sub-circuit wiring for point shall be carried out in looping system and no joint shall be allowed in the length of the conductors. No wire shall be drawn in to any conduit, until all work of any nature that may cause in jury to wire is completed. Care shall be taken in pulling the wires so that no damage occurs to the insulation of the wire. Before the wires are drawn into the conduits the conduits shall be thoroughly cleaned of moisture, dust, and dirt or any other obstruction by forcing compressed air through the conduits.

JOINTS

The wiring shall be by looping back system, and hence all joints shall be made at main switches, distribution boards, socket outlets, lighting outlets and switch boxes only. No joints shall be made inside conduits from outlet to outlet. Joints where unavoidable, due to any specified reasons, prior permission in writing shall be obtained from the client before making such connections. Joints by twisting conductors are prohibited.

LOAD BALANCING

Balancing of circuits in three-phase installation shall be planned before the commencement of wiring and shall be strictly adhered to.

EARTHING

All earthing systems shall be in accordance with IS: 3043-1985 code of practice for earthing. The type and size of earthing wire shall be as specified in clauses. Under the heading of cables.

TESTING OF INSTALLATION.

Before a completed installation is put into service, the following tests shall be complied with:

INSULATION RESISTANCE The insulation resistance shall be measured by applying 500-volt megger with all fuses in places, circuit breaker and all switches closed. The insulation resistance in Megohms of an installation, measured shall not be less than 50 Megohms divided by the number of points on the circuit. The insulation resistance shall be measured between

EARTH TO PHASE, EARTH TO NEUTRAL & PHASE TO NEUTRAL EARTH CONTINUITY PATH

The earth continuity conductors shall be tested for electrical continuity and the electrical resistance of the same along with the earthing lead but excluding any added resistance or earth leakage circuit-breaker, measured from the connection, with the earth electrode to any point in the earth continuity conductor in the completed installation and shall not exceed one ohm.

POLARITY OF SINGLE POLE SWITHCES

A test shall be made to verify that every no-linked, single pole switch is connected to one of the phase of the supply system.

COMPLETION CERTIFICATES

Page 126 of 143

All the above tests shall be carried out in presence of client and the results shall be recorded in a prescribed forms. Any default during the testing shall be immediately rectified and that section of the installation shall be retested. The completed test result forms shall be submitted to the client for approval. On completion of an electric installation the contractor, countersigned by the certified supervisor under whose direct supervision the installation was carried out, shall furnish a certificate. This certificate shall be in a prescribed form as required by the local electric supply authority.

TELEPHONE WIRING SYSTEM SCOPE:

This section covers the specification for supply, installation, testing & commissioning of telephone wiring system comprising of Telephone Tag Box, Telephone 2 pair wires, Telephone socket outlets, Rigid PVC conduits and accessories, junction boxes and other related material. Telephone EPABX system, telephone instruments and Telephone multi pair cables (from EPABX to Telephone Tag Box) computer Data cable shall be supplied by the client.

SYSTEM: TELEPHONE:

A multi pair telephone cable shall be provided by Telephone Department at one point which will be terminated in EPABX system through Main Telephone Tag box. From Main Telephone Tag Block Armoured cable in duct for Telephone Cable shall run to different Telephone Tag box located for different areas. From tag Box of each area, 2 pair Telephone wire in rigid PVC conduit shall be taken to each Telephone point outlet. The conduits shall run in surface/concealed manner in vertical duct and shall run in concealed manner on every floor in RCC slab or in wall.

MATERIAL

Rigid PVC conduits, accessories and junction box to be used shall be as described under INTERNAL WIRING specifications. Telephone wire shall be two pair, PVC insulated and sheathed with Tinned copper conductor of not less than 0.6 mm dia. and shall be color coded twisted pair. The conductor resistance shall be less than 150 ohms per km. and the insulation resistance between the conductors shall not be less than 50 Megohms and the nominal capacitance of about 0.1 microfarad per km. Cables laid underground shall be filled with Polyethylene compound and shall have sufficient protection against moisture and water ingress. Telephone Tag Blocks shall be heavy-duty flush mounting type and 2A, 2 pair type. The telephone socket outlets and electrical socket outlet shall not be interchange with each other.

Telephone Tag Blocks shall be suitable for multi pair Telephone cables and shall have two terminal block. cross connect type. All incoming and outgoing cables shall be terminated on separate terminal blocks and terminations shall be silver soldered. The cross connecting wires shall be insulated wires of same diameter and screw connected. The Tag box shall be mounted inside fabricated sheet steel boxes with removable hinged covers and shall be painted with 2 coats of red oxide and stove enameled.

INSTALLATION

The telephone wiring installation shall be carried out in the manner as approved by the local Telephone Authority. The Electrical Contractor shall get the approval on Drawing from the local authority if necessary before commencing the work.

All other specifications shall be followed as described in INTERNAL WIRING specifications.

EARTHING & LIGHTNING PROTECTION

Page 127 of 143

SCOPE

The scope of work shall cover supply, laying, installation, connection, testing and commissioning of: G.I. and/or Copper (Plate and/or Pipe) Earthing Pits. Earthing G.I./Copper strips/ Wires from equiponetial bar to lay feeder mains and circuit to connect P.C.C & M.C.C.S, Distribution boards, switchboards etc.

Bonding of Non-current carrying parts, and metallic parts of the Electrical installation.

STANDARDS

All equipments and materials shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable Indian Standards (IS) except where modified and/or supplemented by this specification The equipment shall meet the requirements of Indian Electricity Rules as amended up to date and relevant IS Codes of practice, Fire Insurance Association and all statutory regulations and safety codes In addition, other rules and regulations as applicable to the work shall be followed. In case of any discrepancy, the more restrictive rule shall be binding. All the non-current carrying metal parts of the electrical installation and mechanical equipments shall be earthed properly. The metal conduits, Casing, cables armour and sheath, Electrical panels board, lighting fixtures, ceiling and exhaust fan and other parts made of metal shall be bonded together and connected to the central earthing grid by means of specified earthing system. An earth continuity conductor shall be installed with all the feeders and circuits and shall be connected from the earth bar of the panel boards, to the conduit system, earth stud of the switch box, lighting fixture, earth pin of the socket outlets and to any metallic wall plates used. All the enclosures of motors shall be also connected to the earthing system.

PLATE TYPE EARTHING PITS

The substation earthing shall be with copper plate and equipment earthing grid shall be with hot dip G.I.earthing Plate 600x600x3.15 mm copper plate shall be used for substation Equipment Neutral Earthing and 600x600x6.3 m hot dip G.I.plate for Body Earthing.

OUTSOURCE ADVANTAGE ENGINEERS PVT.LTD. AHMEDABAD

The details of earthing pits shall be as shown on the drawing. The resistance of each earthing pit should not exceed 5 ohms. The earthing grid shall be of copper strip in case of copper earth plate and hot dip galvanized iron strip in case of G.I. earth plate of size as mentioned in the drawing. G.I. pipe with funnel of approved quality shall be used for watering the earthing

Electrodes.

The masonry chamber with Cast Iron hinged cover shall be provided for housing the funnel and the pipe for watering the earthing electrodes. The hardware and other consumables for earthing installation shall be of copper/brass in case of copper earth plate and shall be hot dip galvanized iron material in case of G.I. earth plate, As per details shown in the drawing.

PIPE TYPE EARTING PITS:

The earthing pit shall be as shown on the drawing and shall be used for equipment earth grid and/or street light pole earthing. The earth electrode shall be 2.5 M long 50 mm dia class “A”, galvanized steel pipe. The earth lead shall be fixed to the pipe with a nut and safety set screws. The clamp shall be permanently accessible. The earthing grid and the earthing conductor shall be hot dip galvanized iron strips of the size as shown in the drawing.

Page 128 of 143

The other specifications shall be as mentioned in Plate type Earthing Station.

INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION

The plate/pipe electrode shall be buried at least 2.5 Mtr. below finished ground level. The plate/pipe electrode shall be at least 2 Mtr. away from the face of the Wall/Column. The Distance between two Earthing Pits shall be at least 5 mtrs. The plate electrode shall be installed vertically and shall be surrounded with 150 mm. thick layers of Charcoal dust and Salt mixture. 25 mm. dia.G.I.Pipe. for watering, shall run from top edge of the plate/pipe electrode to the mid level of block masonry chamber.

The earthing Strips / Wires inside the building shall properly be clamped/supported on the wall/Tray with Galvanized Iron clamps and Mild Steel Zinc Passivated screws/bolts. The conductors outside the building shall be laid at least 500 mm.below the finished ground level. The earth conductors shall either terminate on earthing socket provided on the equipment or shall be fastened to the foundation bolt and / or on frames of the equipment. The earthing connection to equipment body shall be done after removing paint and other oily substances from the body and then properly be finished.

Over lapping of earth conductors during straight through in joints, where required, shall be of minimum 75mm. long. The earth conductors shall be in one length between the earthing grid and equipment to be earthed. The complete earthing system shall be mechanically and electrically bonded to provide an independent return path to the earth source.

EQUIPMENT EARTHING

All apparatus and equipment shall be earthed as specified in respective drawings. Neutral conductor shall not be used for Equipment Earthing All equipment to be earthed shall be cleaned to bare metal before attaching the Earth wire. The entire plant shall be earthed by a earth main and shall be effectively earthed by means of earthing pits (earth electrodes) Copper strips shall be tinned at the joints. The earth continuity conductor be drawn inside the conduit shall be insulated. Each Earth wire shall be in one length from the Earthing grid to the equipment. Non metallic conduit shall have an insulated earth continuity conductor of the same size as for metallic conduit. All metal junction and switch boxes shall have an inside earth stud to which the earth conductor shall be connected. The earth conductor shall be distinctly Coloured (Green) for easy identification. Armoured cable shall be earthed by two distinct earth connections to the armouring at the ends and the size of connection being as for the metallic conduit. In the case of unarmoured cable, an earth continuity conductor shall either be run outside along with the cable or should form a separate insulated core of the cable.

OUTSOURCE ADVANTAGE ENGINEERS PVT.LTD. AHMEDABAD

Three phase power panel and distribution boards shall have two distinct earth connections. The size of the conductor shall be as indicated on respective drawings. In case of single phase DB’s a single earth connection is adequate. Three phase motors and other three phase apparatus shall have two distinct

Page 129 of 143

earth connections. For single phase motors and apparatus, the single earth connection shall be provided of the above size. For all light fittings and fans a single earth connection with 1.5 Sq.mm. copper or equivalent size shall be provided. All street light poles shall have an earth stud and shall be connected to the cable armouring using 6.5 Sq.mm copper or equivalent unless shown otherwise. For street lighting poles planted in ground, 2.4 M long 10 SWG bare copper wire shall be coiled and buried with every fourth pole in addition to connection to cable armouring. An equipment earthing grid shall be established as shown in the drawing. All earth connections to all panels, DB’s and equipment shall be connected to the nearest point of the earthing grid. Separate Earthing grid shall be provided for computers to provide effective earthing for computers.

LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM:

For lighting protection system IS: 2309-1963 “Code of practice of Lighting protective system shall have as few joints as possible and they shall be mechanically and electrically effective. In general, joints of strips shall be double riveted. Bolted joints shall only be used on bonds to existing metals or on test points. Earthing system used for Lighting protection system shall not be mixed with Equipment / distribution or Lightening Earthing.

LIGHTNING RODS:

Lightning rods (Air Terminations) shall be as indicated in the Drawing. Lightning rods shall be installed at the highest point of the building or the structure. Rods shall be connected to the main Lightning bus by the shortest possible path, as shown on the drawing.

TEST

The entire earthing installation shall be tested as per requirements of Indian Standard Specification IS: 3043.

OUTSOURCE ADVANTAGE ENGINEERS PVT.LTD. AHMEDABAD

General Inspection: Check that Earthing system is installed as per the drawings and specifications. All connections should be tight. The following earth resistance values shall be measured with an approved earth megger and recorded in presence of Client’s Engineer. Each earthing station Earthing system as a whole Earth continuity conductors The resistance of the system / Neutral Earthing should be maintained at less than 1 ohm. At each Earthing point provided for structure Lightning Protection, resistance shall not exceed 1 ohm.

At any point of each system used to provide earthing to Electrical equipment enclosure, resistance shall not exceed 1 ohm. Measurements of earth resistance shall be carried out before earth connections are made between the earth and the object to be earthed.

DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER SCOPE

Page 130 of 143

The scope of work shall cover the Design, Manufacture and supply of transformer suitable for outdoor installation meeting the requirements specified in the Technical data sheet.

CODES AND STANDARDS

The Design, Manufacture and Performance of the Transformer shall be in compliance with all latest statutory regulations and safety codes applicable. The transformers shall comply with IS: 2026 and should be suitable for service under conditions of voltage and frequency fluctuations permissible under Indian Electricity Act rules there under. Transformers shall meet the requirements specified in specifications of Transformers and capable of being loaded in accordance with IS: 6600.

RATING

The Rating, Voltage ratio, Vector group, Type of Cooling of the Transformer and Tap changing gear shall be as specified in the enclosed Technical Data sheet.

CORE

The Core shall be built of highest grade, non-ageing, low-loss, high permeability, cold rolled grain-oriented silicon steel laminations. The finally assembled core shall be free from distortion. It shall be rigidly clamped to ensure adequate mechanical strength and to prevent vibrations during operation. The parts of the core shall be of robust design capable to withstand shocks during lifting, transportation or during installation. The core shall be provided with lugs suitable for lifting the complete core and coil assembly. The design of the magnetic circuit shall be such as to avoid static discharges, development of short circuit paths within itself or to the earthed clamping structure and the production of flux components at right angle to the plane of the laminations which may cause local heating. Necessary Cooling ducts for the efficient cooling of the core and to ensure free circulation of oil shall be provided. The maximum hot spot temperature in the Core shall be non-injurious to the insulation and material of the core clamping frame work.

WINDINGS

The arrangement of winding of the Core shall be such that there is Electrical and Magnetic balance under all conditions of operation to ensure free circulation of oil and absence of hot spots. The High Tension windings shall be separated from Low Tension windings by suitable insulating barriers. Windings shall be subjected to shrinking and seasoning process, so that no further shrinkage occurs during service. Adjustable devices shall be provided for taking up possible shrinkage in service. Neutral of all star-connected windings shall be brought out in open.

TANK

Tank shall be made from good commercial grade low carbon steel and shall be of welded construction. The tank shall be designed to permit lifting, by crane or jacks, of the complete transformer assembly filled with oil. The material used for gaskets shall be cork. Tank shall be provided with lifting lugs and a minimum of four jacking lugs and suitable haulage holes. The Tank cover shall be fitted with pockets for a thermometer and for the bulbs of oil and winding temperature indicators. Protection shall be provided, where necessary, for each capillary tube. All wheels should be detachable and shall be made of cast iron or steel as required. Inspection cover on the top shall be provided.

CONSERVATOR

A conservator complete with sump and drain valve to meet the requirement of expansion of the total cold oil volume in the transformer and cooling equipment from the minimum ambient temperature to 90C shall be provided. Plain Oil level gauge shall be provided. The Conservator shall be provided with a Silica Gel Breather. Filter and Drain Valves, a sampling device and air release plug. Pressure release device shall be provided of sufficient size for rapid release of any high pressure that may be caused in the transformer in the course of Occurrence of any fault. If a diaphragm is used, it shall be of suitable design and material and situated

Page 131 of 143

above the maximum oil level. If a diaphragm is put at the base of a pipe, an oil gauge is required on the pipe for indicating fracture of diaphragm. An equaliser pipe shall be connected between the pressure release device and the conservator for relieving or equalising the pressure, or silica gel breather shall be fitted to the pressure release device. Two Oil sampling valves one for the bottom oil and the other for the top shall be provided. Pocket for inserting Thermometer for Oil Temperature Indication in each radiator.

OIL

Transformer shall be supplied with first filling of oil conforming to IS: 335. 10 % additional oil shall be supplied in non-returnable drums for each Transformer.

COOLING EQUIPMENT

Oil immersed natural air cooling shall be provided for the Transformer. The Transformers shall be provided with detachable type radiators. Necessary cut off valves between the radiator and main tank of the transformer shall be provided at each point of connection to the tank.

VOLTAGE CONTROL

The Transformer shall be provided with OFF circuit tap changing gear for varying the effective transformation ratio of the Transformer. Off-circuit tap-changing gear shall be operable by means of operating handle and equipped with an indicating device to show the tap in use and the rated tap voltage Pad-locking arrangement to lock the switch in the various positions. Mechanical stops to prevent over cranking of the mechanism beyond the extreme tap position.

EARTHING

Transformer core, frame and top cover shall be suitably earthed. Separate Bushing shall be brought out on L.T. cable box for Neutral Earthing.

CABLE BOXES

Transformer shall be fitted either with bushing insulators or with cable boxes as specified. When connection is made by cable on H.V.side, a disconnecting chamber shall also be provided for enabling disconnecting and moving away the transformer without unsealing the cables or draining oil from the main tank, leaving the cable box or chamber behind on external supports. The cable box shall have sufficient space to facilitate termination if more then one cable termination are specified, and to accommodate all cable joint fittings or sealing ends including stress cones, etc. Links shall be provided of suitable length for easy termination of cables. Necessary glands and cable sockets shall be provided. The box shall also have a drain plug to enable quick removal of the filling medium.

TEMPERATURE INDICATING DEVICES AND ALARM

6” Dial type Oil temperature indicator with electrical contacts for Alarm & Trip shall be provided. 6” Dial type Winding temperature indicator with electrical contacts for Alarm & Trip shall be provided .The tripping contacts of winding temperature indicator shall be adjustable to close between 60C and 120C and alarm contacts to close between 50 C and 100C. Both shall reopen when the temperature falls by about 10C below the selected temperature. Connections shall be brought from the devices to the marshalling box.

GAS AND OIL ACTUATED RELAYS (Buchholz Relay)

A double float type buchholz relay as per IS:3637 shall be provided. Two electrically independent alarm and trip contacts shall be provided, Two isolating valves shall be provided on either side of the relay.

MARSHALLING BOX

Page 132 of 143

A sheet steel, dust and vermin proof, adequately ventilated and weather proof marshalling box suitable for outdoor application shall be provided for the transformer ancillary apparatus. The marshalling box shall accommodate temperature indicators, terminals and gland plates for the incoming and outgoing cables.

PAINTING

The surface exposed to the atmosphere shall be thoroughly cleaned and applied with one coat of zinc chromate, second coat of oil and weather-resistant paint and final coat of glossy oil and weather-resistant non-fading Epoxy paint of shade No.631 of IS:5. The interior of transformer tank shall be painted with heat-resistant, oil-insulating varnish after thorough cleaning of all scales and dust by shot-blasting.

DRAWINGS

The Vendor shall submit Three copies of the following drawings for Approval to the Consultant prior to manufacturing. General Arrangement Drawing indicating the Dimensions, Transformer accessories, Weight, H.T. and L.T. Cable Box details. Transformer Platform details with dimensions Wiring diagram of the marshalling box indicating terminal ferrule numbers and connections. Rating and diagram marking plates. One set of the drawings will be returned to vendor by Client with his /consultant’s comments/remarks and required clarifications. The vendor shall incorporate the same and send three sets of revised drawings. Three sets of operation, installation and maintenance manuals shall also be furnished, prior to despatch of the switchgear

INSPECTION AND TESTS

15 days advance notice in writing shall be given to the Consultant/ Client for Inspection and Tests. All the charges for inspection / testing shall be borne by the contractor. All routine tests as specified in IS:2026 shall be conducted on the Transformer in presence of Client/Consultant. Three copies of Test Certificates shall be submitted for Client’s Approval before Despatch of the Transformer. Copies of Type test certificate for test on similar Transformer shall be submitted.

ACCESSORIES REQUIRED:

• Oil conservator with Magnetic Oil level Gauge / Plain Oil gauge, filling hole with cap & Drain valve. • Explosion vent with double diaphragm. • 1 set of detachable radiator with shutoff valve • Silica gel Dehydrating Breather. • Off circuit externally operated tapping switch with position indicator, handle & locking device. • Marshalling Box • Double float Bucchholz relay with alarm & trip contacts. • 6 inch Dial type Oil Temperature Indicator with Alarm & trip contacts. • 6 inch Dial type with Winding Temperature indicator with heater bulb, suitable CTs and Alarm & trip contacts. • Thermometer pocket for O.T.I. • Separate Neutral Bushing to be brought out for solid Earthing. • 4 # Bi-directional flat rollers. • 2 # Thermometer pockets, • Drain valve with plug, Filter valve with plug • 2 # Lifting lugs • Rating & Diagram plate. • Air Release plug • Sampling valve

Page 133 of 143

• Jacking pads • Earthing terminal • Pressure relief valve • HV & LV gland plate

GUARANTEE

and floor/wall mounting type. All CRCA sheet steel used Vendor shall guarantee the design, materials, workmanship and performance of the equipment for a period of twelve months from the date of initial operation or eighteen months after delivery at job site, whichever is earlier.

The enclosed Technical Data Sheet forms the part of this specification.

L.T. PANEL BOARD SCOPE

This specification covers the Design, Manufacture and Supply of various L.T. Panel Boards as per Single Line Diagram suitable for Indoor application.

CODES & STANDARDS:

All equipments and materials shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable Indian Standards (IS) except where modified and/or supplemented by this specification. The equipment shall meet the requirements of Indian Electricity Rules as amended upto date and relevant IS Codes of practice, Fire Insurance Association and all statutory regulations and safety codes In addition, other rules and regulations as applicable to the work shall be followed. In case of any discrepancy, the more restrictive rule shall be binding.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS:

All the Panels shall be metal clad, totally enclosed, rigid, floor/wall mounting, air insulated, cubicle type suitable for operation on three phase/single phase, 415 V/230 V/240 V, 50 Hz., neutral effectively grounded at transformer and short circuit level as mentioned in the drawings. All the panels shall be IP-51 protection class construction. The painting of all the metal part shall be with seven-tank process followed by powder coating as per the standard.

CONSTRUCTION STRUCTURE:

The Panel shall be of compartmentalized design so that circuit arc/flash products do not create secondary faults and be fabricated out of high quality CRCA sheet, suitable for indoor installation having dead front operated in the construction of Panels shall be 1.6 / 2 mm. thick and shall be folded and braced as necessary to provide a rigid support for all components. Joint of any kind in sheet steel shall be seam welded, all welding slag grounded off and welding pits wiped smooth with plumber metal. The Panels shall be totally enclosed, completely dust and vermin proof and degree of protection being not less than IP: 51. Gaskets between all adjacent units and beneath all covers shall be provided to render the joints dust proof. All doors and covers shall be fully gasket with foam rubber and /or rubber strips and shall be lockable. All Panels and covers shall be properly fitted and screwed with the frame and holds in the panel correctly positioned. Fixing screws shall enter into holes, taped into an adequate thickness of metal or provided with bolts and nuts. Self threading screws shall not be used in the construction of Panels. A base channel

Page 134 of 143

of 75 mm.x 40 mm. X 6 mm. Thick shall be provided at the bottom. A clearance of 300mm. between the floor of the Panels and the bottom of the units shall be provided. Panels shall be preferably arranged in multi-tier formation. The Panels shall be adequate size with a provision of 20% spare space to accommodate possible future additional switchgear. The size of the Panels shall be designed in such a way that the internal space is sufficient for hot air movement and the electrical components do not attain temperature more than 50 Deg C. If necessary, openings shall be provided for neutral ventilation, but the said openings shall be screened with fine weld mesh. The entire electrical component shall be de rated for 50 Deg. C. Knock out holes of appropriate size and number shall be provided in the Panels in conformity with the number, and the size of incoming and outgoing conduits/cables. Alternately, the Panels shall be provided with removable sheet steel plates at top and bottom to drill holes for cable/conduit entry at site. The panels shall be designed to facilitate easy inspection, maintenance and repair. The Panels shall be sufficient rigid to support the equipment without distortion under normal and under short circuit condition. They shall be suitable braced for short circuit duty.

PROTECTION CLASS:

All the indoor Panels shall protection class of IP: 51 PAINTING:

The painting shall be seven tank process followed by powder coating. CIRCUIT COMPARTMENTS:

Each circuit breaker and switch fuse unit shall be housed in separate compartments and shall be enclosed on all sides. Sheet steel hinged lockable door shall be duly interlocked with the breaker in ‘ON’ and ‘OFF’ position. The door shall not form an integral part of draw out position of the circuit breaker. All instruments and indicating lamp shall be mounted on the compartment door. Sheet steel barriers shall be provided between the tiers in a vertical section.

INSTRUMENT COMPARTMENTS:

Separate adequate compartment shall be provided for accommodating instruments, indicating lamps, control contractors/relays and control fuses etc. These components shall be accessible for testing and maintenance

BUSBAR:

The busbar shall be air insulated and made of high quality, high conductivity, high strength Copper. The busbar shall be of 3 phase and neutral system with separate neutral and earth bar. The size of neutral busbar in all main panels or lighting panels and feeders for LDB shall be equal to phase busbar. The busbar and interconnection between busbar and various components shall be of high conductivity Copper. The busbar shall be of rectangular cross-section designed to with stand full load current for phase busbar and half rated current for neutral busbar in case of MCC panels only and shall be extensible on either side. The busbar size shall be as per drawing. The busbar shall have uniform cross-section throughout the length. The busbars and interconnections shall be insulated with epoxy coated bur sleeves. The busbar shall be supported on bus insulators of SMD/DMC type at sufficiently close intervals to prevent busbars sag and shall effectively withstand electronic stresses in the event of short circuit. The busbar shall be housed in a separate compartment. The busbar shall be isolated with 3 mm. Thick bakelite sheet to avoid any accidental contact. The busbar shall be arranged such that minimum clearance between the busbars is maintained as below:

Between phases : 25 mm. minimum Between phase and neutral : 25 mm.

Page 135 of 143

Between phase and earth : 25mm. Between neutral and earth : 20mm. Minimum All busbar connections shall be done by drilling holes in busbars and connecting by chromium plated or tinned plated brass bolts and nuts. Additional core-section of busbar shall be provided in all Panels to cover up the holes drilled in the busbar. Spring and flat washers shall be used for tightening the bolts. All connections between busbars and circuit breakers /switches and cables terminals shall be through Copper strips of proper size to carry full rated current. These strips shall be insulated with insulating tapes. Busbar shall be calculated on 50 deg C. ambient temp. and 85 deg.C. for continuous and short time rating. Busbar surrounding air temp. shall be considered 70 deg. C. for busbar calculation. All joints shall have non-flammable insulation shrouds for secondary insulation purpose.

ELECTRICAL POWER AND CONTROL WIRING CONNECTION:

Terminal for both incoming and outgoing cable connections shall be suitable for 1100 V grade aluminum /copper conductor PVC insulated and PVC sheathed, armoured cable and shall be suitable for connections of solderless sockets for the cable size as indicated on the appended drawings for the Panels. Power connections for incoming feeders of the main Panels shall be suitable fro 1100 V grade aluminum conductor (PVC) cables. Both control and power terminals shall be properly shrouded. Clip on type terminals shall be provided up to 10 sq.mm conductor and above 10 sq.mm bolt type terminals shall be used. 10 % spare terminals shall be provided on each terminal block. Sufficient terminals shall be provided on each terminal block, so that not more than one outgoing wire is connected per terminal. Terminal strips for power and control shall preferably by separated from each other by suitable barriers. Wiring inside the modules for power, control, protection and instruments etc. shall be done with use of 660/100 V grade, PVC insulated copper conductor wires conforming to IS : 694 & 8130 Power wiring inside the starter module shall be rated for full current rating of respective contactor, but not less than 4.0 sq.mm cross-section area. For current transformer circuits, 2.5 sq.mm. copper conductor wire shall be used. Other control wiring shall be done with 1.5 sq.mm copper conductor wires. Wires for connections to the door shall be flexible. All conductors shall be crimped with solderless sockets at the ends before connections are made to the terminals. Control power supply to modules through the control transformer only. Control power wiring shall have MCB for circuit protection. All indicating lamps shall be protected by MCB. Particular care shall be taken to ensure that the layout of wiring is neat and orderly. Identification ferrules shall be fitted to all the wire termination for ease of identification and to facilitate checking and testing. Spring type washers shall be used for all copper and aluminum connections. Final wiring diagram of the Panels power and control circuit with ferrules numbers shall be submitted along with the Panels as one of the documents against the contract.

TERMINALS:

The outgoing terminals and neutral link shall be brought out to a cable alley suitable located and accessible from the panel front. The current transformers for instruments metering shall be mounted on the disconnecting type terminal blocks. No direct connection of incoming or outgoing cables to internal components of the distribution board is permitted and only one conductor may be connected in one terminal.

WIREWAYS:

A horizontal/vertical/AI. Wire way with screwed covers shall be provided at the top to take interconnecting control wiring between different vertical sections.

CABLE COMPARTMENTS:

Cable compartment of minimum 300 mm size shall be provided in the panels for easy termination of all incoming and outgoing cables entering from bottom or top. Adequate supports shall be provided in the

Page 136 of 143

cable compartments to support cables. All outgoing and incoming feeder terminals shall be brought out to terminal blocks in the cable compartment.

EARTHING:

GI earth bars of 50 mm x 6 mm shall be provided in the Panels for the entire length of the panel. The framework of the Panels shall be connected to this earth bar. Provisions shall be made for connection from this earth bar to the main earthing bar coming from the earth pit on both side of the Panels. The earth continuity conductor of each incoming and outgoing feeder shall be connected to this earth bar. The Armor shall be properly connected with earthing clamp, and the clamp shall be ultimately bonded with the earth bar.

LABELS: Engraved PVC labels shall be provided on all incoming and outgoing feeders. Single line circuit diagram showing the arrangements of circuit inside the distribution board shall be pasted on inside of the panel door and covered with transparent laminated plastic sheet.

NAME PLATE:

A name plate with the Panel’s designation in bold letters shall be fixed at top of the central panel. A separate name plate giving feeder details shall be provided for each feeder module door. Inside the feeder compartments, the electrical components, equipments, accessories like switchgear, control gear, lamps, relays etc, shall suitably be identified by providing stickers.

DANGER NOTICE PLATES:

The danger notice plate shall be affixed in a permanent manner on opening side of all the Panels.

INTERNAL COMPONENTS:

The Panels shall be equipped complete with all types of required number of MCCB’s, contactors, relays, fuses, meters, instruments, indicating lamps, push buttons, fittings, busbars, cable connectors etc. and all the necessary internal connections/wiring as required and as indicated on relevant drawings. Components necessary for the proper and complete functioning of the Panels but not indicated on the drawings shall be supplied and installed on the Panels. All parts of the Panels carrying current including the components, connections, joints and instruments shall be capable of carrying their specifies rated current continuously, without temperature rise exceeding the acceptable values of the relevant specifications at the part of the Panels.

COMPONENTS GENERAL:

The type, size and rating of the components shall be as indicated on the relevant drawings. While selection of the capacity of the components resulting from the prevailing conditions like ambient temperature shall be allowed for the thermal and magnetic trip rating shall be compensated for the ambient temperature. The rating indicated on the drawing are ratings anticipated at prevailing site conditions.

AIR CIRCUIT BREAKERS

The ACBs shall have following features: 230 V A.C. closing and shunt trip coil. Drawout type with “service”, “test”, “isolated” and “maintenance” position. Safety shutter of Fiber glass /polycarbonate sheet of 2mm thickness shall be provided. Mechanically trip free plus anti pumping feature is to be provided. Electrical trip free plus anti pumping shall be provided with relay ONLY and not by contractors. Electrical/Mechanical operation counter shall

Page 137 of 143

be provided. Door interlock with defeat features to be provided. ACB shall be lockable in isolation position. The circuit Breaker shall be air break, horizontal draw – out feature shall show 3 positions viz., SERVICE, TEST & ISOLATED. These positions along with ‘OPEN’ & ‘CLOSE’ positions shall be visibly marked. The operating mechanism shall be independent, manual / electric motor operated spring charged stored energy type. The mechanism shall ensure quick break, quick make action & the ACB shall be TRIP – FREE in operation. Electrically operated ACB shall be provided with AC closing coil. The ACB shall have 6 NO + 6 NC auxiliary contacts rated at 10A, 240V, AC ‘RED’ & ‘GREEN’ indicating lamps shall be provided on the cubicle. The ACB door shall not have any lamps or instruments. All such accessories shall be mounted on a separate compartment. The ACB shall have proper interlocks such that it cannot be ‘plugged in or out’ from the SERVICE position if the breaker is in ON condition. It shall not be possible to operate as a circuit breaker unless it is properly engaged in any of the three positions. The ACB shall have series CT operated over – current & short circuit releases with facilities to mount the under voltage & shunt trip releases or will have IDMT relays as specified.

MOULED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER:

The moulded case circuit breaker (MCCB) shall be air break type and having quick make-quick break with trip free operating mechanism. Housing of the MCCB shall be of heat resistance and flame retardant insulating material. Operating handle of the MCCB shall be in front and clearly indicate ON/OFF/TRIP positions. The electrical contacts of the circuit breaker shall be of high conducting non deter deteriorating silver alloy contacts. The MCCB shall be provided with thermal/magnetic type bi-metal overload release and electro magnetic short circuit protection divide. All the releases shall operate on common trip busbar so that in case of operation of any one of the releases in any of the three phases, it will cut off all the three phases and thereby single phasing of the system is avoided. The MCCB wherever called for in the appended drawings shall provide an earth fault relay. The MCCB shall provide two sets of extra auxiliary contacts with connections for additional controls at future date. The electrical parameters of the MCCB shall be as per the description given in the appended drawings. Draw out type MCCB shall be provided for the feeder indicated in the single line diagram. The MCCB shall be provided with 230 V A.C. motor for closing and tripping/switching off for the feeders if indicated in single line diagram.

FUSE:

Fuses shall be of high rupturing capacity (HRC) fuse links and shall be in accordance with latest IS and having high rupturing capacity of not less than 15KA at 415 V. The back-up fuse rating for each motor/equipment. HRC fuses shall be of the make as specified in Make of Material.

MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKER:

Miniature Circuit breakers shall be current limiting type conformed with latest standards. The housing of MCBs shall be heat resistant and having a high impact strength. The fault current of MCBs shall be provided with trip free manual operating mechanism with mechanical ‘ON’ and ‘OFF’ indications. The circuit breaker dollies shall be of the trip free pattern to prevent closing the breaker on a faulty circuit. The MCB contacts shall be silver nickel and silver graphite alloy and tip coated with silver. Proper arc chutes shall be provided to quench the arc immediately. MCBs shall be provided with magnetic fluid plunger release for over current and short circuit protection. The overload or short circuit device shall have a common trip bar in the case of DP and TPN miniature circuit breakers. All the MCBs shall be tested and certified as per Indian Standards, prior to installation.

CONTACTORS:

The contactors shall meet with the requirements of latest IS. The contactors shall have minimum making and breaking capacity in accordance with utilization category AC3 and shall be suitable for minimum Class II intermittent duty. If the contractor forms part of a distribution board then a separate enclosure is not required, but the installation of the contactor shall be such that it is not possible to make an accidental contact with live parts.

Page 138 of 143

VOLTMETER:

Voltmeter shall be digital. The dial of the meter shall be square in shape of 96 x 96 mm.The voltmeter selector switch shall be arranged to provide line to line voltage reading and line neutral voltage.

AMMETER:

Ammeter shall be digital. The dial of the ammeter shall be square in 96 x 96 mm. Separate current transformer shall be provided for all ammeters.

CURRENT TRANSFORMER:

Where ammeters are called for C.T.s shall be provided for current measuring. Each phase shall be provided with separate current transformer of accuracy Class I and suitable VA burden for operation of associated metering and controls. Current transformer shall be in accordance with latest IS.

PUSH BUTTONS:

The push button unit shall comprise of the contact element, a fixing holder, and a push button actuator. The push button shall be momentary contact type. The contacts shall be of silver alloy and rated at 10 Amps. continuous current rating. The actuator shall of standard type and color as per its usage for ON, OFF and TRIP. Wiring for Remote ON,OFF push button is to be required.

INDICATING LAMPS:

Indicating lamps assembly shall be screw type with built in resistor having non fading color lens. LED type lamps are required. Wiring for Remote ON, OFF, TRIP indicating lamp is required. Color shade for the indicating lamps shall be as below: ON indicating lamp : Red OFF indicating lamp : Green TRIP indicating lamp : Amber PHASE indicating lamp : Red, Yellow, Blue TRIP circuit healthy lamp : Milky

DRAWINGS

Prior to fabrication of the Panels, the supplier/contractor shall submit for consultant’s approval the shop/vendor drawings consisting of G.A. drawings, sectional elevation, single line diagram, bill of material etc. and design calculations indicating type, size, short circuit rating of all the electrical components used, busbar size, internal wiring size, Panels dimension, color, mounting details etc. in 6 sets.. The contractor shall also submit manufacturer’s catalogues of the electrical components installed in the Panel dimension, color, mounting details etc. in 6 sets. One set of the drawings will be returned to vendor with client/consultant’s comments/remarks and required clarifications. The vendor shall incorporate the same and send three sets of revised drawings.

INSPECTION & TEST

15 days advance notice in writing shall be given to the Consultant/ Client for Inspection and Tests. All the Routine Tests as per IS shall be carried out on the Panels in presence of Client/ Consultant. All the charges for inspection / testing shall be borne by the supplier. The switchgear shall be completely assembled, wired, adjusted and tested at the factory as per the relevant standards.

Test Certificate

Page 139 of 143

Certificate reports of all the tests carried out at the works shall be furnished in six (6) copies for approval of the Owner. The equipment shall be dispatched from works only after receipt of Owner’s written approval of the test reports. Copies of Type test certificate for test on similar switchgear shall be submitted. The test report shall furnish complete identification of the equipment such as serial no., rating, equipment designation as per schematic etc. & date of test.

GUARANTEE

Vendor shall guarantee the design, materials, workmanship and performance of the equipment for a period of twelve months from the date of initial operation or eighteen months after delivery at job site, whichever is earlier.

Page 140 of 143

BILLS OF QUANTITY – ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION WORK

MAKE OF MATERIAL / ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

NO. EQUIPMENT MAKE

1 TWO POLE STRUCTURE - G.O.D.

NATIONAL / ATLAS

2 TRANSFORMER

VOLTAMP / TRANSFORMER & RECTIFIER / CROMPTON

3 L.T. CABLES POLYCAB / HAVELL'S / PRIMECAB 4 CABLE GLAND COMET / HMI 5 LUGS DOWELLS 6 MCCB L & T / SIEMENS / MERLIN GERIN / ABB 7 MCB / ELCB / DISTRIBUTION BOARDS LEGRAND / MERLIN GERIN / ABB

8 SWITCH FUSE UNIT L & T / SIEMENS / MERLIN GERIN /

ABB 9 CAPACITOR - MPP TYPE

MEHER / UNISTAR / EPCOS

10 CONTACTOR L & T / SIEMENS / ABB / MERLIN GERIN

11 CURRENT TRANSFORMER

AE / ASHMORE

12 CONTROL FUSE WITH FUSE LINK EE / C&S 13 METERS MECO / AE / CONZERV 14 PVC PIPE ( 1.5MM THICK ) PRECISION / GERARD / FINOLEX 15 FRLS WIRES FINOLEX / R R KABLE 16 SWITCH & ACCESSORIES ANCHOR NOA 17 1 PHASE & 3 PHASE INDUSTRIAL

METAL CLAD PLUG POINT BCH / LEGRAND

18 1 PHASE & 3 PHASE INDUSTRIAL METAL CLAD PLUG POINT IN WEATHER PROOF ENCLOSURE

LEGRAND / GEWISS / BCH

19 ENERGY METER

HPL

Page 141 of 143

ANNEXURE – I

1. THEORETICAL UNIT CONSUMPTION OF CEMENT 2. CEMENT CONCRETE BLOCK SPECIFICATION 3. PAINTS SPECIFICATION

ANNEXURE - II LIST OF DRAWINGS

Sr. No. Drg. No. TITLE

01 Nil G M Bungalow

02 NIL Officers’ Hostel

03 AR/SH/TF MESS/GARAGE

04 AR/OQ/GF AR/OQ/FF

OFFICERS’ QUARTERS

05 NIL VIP GUEST HOUSE

06 NIL SHOPPING CENTRE

07 AR/SH/TF STAFF HOSTE GF/FF

08 AR/SQ/GF AR/SQ/FF

STAFF QUARTERS

09 AR/SQ/GF SUPERVISOR’S QUARTERS GF/FF

10 NIL WATER RE. SYSTEM

DRAWING ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

SOLID CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY :

Page 142 of 143

SOLID CONCRETE BLOCK :

The solid concrete block shall be machine made and conform to IS : 2185. The mix shall be as Specified and shall be prepared under strict quality control so that minimum crushing strength on the gross area of blocks is not less than 50 kg. per sq. cm. Ordinary Portland cement ,coarse sand and crushed stone aggregate brought from the approved source shall Be used for making the blocks. The maximum size of aggregate to be used shall be 12.5 mm. FM. of the combined aggregate shall be between 3.6 to 4.2 and the gradations shall be 12.5 mm

Retained on IS sieve Percent

4.75 mm 25

2.36 mm 40

1.18 mm 55

600 Microns 70

300 Microns 85

150 Microns 95

F.M. 3.70

Block should conform to IS; 2185 and following features in general:

Solid Blocks:

Max Vibrations 1:8:6

Vibrations Press

Size 400*225*150mm*

Total Volume 0.01494 Cu Mtr

Volume Of Hollow Nil

Net Volume 0.01494 Cu Mtr

Weight 32.87 Kgs

Density 2.5 Kg Per Block

Cement Consumption 2.5 Kg Per Block

Fixing Mechanical Mixture

Material to be Used Coarse river sand conforming Crushed stone aggregates 12.5 mm

Crushing strength 70 Kg./sq. cm .

The solid blocks shall be submitted to tests as prescribed under relevant Indian Standards. The Tests shall be carried out in an approved laboratory at the Sub-contractor’s cost. LAYING: Hollow/solid concrete block masonary is to be laid in 1.5 cement mortar or as specified in the item of work. Cement required shall not less than 16 kg/cu..Mtr.. or as specified in the item of work. Both horizontal and Vertical joints for most of the works shall be 10mm thick. Concrete blocks shall be laid in correct alignment, level and plumb, each block shall be carefully checked With edge to ensure that faces of all the blocks are in one plans. Mortar shall not be spared too far ahead of actual laying of blocks, which shall be laid in its proper position With minimum adjustment. All adjustment to final position must be made when the mortar is plastic. any attempt to move or shift the block after the mortar has stiffened shall be avoided as this would break the mortar bond and allow penetration of water.

Page 143 of 143

When the mortar has stiffened, some what, it shall be firmly compacted, with a joining tool to restore intimate contact between the mortar and the masonary unit to obtain a water-tight joint. this compaction is important and if necessary some more mortar may be added particularly to vertical joints to ensure that they are well filled. After the joints are tooled any excess mortar squeezed from the joints shall be struck off and trimmed off and joints raked out to a suitable depth.

WHITE OR COLOUR WASH, DISTEMPER, OIL PAINT, ENAMEL PAINT, DECOPLAST OR PLASTIC PAINT, AND CEMENT PAINT WORK.

All the materials used for the painting work shall be the best approved quality, and as per the manufacturer’s Recommendation. paint shall be applied in the manner as prescribed by the manufacturers. Full lapi (putti) work Entire surface to be painted shall be done so as to leave no unevenness in the surfaces. Necessary number of coats Of paint shall be applied so that when finished, the entire colour work shall be of uniform finish, with no brush Marks or scratches are left on the surfaces. The white or colour wash also shall be so finished as not to leave any brush mark and each coat applied Shall be as thin at not to form any layers of lime. Zinc oxide shall be added in the last coat of white wash for extra Whiteness and no ultra-marine-blue shall be added in slaked lime when the paint work is completed all colour marks, Spots etc. shall be cleaned from ,glass, floors, etc. and the entire area shall be finished completely neat and clean.

THE MODE OF MEASUREMENT OF PAINT WORK SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:

(1) Doors and windows shall be paid 2.1/4 times, their respective areas and glass area shall be deducted twice.

(2) The grills shall be paid for the grill area without any deductions for the openings. (3) All the openings with sills, and jambs, shall be deducted half(1/2) and no measurement

for sills and Jambs shall be paid. Openings without sills and jambs shall be fully deducted from the measurements.

The grooves, when finished with different colours that the surface ground it, they shall be paid on Basis. In case of any other items it shall be paid on Sq.mtr. basis of actual work done. The rate shall include all Materials, labours, scaffolding, finishing and all other arrangements necessary for satisfactory work.

The polishing of the wood work shall be carried out as per the P.W.D. specifications. All the materials used shall be of best approved quality. the wooden surface shall be scrubbed with sand paper to remove any roughness and any holes and cracks shall be filled with putty. The finishing of the polish work shall be either French, wax, walnut, or rose wood as required by A Architect/Engineer.

TENDER NO. 21/ FK/ 2009

Providing and applying colour work at various buildings

At

Fluorspar project

Kadipani ,

Tal: Kawant

Dist: Vadodara

PRICE BID

GUJARAT MINERAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LIMITED (A Govt. of Gujarat Enterprise)

Khanij Bhavan, Near University Ground, 132 feet Ring Road, Vastrapur, Ahmedabad-380 052

Phone : (079) 27913200, 27913501 Fax No : (079) 27911454 Website www.gmdcltd.com

ANNEXURE

GMDC LTD

Ahmedabad Bills of Quantity

Sub:Tender no 21/FK/2009, Providing and Applying colour work at various buildings ,

at Fluorspar Project Kadipani.Sr No Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

1 Providing and applying Two coats of

Plastic emulsion paint of first quality

manufactured as per latest IS and

approved brand like Asian , Nerolac ,ICI

and of required shade and applied

propreley to the surfaces to given an

even shade etc. completed as directed

and specified at all level by applying

primar coat on over all surface and by

removing old dry or oil bound distemper

by throughly brushing ,washing,scraping

clean of all, dust dirt and other foreign

matter with necessary scaffolding/Zulla

etc complete at all level and as

directed by Engineer in charge.Note: 1. Surface should be scrap and loose

surface to be removed .

2. Rates are for all height of building and at all

level.

3. Rates are including lapi/putty etc. at all

surface

4640 Smt

2 Providing and applying two coats of

Apex Ultima of Asian Paint or ICI-Dulux-

weathershed max paint ,Nerolac excel

total of

approved tint on all old snow cem

surface with good quality brush to give

an even shade including cleaning the

surface to remove all dust, dirt mortar

drops and other foreign matter and oil

loose snowcem surfaces including curing

the rendered surfaces with necessary

scaffolding/Zulla etc. completed at all

level and as directed and specified by

Engineer in charge.

3112 Smt

GMDC

Page 1 PRICEB~1

ANNEXURE

GMDC LTD

Ahmedabad Bills of Quantity

GMDC

3 Providing & applying two coats

(excluding priming coat) on previously

painted wood and wood based surface

with enamel paint to give an even shade

of approved IS make and shed like

Nerolac, Asian ,ICI as per instruction of

engineer in charge after cleaning the

surface to remove all dust, dirt and

other foreign matter and including

necessary scaffolding, etc. complete as

directed and specified at all levels.

1. Surface should be scrap and loose

surface to be removed .

2. Rates are for all height of building

and at all level.

3. Rates are including lapi/putty etc. at

all surface

885 Smt

Total %age Rebate , if anyNet Amount

(Rs. In words…………………………………………………………………………………………………………)

Date:

Place: Stamp & signature of Contractor

Page 2 PRICEB~1